ML20207N525

Crdr Final Summary Rept

ML20207N525
Person / Time
Site:	Brunswick
Issue date:	12/31/1986
From:	CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML20207N481	List: ML20207N478 ML20207N525
References
NUDOCS 8701140269
Download: ML20207N525 (398)

Text

-

i

~

? .

)

I

)

CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW

! FINAL

SUMMARY

REPORT DECEMBER 1986 l

b

. ; pi i a  :

,;ll

/ *i i

BRUNSWICK 3 PLANT a

CAROLINA POWER & LIGET COMPAXY HR" P

88u na88am PDR 3

- _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . - - - - . - - - - - _ _ J

O CRDR SUNNAH REPORT EEBCUTIVE SUIBIAN

_O-4 This document is the final summary report describing the activ-ities that were conducted for the Control Room Design Review (CRDR) for Carolina Power and Light's Brunswick Steam Electric

'O Plant, Units 1 and 2 (BSEP). This summary report fulfills a com-mitment to the NRC contained in the CRDR Program Plan. The Program Plan was submitted to the NRC by letter to the Director of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, from E. E. Utley (CP&L); dated O December 27, 1984; serial: NLS-84-506 and updated December 27, 1985, Serial: NLS-85-435.

l l

The Product of the CRDR is the identification of Human Engine-O ering Discrepancies (HED). An HED'is a departure from some benchmark of system design suitability for the roles and capabilities of the human operator. A total of 493 HEDs were identified and are Iisted in Appendix A, "BSEP HED

SUMMARY

" . Of

'O these, 80 have been corrected, and 241 will be corrected per the schedule provided in Section 6 of this report. Justifications for the acceptability of th.e remaining 172 HEDs have been

! provided in Appendix A. ,

10 l

Section 6 of this report lists those HEDs contained in Appendix A, which are dispositioned for corrective action or fsrther study. The HEDs are grouped per specific projects. Section 6 O also provides the current implementation schedule for the HED corrections or the schedule for the completion of further studies. The results of these studies will be provided in a future addendum to this final summary report. Should this O schedule be revised, CP&L will promptly notify the NRC of any changes. Please note that CP&L considers Section 6 to be the commitment section of this report, and no statements contained in any other portion of this report constitute commitments for O future action by CP&L. 28 projects and their implementation schedules are identified in Section 6.

lO l

. - - . _ . ~ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ _ _ _ ____ ____

f

'O O

'O CONTROL ROON DESIGN REVIEW O FINAL SUNNARY REPORT I FOR CAROLINA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY O

BRUNSNICE STEAN ELECTRIC PLANT UNITS 1 AND 2

,O DECENBER, 1986 4

O t

O l

O

O

.O

O TABLE OF CONTENTS Pace g 1.0 OVERVIEW 1.1 Introduction 1-1 1.2 Background 1-3 1.3 CRDR Program Structure 1-4 1.4 Integration of CRDR with Other Activities 1-7 r) 1.5 Glossary of Terms 1-11 l.6 Acronyms 1-13 2.0 MANAGEMENT AND STAFFING 2.1 Introduction 2-1 9 2.2 CP&L Management Support 2-1 2.3 CRDR Team 2-2 3.0 TECHNICAL APPROACH 3.1 Introduction 3-1 0 3.2 Operating Experience Review 3-8 3.3 Control Room Surveys 3-14 3.4 System Functions and Task Analysis 3-25 3.5 Control Room Inventory 3-31:

3.6 Verification of Task Performance Capabilities 3-32 3.7 Validation of Control Room Functions 3-34 0

4.0 ASSESSMENT AND DESIGN SOLUTIONS 4.1 Introduction 4-1 4.2 Method Used For Recording HEDs 4-1 4.3 Assessment Team Composition 4-2 0 4.4 Assessment 4-2 4.5 Prioritization of HEDs 4-4 4.6 Selection and Verification of Design Improvements 4-5 4.7 Scheduling of Corrections 4-7 4.8 Human Factors Review of Future Control Room O Design Improvements 4-7 5.0 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL 5-1 6.0 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 6-1

() 6.1 Introduction 6-1 6.2 Commitments 6-1

7.0 CONCLUSION

7-1 0  ;

I l

O i i

)

O TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDICES

'O .

APPENDIX A - BSEP HED

SUMMARY

APPENDIX A WORKSPACE HEDs APPENDIX A ANTHROPOMETRIC HEDs O

APPENDIX A EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT HEDs APPENDIX A HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING HEDs APPENDIX A ILLUMINATION HEDs APPENDIX A AMBIENT NOISE HEDs APPENDIX A MAINTAINABILITY HEDs APPENDIX A COMMUN7 CATIONS HEDs

.O.

APPENDIX A ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM HEDs

~

APPENDIX A CONTROLS HEDs APPENDIX A-ll - DISPLAYS HEDs O

APPENDIX A LABELS AND LOCATION AIDS HEDs APPENDIX A COMPUTER SYSTEM HEDs APPENDIX A VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION HEDs O

APPENDIX A CONVENTION HEDs

(3 APPENDIX B - SAMPLE TASK PLAN APPENDIX C - RESUMES OF THE REVIEW TEAM O

.O i

ii lO i

O TABLE OF CONTENTS FIGURES OL TITLE PAGE FIGURE l-1 1-15 THE TASK FLOW / RELATIONSHIPS OF THE CONTROL ROOM O DESIGN REVIEW FIGURE 2-1 2-8 BSEP CRDR PROJECT MANAGEMENT SUPPORT O

FIGURE 2-2 2-9 BRUNSWICK CRDR PROJECT TEAM FIGURE 2-3 2-10 0 CRDR PROJECT MANAGEMENT TASK RESPONSIBILITIES FIGURE 3-1 3-39 SYSTEM FUNCTION AND TASK ANALYSIS (SFTA) PROCESS o

FIGURE 3-2 3-40 ELEMENT TABLE FIGURE 3-3 3-41

() BSEP ELEMENT TABLE FIGURE 3-4 3-45 ACTION-INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS DETAILS (AIRD)

O FIGURE 3-5 3-46 BSEP ACTION-INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS DETAILS (AIRD)

FIGURE 3-6 3-48 O BSEP ACTION-INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS

SUMMARY

(AIRS)

FIGURE 4-1 4-9 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) REPORT C) FIGURE 4-2 4-11 HED NUMBERING SCHEME C) lii

1 l

O l TABLE OF CONTENTS FIGURES (CONTINUED)

O- l TITLE PA_qE FIGURE 4-3 4-12 HED PRIORITIZATION O

FIGURE 4-4 4-17 SELECTION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENT PROCESS l i

"O 4

i i

'O l

O "O

O

!O

!O l

4

!O iv

'O-TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLES

!O TITLE P. AGE TABLE 1-1 1-2

'O COMPLIANCE WITH CRDR EVALUATION CRITERIA TABLE 3-1 3-49 A COMPARISON OF THE ELEMENT TABLES, THE AIRD FORMS, AND THE AIRS FORMS

'O TABLE 3-2 3-50 BSEP CONTROL ROOM CONTROLS INVENTORY TABLE 3-3 3-51

O BSEP CONTROL ROOM INDICATIONS INVENTORY TABLE 4-1 4-13 -

4 HED ERROR POTENTIAL QUESTIONNAIRE O

TABLE 4-2 4-15 HED CONSEQUENCE OF ERROR QUESTIONNAIRE t'

!O-

'iO

'O i

O l

i v

o

O SBCTION 1.0 OVERVIEN O

1.1 INTRODUCTION

This final summary report describes the activities that were inv lved in the Control Room Design Review (CRDR) for Carolina O

Power & Light's Brunswick Steam Electric Plant, Units 1 and 2 (BSEP). It describes the methodology and result of each CRDR activity. This report has been prepared in response to NUREG-0737, Clarification of TMI Action Plan Requirements and of O

NUREG-0737, Supplement 1, Requirements for Emergency Response Capability (Generic Letter No. 82-33).

The format of this report consists of the following:

. 1. Overview *

2. Management and Staffing

3. Technical Approach

4. Assessment and Design Solutions

O

5. Documentation and Document Control

6. Implementation Schedule i

10 -

7. Conclusion -

f This report addresses the acceptance guidelines stated in Section 4

2 of the October 1981 Draft of NUREG-0801, Evaluation Criteria

~O for Detailed Control Room Design Review, and in Section 2.0

" Planning Phase" of NUREG-0700. This report al'ao recognized and

'is responsive to each of the nine criteria by which the NRC i evaluates CRDR Final Summary Report submittals by licensees.

10

TABLE l-1 identifies each of these evaluation criteria, and the specific section(s) of this report that describes compliance with

! each criterion for the BSEP CRDR.

!O 1-1 u ___ _ .__ _ _ _. _

() l TABLE l-1 )

COMPLIANCE WITE CRDR EVALUATION CRITERIA i BSEP CRDR Final Summary Report Section Criteria Demonstrating Compliance

1. Establishment of a Section 2.0

() qualified multidisciplinary review team.

2. Function and task analyses Section 3.4 to identify control room operator tasks and infor-O mation and control require-ments during emergency operations.

3. Comparison of display and Section 3.6 control requirements with a

() control room inventory.

4. Control room survey to Section 3.3 identify deviations from accepted human factors criteria. '

()

5. Assessment of HEDs to Section 4.0 determine which HEDs are significant and should be corrected. .

() 6. 5electionofdesignimprove- Section 4.6 ments.

7. Verification that selected Section 4.6 design improvements will prrvide necessary correction.

O

8. Verification that improve- Section 4.6 ments will not introduce new HEDs.

9. Coordination of control section 1.4

'() room improvements with '

changes from other programs such as SPDS, operator training, Reg. Guide 1.97

instrumentation, and upgraded EOPs.

lo 4

i

l, O-l l

1.2 BACKGROUND

O 1.2.1 Genera.1 This final summary report describes the actions taken to O ' complete the BSEP CRDR. The CRDR is part of a broad effort within the nuclear industry. to evaluate the adequacy of

. control rooms to support safe and effective operations.

Guidance for the CRDR was provided by the Nuclear O Regulatory Commission (NRC) in the form of various NUREGs and regulatory guides. CP&L used the relevant guidance in j performing the CRDR and in developing this final summary report. CP&L dedicated the necessary resources to the CRDR O to ensure success of the project.

1.2.2 Brunswick I

g The Brunswick Steam Electric Plant, consists of two General Electric Boiling Water Reactors (BWR-4) which are located in Southport, North Carolina. Unit 2 began commercial operation in November of 1975 and Unit 1 in March of 1977. .

lO 1.2.3 CP-1580 Review r

CP&L conducted a review of the BSEP, Units 1 and 2 Control

O Room in 1981 in accordance with the guidance provide'd in

NUREG/CR-1580. As part of the CRDR effort, the earlier l review was updated to NUREG-0700 criteria.

l 1.2.4 Summary Reoort obiectives

O This final summary report provides a source for documenta-tion of the CRDR activities that have taken place for

O BSEP. It also provides a means to ensure that the CRDR is adequate and complete. I i l l

l I

(O 1-3

O 1.3 CRDR PROGRAM STRUCTURE o 1.3.1 CRDR Phases The CRDR was conducted in three phases as outlined in Figure 1-1. The following is a description of each phase l 0 of the project.

a. Phase I - Project Planning Q'

The objective of the first phase was to develop a plan for conducting the review that describes project milestones, schedules, review methods, personnel responsibilities, and project interfaces. . ,

Submission of the BSEP Program Plan to the NRC completed the planning phase. The Program Plan was submitted 27, December 1984. Based on comments from the NRC Staff the O

program plan was revised and resubmitted to the NRC on 27.

December, 1985.

NRC staff comments upon review of the BSEP Program Plan O

were taken into account in the implementation of the CRDR. Changes to the plan which are reflected in this final summary report consist of:

O

1) Changes in tihe System Function and Task Analysis (SFTA) methodology which included the identification and analysis of operator action and information requirements based on Rev. 4 Emergency Procedure O

Guidelines (EPGs) rather than Rev. 2 and 3 EPGs.

2) Expansion of the Operating Experience Review to include a documentation review of BSEP Licensee Event

.O Reports (LERs).

o 1-4

O

3) Development of the " Human Factors Engineering for .

'O i Control Panel Modifications Guidelines". The )

guideline would provide human factors specifications and methodology to design engineers involved in the preparation of control panel modifications. This h will ensure that future control room improvements are adequately reviewed for human factors impact. This guideline is still under development, and is not outlined in this report.

l 4) Changes in the CRDR project team and Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Team (HEDAT) as l indicated on Figure 2-2.

5) Changes on the CRDR Task Responsibilities as indicated on Figure 2-3.

O

6) A SCRAM Reduction Task Force (SRTF) conducted a study to identify single failure SCRAM points throughout the plant. HEDs were written against any SCRAM single point that was identified on the main control O board. These HEDs were assessed by the HEDAT to determine the probability of e r r o'r and the consequence of error. These HEDs are included in Appendix A-10, Controls BSEP HED Summary.

O It should be noted that the SRTF considered any SCRAM potential. The HEDAT re-evaluated this potential for a SCRAM in terms of operator-actions.

O

b. Phase II - Review and Assessment The second phase of the CRDR involved collection, O reduction and analysis of data pertaining to the adequacy of the Control Room design from a human factors perspective, and assessment' of any human engineering O

1-5

. . . . _ . .= -- - . . . . . . . -

lO l 1

l discrepancies (BEDS) identified during the process. The assessment procedure included:

O

1) A determination of the error potential and consequences of error for each HED.

'O 2) Identification of HED disposition.

t j 3) Assurance that the selected design improvements I

provide the necessary correction and that no O additional HEDs were introduced as a result of these resolutions. -

This report describes the methods and results of the

.O CRDR. CP&L's plans and schedules for correction of the HEDs are included in the Implementation Schedule (See Section 6).

4 0 c. Phase III - Implementation The final phase in the CRDR is to implement the resolutions or backfits for the HEDs. Backfit

.O specifications are reviewed prior to implementation to ensure that they fulfill the CRDR recommendations.

'O l .

.O

,0 1

1-6

O

O 1.4 INTEGRATION OF CRDR WITH NUREG-0737. SUPPLEMENT 1 ACTIVITlls i O '

Although the CRDR was specifica11 directed toward evaluating the control room (including the remote shutdown panel), CP&L recognized the interface between the CRDR and other related a tivities. These include the design of a Safety Parameter Dis-O play System (SPDS), implementation of REG. GUIDE 1.97 require- l ments, development of Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs), l operator training, and the implementation of Emergency Response

,0 Facilities (ERF). The organization ofbthe CRDR considered the coordination of the CRDR with these related efforts. This report reflects the balanced and orderly approach CP&L followed to implement the NUREG-0737, supplement 1 requirements. It is not the intent of this report to describe the detailed information O ,

related to the implementation of the NUREG-0737, supplement 1 requirements.

The NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 activities are coordinated by Mr. A.

M. Worth, the Emergency Response Capability (ERC) Matrix Task l Manager. Mr. Worth's duties and responsibilities consist of:

a. The update and maintenance of the overall project schedule.

O

b. The reporting of the in-depth monthly status reports on all aspects of ERC activities.

O ~

c. Coordinator / single point interface for the organizations involved with the ERC effort.

Mr. Worth,has the overall responsibility for ensuring the ERC activities are accomplished as scheduled and planned. The coordinators for each individual activity report project schedules and progress to Mr. Worth. He serves as the primary interface between project coordinators and BSEP management.

O 1-7

O The integration that took place in conjunction with the human factors review is outlined below 1.4.1 Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS)

The BSEP SPDS displays are based upon the symptom-based

-O EPGs which are implemented as a part of the BSEP Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs).' These symptom-based procedures monitor and control parameters important to plant safety (Control Function Parameters) . These Control

O Function Parameters along with their associated limits, setpoints and trends provide information on adequate core ,

cooling, primary and secondary containment conditions, and ffsite release of radioactive materials. The BSEP SPDS

-O will function as a companion to the EOPs and as an aid to the operator for monitoring the, Control Function Parmeters in the EOPs. The final SPDS displays will be developed by g many of the same' individuals that participated in the CRDR efforts and supported the HEDAT.

1 1.4.2 Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.97 ,

O RG 1.97 provided guidance to nuclear power plants regarding instrumentation which should be provided to monitor plant variables and systems during and following an a Cident. Per 9uidan e Provided in RG 1.97, revision O

2 and NUREG-0737, Supplement 1, plant variables were selected, typed and categorized. Available BSEP instrumentation was then compared to the criteria (equipment qualification, redundancy, power source, etc.)

O Per type and category. This resulted in the identification of instrumentation system upgrades, additions or replacements. An implementation schedule was then prepared and modification development and

O installation begun.

O 1-8 j

O 1.4.3 Emergency Operating Procedures (EOP)

'O

.The COPS were written specifically to adhere to the Boiling Water Reactor Owners Group (BWROG) Emergency Procedure Guidelines (EPGs), Rev. 2 and are currently

O , being updated to the Rev. 4 EPGs (see Section 3.4.2) .

Various drafts of the EOPs were tested on a simulator and l received table top and control room walkthrough exercises to provide evidence that any deviation taken by CP&L in

'O making the procedures plant-specific resulted in expected responses and ensured that safe conditions were achieved.

These EOPs were written and tested by many of the same

, individuals that participated in the CRDR efforts and O supported the HEDkT.

The EOP. update to Rev. 4 will b.e made using.the methodology specified in the Procedures Generation O Package.

! 1.4.4 Operator Training iO The training department is notified of plant modifications and procedure changes through the normal distribution of these items by document control. Plant

. modifications and procedure changes are reviewed by

O - training to determine the need for either dissemination of the information or' updates to training lesson plans.

Personnel directly responsible for the development of the

O EOPs, also provided extensive training to the operators on Rev. 2 of the EOPs. Additional training will be provided for future revisions of the EOPs.

O O

1-9

O 1.4.5 Emergency Response Facilities

'O -

The ERF 'has' been coordinated with the CRDR in the areas of information and communication needs. The same integrated plant computer system (Emergency Response Facilities Information System or ERFIS) that drives the O

control room CRTs and SPDS will also drive the CRTs in the Technical Support Center (TSC) and the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). The CRT displays available in the control room can be called up in the TSC or EOF -

O without affecting the control room displays. This information is displayed (real time) in the TSC and EOF, which ensures maximum coordination of facilities.

.O The communication system between the control room and the ERF conform to the requirements of 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix E. The c'ommunication devices provided include:

dedicated telephones, dial-up telephones, the Emergency Notification System and company radios.

The Lead Discipline Engineer (LDE) and Project Specialist, Operatations (PSO) for the CRDR have been involved with the

'O l NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 issues at BSEP described above. As each of these issues ~ continue to be implemented through the normal modification process, the interfaces between the CRDR

,O and each of thess issues will be assessed. The implementation-of the human factors maintenance proce' dure (as described in Section 4.8 of this report) will ensure that each of the NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 items and any other item affecting the control room will conform to human factors principles.

I i

O 1 - 10

O 1.5 GLOSSARY OF TERMS O

-Since there are differences in usages of terms, the following definitions are provided to reduce ambiguity.

'O CONTROL ROOM: For the purpose of this review, the control room is defined as including the primary operating area of the main control room and the dedicated shutdown panels.

O CONTROL ROOM DESIGN REVIEW: The Control Room Design Review as required by NUREG-0660, Item I.D.1 and implemented in accordance with NUREG-0700.

O ENHANCEMENTS: Surface modifications that do not involve major physical changes - for example, demarcation, labeling changes, f and painting.

~O FINAL

SUMMARY

REPORT: Final summary report of the results of the CRDR as required by NUREG-0660, Item I.D.1 and in accordance with Generic Letter 82-33.

!O FUNCTION: An action performed by one or more " system constituents (people, mechanisms, structures) to. achieve an objective. .

FUNCTIONAL ALLOCATION: The distribution of functions among the O

human and machine constituents of a system.

HUMA'N ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) : A departure from some benchmark of system design suitability for the roles and

O capabilities of the human operator.

O 10 1 - 11 i

,0 HED ASSESSMENT TEAM (HED AT) : Those individuals of the CRDR -

Team who have the responsibility for review and assessment of the HED reports. '

HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING: The science of optimizing the performance of human beings, especially in industry; and the science of designing equipment for efficient use by human beings.

LICENSED OPERATOR: Any individual currently licensed by the O

NRC who manipulates a control or directs another to manipulate a control that dires :1y affects reactivity (SRO or RO) .

SUBTASK: An action performed by. a person (or machine) directed toward completing a single task.

I . .

SYSTEM: Components that function as a whole by virtue of the interdependen e f its parts: an organization of interdependent O

i constituents that work together in a patterned manner to accomplish some purpose.

TASK: A specific action, performed by a single. system

!O constituent (person or equipment) , that contributes to the accomplishment of a function. In NUREG-0700, only tasks I

allocated to people, in particular to control room operators, are addressed in detail. Moreover, in accordance with Generic Letter 83-22, only tasks associated with emergency systems have been evaluated.

VALIDATION: The process of determining if the physical and organizational design for operations is adequate to support effective integrated performance of the functions of the ,

control room operating crew.

lO j VERIFICATION: The process of determining if instrumentation,

! controls and other equipment meet the specific requirements of the tasks performed by operators.

O 1 - 12

'O i

1.6 ACRONYMS

!O A number of acronyms are used in this report. This list is presented to facilitate the reader's use and comprehension of the report.

4;O AC Alternating Current AIRD Action-Information Requirements Details AIRS Action-Information Requirements Summary ALB Annunciat r Light Box O

BOP Balance of Plant BSEP Brunswick Steam Electric Plant BWR Boiling Water Reactor

') BWROG CP&L Boiling Water Reactor Owners Group Carolina Power & Light Company CRDR Control Room Design Review CRT Cathode Ray Tube

• CWD Control Wiring Diagram

)

i EDG Emergency Diesel Generator EOF Emergency Operations Facility EOP Emergency Operating Procedure -

EPGs " Emergency Procedure Guidelines

) EPRI Electric Power Research Institute ERF Emergency Response Facilities

. ERFIS Emergency Response Facilities Information System FSAR Final Safety Analysis Report

)

FW Feedwater HED Human Engineering Discrepancy HEDAT Human Engineering Discrepancy Assessment Team HF Human Factors

) HFS Human Factors Specialist HVAC- Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning IEC Instrumentation and Control g) LDE Lead Discipline Engineer LED Light Emitting Diode LHFS Lead Human Factors Specialist MCB Main Control Board

!O 1 - 13

i C) l l

l MSIV Main Steam Isolation Valve MWe Megawatts Electric C) i NRC Nuclear Regulatory Commission 1 OEI Operations Engineering Incorporated OER Operating Experience Review OALS Operations Analysis and Logic Support

)

OS Operations Support PAM Post Accident Monitoring PEID Piping and Instrumentation Diagram PGP Pr edure Generati n Package O

PSO Project Specialists, Operations RO Reactor Operator RTL Review Team Leader SFTA System Function Task Analysis SITL. ,

System Integration Team Leader SPDS Safety Parameter Display System SRO Senior Reactor Operator SRTF SCRAM Reduction Task Force O

TMI Three Mile Island TSC Technical Support Center

'O i

l .

O I

!O l

l

'O 1

o 1 - 14

'O I

0 i _ _ _ _

1 l11 li!

'O ,

ill1

.O il.

t g ,

o I= . ,8 l

I ,

g l -

ll1l n

~, .

io I!,1 1111  !

l-l I I

lll .

lp!I s -

iO l lif .

l w

);

to a i 1

^

ft agl[

o dal lljl o Il3

__ _ _ _ . .- - 2 1s. -. . ..- . _ _ _. _ _

O SECTION 2.0 MANAGENBIFF ARD STAFFING O

2.1 INTRODUCTION

The quality of the review effort and the results of the CRDR depend upon the composition, balance, and management of the O

review team. The CP&L CRDR team consists of representatives from the various human factors, operations and engineering disciplines necessary to insure optimum performance of the review team. The structure and functions of the team were established to allow for O maximum flexibility and interaction between team members and station personnel.

g The management and staffing is most easily described in terms of the CP&L structure that is responsible for initiating and supporting this project, the review team composition, and the functional responsibilities.

O Subsequent paragraphs of this section describe the:

1) CP&L Management Support Structure -

2) CRDR Team Composition and Responsibilities O

3) CRDR Team Task Responsibilities

'2.2 CP&L MANAGEMENT SUPPORT O

Establishment of the CP&L CRDR project and the development of the project team was initiated by Mr. P. W. Howe, Vice President -

Brunswick Nuclear Project, and Mr. C. R. Dietz, Plant General Manager, Brunswick Steam Electric Plant. Directly below this O

level of management is Mr. E. A. Bishop, Manager Operations, followed by Mr. B. S. Strickland, the Project Specialist, Operations. It is this level of management that has the direct responsibility for the review team and its on-going support.

O Figure 2-1 illustrates this upper management organization.

O 2-1

4

O

'2.3 CRDR_ TEAM

o 2.3.1 General

a. The CRDR team and structure of the dedicated core team 10 are shown in Figure 2-2. This core group was supplemented on an as-needed basis by the other individuals identified on Figure 2-2. This support grcup was composed of representatives from the required O disciplines such as operations, instrumentation and controls, mechanical, nuclear, electrical, industrial, and human factors engineering. . Key personnel from

these specialties provided technical input and review

O throughout the project.

b. Within the core CRDR team, individuals have been designated as members of the Human Engineering

O Discrepancy Assessment Team (HEDAT). Principal responsibilities of the HEDAT were to review and assess the HED reports as described in Section 4.0, to develop recommended resolutions, and to eatablish preliminary O scheduling of the backfit activities.

c. The CRDR team members are familiar with the CRDR process and the requirements of NUREG-0737, Supplement 10 1, NUREG-0700 and NUREG-0801 (draft). Plant personnel having minimal involvement with the CRDR were briefed j on the CRDR process to the extent deemed necessary.

I Any team members that were not able to take part in the

O entire CRDR process because of job reasslgnments were subst.ituted with an equally qualified individual.

I Changes in the CRDR team structure are noted on Figure 2-2.

O 1

f0 2-2

[

O 2.3.2 CRDR Core Team O

The core team is structured as illustrated in Figure 2.2.

This enhanced the review team's ability to respond rapidly at a competent technical level to the broad spectrum of review activities n a day-t -day basis. Core team resumes O

are provided in Appendix C to document the proven track record of this team as managers, administrators, supervisors and technical experts.

1 O

2.3.2.1 Lead Discipline Engineer - The Lead Discipline Engineer (LDE) for the CRDR was Mr. E. A. Bishop, the Manager of l

Operations. He had the overall responsibility for lO 1"*"'i"9 that the review was conducted as planned and scheduled.

~

2.3.2.2 Project Specialist, Operations - The Project Specialist O

f r Operations (PSO) was Mr. B. S. Strickland. He had -

the responsibility for the day-to-day CRDR activities and serves as the primary interface for the project team and BSEP management.

O 2.3.2.3 Review Team Leader - The Review Team Lea. der (RTL) was Mr. D. L. Phipps, Jr. He worked closely with the PSO to ensure the review was conducted as planned and .

O s,cheduled. As the team manager, the RTL reviewed the project's progress, identified any problems concerning schedules and planning and, with the aid of the team coordinators, he resolved any coordination problems.

The RTL also chaired the project meetings required O

during the course of the review and was responsible for reporting project status and progress to BSEP Management. As the review team's technical leader, he ensured that adequate technical resources were applied O

to the review activities. As a member of the HEDAT, the RTL was responsible for ensuring strict adherence to HEDAT review procedures.

O 2-3

O O 2.3.2.4 Site-Project Coordinator - The Site Project Coordinator ,

(SPC) was Mr. M. S. ..illiams. As a member of the Operations Staff and a licensed Control Room Operator, l he had the primary responsibility for the EOP upgrade.

O His primary task within the CRDR was to provide the technical support for the System Function Task Analysis.. .

O ~2.3.2.5 The Operations Coordinator for the CRDR project was Mr.

K. F. Horn. He served as the HEDAT Operations expert as he has an SRO license and has been a shift foreman at BSEP for 5.5 years. He also had overall O responsibility for the coordination of HED resolutions.

2.3.2.6 I&C Engineering - The I&C Engirieer for the .CRDR project was Mr. M. G. Beck. He served as the representative O for Nuclear Engineering as he has a Master's degree in Nuclear Engineering. He provided his technical expertise in IEC Engineering and Nuclear engineering, as a member of the core team and the HEDAT.

^

O 2.3.2.7 System Integration Team Leader - The System Integratlon Team Leader (SITL), a consultant to BSEP was Mr. R. M.

. Shepard. He had the overall r e s'p on sibility for C) providing the human . factors personnel to implement the CRDR as planned and scheduled. He coordinated with the RTL and SPC in directing the CRDR Tasks.

O 2.3.2.8 Lead Human Factors Specialist - The Lead Human Factors Specialist (LHFS), a human factors consultant, was Ms.

D. M. Beith. She was primarily responsible for ,

ensuring the technical quality of human factors work lO and the availability of appropriate human factors specialists as required throughout the project. She t

worked closely with the RTL coordinating the HF activities with the SITL. She was directly responsible O 2-4

O l for progress of the HF areas of the project and reported-any deviations from planned activities, O

methods or procedures to the RTL in a timely manner.

She also was responsible for technical justifications related to any proposed methodological or procedural changes. As a member of the HEDAT, she established O

accurate and realistic statements on the human performance aspects for the identified problems and suggested resolutions to HEDs that would not create other HF problems.

2.3.2.9 Human Factors Specialists - The human factors support personnel were human factors consultants. They were committed to the project for direct support of data O

collection; data reduction and analysis; and,HED generation, analysis and resolution. Also, in support of this project was a pool of human factors support personnel that represent diverse and specialized backgrounds in human factors. The support group was directed by the Human Factors Manager, Mr. W. T. Talley (as indicated on Figure 2-2) . Mr. Talley acted as a human factors technical advisor on an as-needed basis O throughout the review. As a member of the HEDAT, he also assisted in the determination of suitable HED resolutions.

O 2.3.2.10 Operations Analysis and Logic Support - The Operations Analysis and Logic Support for the project was provided by Mr. M. L. Edmonds, a consultant to BSEP., He has held an SRO license at a BWR plant and has extensive O knowledge of BWR operations and systems. He coordinated with the SPC and the LHFS to provide continuity and quality in the System Function' Task Analysis (SFTA) and the verification and validation O

tasks.

O 2-5

O 2.3.2.11 Operations Support -

The Operations Support was O provided by,Mr. M. A. Boggi, human factors consultant.

He was committed to the CRDR for direct support in the SFTA and verification and validation tasks. He was also available on an as-needed basis for support O throughout the project.

2.3.3 Review Team Support Members O 2.3.3.1 General - Review Team Support members were assigned support roles from the various required disciplines to ensure an appropriate level of technical quality for the project. Although not assigned full-time, their O availability was assured by CP$L management. Individ'ual disciplines represented in this support group included

~

but were not limited to:

O 1) Operations

2) Construction and Engineering ,

O 3) Training

4) Maintenance O 5) Corporate Licensing 2.3.3.2 Operations -

Experienced operators participated in various phases and activities of this project. Their

() participation included contributions to the Operating Experience Review (OER) (described in paragraph 3.3) ,

assistance during the verification of task performance activities, validation of control room functions O processes, and the clarification of HEDs as required.

Each operator had specific, unique experiential information that contributed significantly to appropriate HED resolutions.

O 2-6

O 2.3.3.3 Construction Engineering - The Construction Engineering .

Staff, headed up by Mr. T. H. Wyllie, provided the O

engineering and design support fot control room modifications. They worked closely with Mr. J. R.

Harrell and Mr. A. M. Worth for the Emergency Response Capability modifications and with the RTL and Mr. K. F.

O Horn for control room modifications.

2.3.3.4 Training - The training representative, Mr. S. W.

" *"' wa8 primarily involved in the HED resolution O

that involved training.

2.3.3.5 Maintenance - Maintenance engineers, available on an as g needed basis, were primarily involved in the resolution of HEDs and the implementation of backfits.

2.3.3.6 Corporate Licensing - Licensing support was provided by g 'M'.

r A. W. Schmich. Also working with Mr. Schmich, providing Corporate Staff Support, was Mr. M. W.

Chiasson. They had the primary responsibility to ensure that the NUREG-0737, Su'pplement 1 CRDR requirements were satisfied.

g 2.3.4 CRDR Team Task Responsibilities Figure 2-3 illustrates, in matru format, the task O

respons'ibility by team member.

. l O

j O

O 2-7

Q CP&L CRDR PROJECT MANAGEMENT SUPPORT FIGURE 2-1 O

VICE PRESIDENT OF BRUNSWICK NUCLEAR PROJECT P. W. Howe O

GENERAL MANAGER OF BNP C. R. Dietz MANAGER O og OPERATIONS E. A. Bishop lO l

PA.OJECT SPECIALIST OF OPERATIONS B. S. Strickland

O CRDR TEAM O See rigure 2-2 i

g 2-8 i

O l

-o .,

h lO g

gg; lll I!

?

c

! gut ~

lll! I11 lli sllig-b!

1-i ,i i ev fl!

14 5 -l l s l5al'5'lgj'ff-lli- $

l

,o 1 l"i al.

ll . Ii 1

O l

i'I til

• s;

- Ilg 5Ii O

t!- Oc 2~g

4 IO 4

4

, CRDR PROJECT MANAGENENT TASK RESPONSIBILITIES

!() Figure 2-3 i

TASK LDE RTL SPC LHFS OALS OS

1. Program Definition * *

• X

!(3

2. Master Schedule Preparation and

• X X X Revisions

3. Sub-schedule Preparation and Revisions o *

• X *

4. Detail Schedule for P:. ant-Specific CRDR o o X

• g Preparation and Revis:.ons

5. Periodic Update Reports o o o X *

6. Define CRDR Human Factors Requirements * *

• X X

7. Conduct Plant-Specific Review (CRDR)

• X

• X * *

8. Rev:.ew HEDs and Determine Corrective o X X X X

• Act:ons -

9. Present Recommended Corrective Actions o X X X *

• to Management and Assess Program O 10. Final Summary Report Preparation X X X * *

11. Final Summary Report Review X X X * *

12. Final' Summary Report Approval o o o

() 13. Final Summary Report Delivery X * *

14. mgggmenggpionofCorrectiveActions ,

X X * *

• 15.,geview of Corr'ective Actions (Phase III)

• X, o .

X = Primary Responsibility LDE = Lead Discipline Engineer

. * = Support Responsibility RTL = Review Team Leader o = Approval Authority SPC = Site Project Coordinator O LHFS = Lead Human Factors Specialist OALS = Operations Analysis and Logic Support OS = Operations support O

• • To be discontinued after design guide is in place.

O 2 - 10

O l

g SECTION 3.0 TBCHNICAL APPROACH l

3.1 INTRODUCTION

l g 3.1.1 General This section describee the procedures used by CP&L to review the completeness and suitability of the BSEP, Units g 1 and 2 Control Rooms. As suggested in NUREG-0700, the specific objectives of the review effort were:

a. To determine whether the control room provides the -

g system status information, control capabilities, feedback, and performance aids necessary for the control room operators 'to accomplish their functions and tasks effectively.

O

b. To identify characteristics of the existing control room instrumentation, controls, other equipment, and physical arrangement that may detract from operator performance.

O Throughout the review process, CP&L focused on ensuring that the functions and tasks assigned to.the operators can be accomp:.ished in an effective manner within the existing O

. control roo=".

3.1.2 lig.t_hgd

O -

The review process was conducted in six activities that parallel those described in Section 3 of NUREG-0700. Each of these activities is described below.

O

O 3-1

3.1.2.1 Operating Experience Review -

The operating experience review consisted of operator interviews and a documentation review. Operator interviews consisted of general and detailed questions on plant 3 operations. The documentation review consisted of BEEP Licencee Event Reports (LERs) that were sorted for Human Error. See Section 3.2 of this report.

3 3.1.2.2 Control Room Surveys -

Much of the detailed assessment of the control room was conducted via a total of 14 surveys. The surveys were conducted as follows:

D

a. Workspace - The control room workspace was evalu-ated by a checklist survey and direct measure-ments that addressed the following:

o- Workspace Arrangement g

o Document Organization, Use and Storage o Control Room Access g b. Conventions - The control room was evaluated by survey for the conventions listed below, and data were subsequently compared to NUREG-0700 guidelines:

g o Coding methods (color, shape, pattern, etc.)

o Standardization of abbreviations and acronyms o Consistency of control use o Consistency of display movement or indication O

c. Controls - Controls were evaluated by measure-ments, observations and other assessment methods.

g d. Displays - Displays were evaluated by measure-ments, observations or other assessment methods.

O 3-2

O

e. Communications - The communication system was evaluated by observations, noise level recording

'O and operator interviews.

f. Emergency Equipment - Checklist and Questionnaire data concerning the inventory of the emergency O

equipment supply cabinets and the accessability of the equipment were collected.

g. Labels and Location Aids - Labels and location O

aids were evaluated by measurements, observations, and other assessment methods.

h. Annunciator system - The annunciator system was O

evaluated by measurements, observations and

^

other assessment methods

1. Anthropometrics - Reach and visual access to CR O

components were analyzed, given the physical configuration of boards, panels, layout, etc.

The data were subsequently compared to checklist item requirements.

j. Maintainability - Checklist and questionnaire i

data concerning operator-maintained components (trend recorders, bulbs; etc.) were collected. -

O

k. Ambient Noise - Data were collected by direct measurements of noise levels and then compa' red to individual guideline items.

1. Illumination - Data were collected by direct measurements under various ambient conditions (e.g., emergency lighting, normal control room

.O lighting) and then compared to individual guideline items. .

g 3-3

O-

-a. Control Room Environment (HVAC) -

Data were g collected by observations in the control room (assessing for drafts, cold spots / hot spots),

evaluation of recorded control room HVAC data and operator interview.

O

n. Computer - The process computer was evaluated by observations, direct measurements and questionnaire data concerning the operators uses f the system.

O The computer survey did not include a review of ERFIS or SPDS. A human factors review of ERFIS

O and SPDS is ongoing and will be. completed with

! the installation of ERFIS in the control room.

i The results of this survey will be included in the SPDS project files.

'O Survey data were collected from preconstructed task plans that contained checklists, interview forms and methods for direct measurements of control room I parameters, such as noise invels, light levels, etc.

O The guidance for the conduct of the surveys was found j

in NUREG-0700. A sample task plan is contained in 4

Appendix B. .

i

O ,

I

'O

O i

3 l

l O 3-4

.O 3.1.2.3- System Functions and Task Analysis (SFTA) - The task analysis procedure is a descriptive process that O

extracts generic operator action and information requirements from systems function data, converts these requirements to a plant-specific level, and generates a data base for use as an input into the O

Verification of Task Performance Capabilities and the Validation of Control Room Functions.

These procedures consisted of three major activities, O which,were:

1. Assembling a "BSEP System Function and Task Analysis" from the BWROG Emergency Procedure Guidelines (EPGs) and the associated background documentation.

2. Generating a list of plant-specific actions and 0 information requirements for each task, organized by task in the form of a mechanized data base.

3. Selecting and sorting the data base so that the O

action requirements of a given type and the information requirements of a given type were collected together. " Type" refers to a group of actions or information requirements that have the O

same system, subsystem, plant component, or parameter.

O O

O 3-5

'O' 3.1.2.4 Control Room Inventory - A comprehensive inventory data base of control room instrumentation, controls, O

and other equipment was generated to reflect control room configurations. The inventory included the

necessary information (e.g. , type of component, application / function, range, location) required to I

O verify the availability and suitability of the required displays and controls. The inventory process is described in detail in Section 3.5 of this report.

j 3.1.2.5 Verification of Task Performance Capabilities - This analysis was composed of two subtasks: verification 4 of instrument / control availability, and verification ,

'O '

of human engineering suitability. .  !

Verification of availability determined whethat the instrumentation and controls required by the control i

.O room operator were actually available to the operator for completion of the tasks identified in the task

, analysis. The control room inventory data base and the task action and information requirements data

'O base from the SFTA were the two major inputs to this task. The SFTA documentation described the instru-ments 'and controls and their main characteristics which were necessary for the required tasks; whereas

.O 2

the control room inventory listed the components

) '

which were actually available. A comparison of these

- two data bases determined if a required instrument or control was available.

.O j -

o

!O 3-6 l

l

O-l Verification of human engineering suitability g examined the components for characteristics that could degrade operator task performance and were not necessarily apparent in control room surveys. This analysis focused on practical suitability O c naiderations such as task-required ranges, values, i or precisions.

The primary products of the verification phase were g the documentation of missing task-related instru-mentation and/or controls and the identification of problems regarding component suitability.

o '

3.1,.2.6 Validate' Control Room Functions - This involved j analysis of. workload and distribution of workload for

operators for specific tasks and event sequences.

, The primary means of analysis were traffic analysis

)g and walk- and talk-through simulation of' task ,

sequences.

• i 3.1.3 Products '

i .

O The product of the review process was a set of HEDs identified in the control room. These HEDs specified i the type and extent of the problem, the potential

?O 4 impact on operator performance in relation to plant operation, and a suggestion for corrective action.

! The HEDs have been assessed and prioritized. ,

i lO A detailed description of the review process i,s described in the following sections.

i.

!O -

I l

l O 3-7 i

O 3.2 OPERATING EXPERIENCE REVIEW O '

3.2.1 Introduction The intent of the Oper,ating Experience Review (OER) was to O identify control room design attributes and procedural activities that could contribute to or alleviate operator performance problems.

I

g 3.2.2 Operations Personnel Survev 3.2.2.1 General -

The Operations Personnel Survey (OPS) focused on the analysis of experiential information lO to identify potential probicas that could have i contributed to degraded operator performance.

3.2.2.2 Structured Interviews - Operators were selected for O ' structured interviews based upon their experience in plant operations. A total of nine interviews were conducted. One of the operators is a, Senior Reactor Operator (SRO), five are Reactor Operators (RO) and

!O two are Auxiliary Operators. One Shift Technical Advisor (STA) was interviewed. The format of the-interview addressed a representative sample of general concerns for the following areas from O NUREG-0700:

1. Workspace -

2. Anthropometrics O 3. Emergency Equipment

4. Maintainability (Operator Performed)

5. Annunciator System

6. Controls O 7. Displays

8. Labels and Location Aids

9. Computer System

10. Conventions O 3-a

O

11. Communications

12. Ambient Noise O

13. Illumination

14. HVAC

15. Verification and Validation O

In addition, operators were encouraged to provide any other comments or concerns they had regarding the design or operations in the control room.

O 3.2.2.3 Response Analysis - The response data were reviewed and tabulated. Questionnaire / interview checklists c'onstructed from specific guidelines contained in

O Section 6.0 of NUREG-0700 were used to aid in the analysis of all responses. A negative response that identified a deviation from guidelines or a potential human performance problem resulted in the generation f a HED report. The HED reports were assessed by

!O the HEDAT during the assessment phase.

3.2.2.4 Results -

Summary descriptions of the operator interview HEDs and the disposition of each HED are t

contained within Appendix A. (NOTE - Appendix A is divided into 15 sections. Each section addresses a .

subject, such as controls, displays, etc.)

O

a. The following operator interview HEDs on Workspace are contained within Appendix A-1:

21G2-0101 20H1-0108

.O

! 22G2-0102 20H2-0111 4

21G3-0103 20H2-0112 22G3-0104 20HO-0113 22H1-0105 20H0-0114

O 20G1-0106 20H0-0116 20H1-0107

'O 3-9

.4

b. The following operator interview HEDs on Anthropometrics are contained within Appendix A-

..O s .

2:

2063-1401 20X8-1405 g 206X-1402 2061-1404

c. The following operator interview HEDs on Emergency Equipment are contained within Appendix A-3: -

g 20B0-0501 20HO-0506 O  : \

d. The following operator interview HED on HVAC is contained within Appendix A-4:

20H0-0002

'O

e. The following operator interview HEDs on Illumination are contained within Appendix A-5:

O 20H0-0004 20HO-0006 i

f. The following operator interview HED 'on Ambient 10 Noise is contained within Appendix A-6:

20H0-0005 s

O O

4 t

lO 3 - 10

O  !

l

g. The following operator interview HEDs on O Maintainability are contained within Appendix A-a 7:

, 20B0-1701 20HO-1703 20B0-1707 O 20B0-1702 20HO-1704 20B0-1708

h. The following operator interview HEDs on Communications are contained within Appendix A-8:

'O 20HO-0202 20H0-0204 20H0-0206 20B0-0207, 20HO-0208 O i. The following operator interview HEDs on Annunciator Systems are contained within Appendix A-9:

lO 20HO-2101 20H0-2104 20SY-2111 20H0-2102 206X-2107 20G1-2114 20H0-2103 ,

206X-2109

'O j. The following operator interview HEDs on Controls

. are contained within Appendix A-10 206X-3008 2263-3206 20X5-3218 ,

O .

206X-3011 2061-3212 206X-321.9 20X2-3202 2063-3214 2063-3401 20X2-3203 -

20H0-3215 1

20SY-3204

'O

's

-O f

O 3 - 11 i

O

k. The following operator interview HEDs on Displays

() are contained within Appendix A-ll:

206X-2003 20X5-2406 20X3-2413 20X2-2201 21X3-2407 206X-2414 C) 2063-2202 20X1-2408 2061-241E i 206X-2209 20J4-2410 2163-2416

. 20J4-2211 20J2-2412 20J4-2417 20X5-2405 t lO

l. The following operator interview HEDs on Labels and Location Aids are contained within Appendix A-12:

C) 20X2-1103 20X5-1105 206X-1104 206X-1106 .

O m. The following operator interview HEDs on Process Computers are contained within Appendix A-13:

22Gl-0303 20G1-0306 20Gl-0311 C) 20Gl-0304 20G1-0309 20Gl-0312 20Gl-0305 20Gl-0313

n. The following operator interview HEDs on C) Verification and Validation are contained within Appendix A-15:

20BP-5001 20X5-5012 20X2-5027  !

C) 206X-5002 2063-5013 2063-5028 i 20X3-5003 20X5-5015 20X4-5029 l 20X5-5004 20X8-5018 20X2-5030 206X-5005 2063-5019

() 2061-5009 20X8-5021 20X5-5010 2063-5022 2061-5011 20HO-5023 C) 3 - 12 1

. , _ . . . - - . _ . - - - , - - . . - - - . - - - , . . . - - - - , . - , - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - .~--,--- -- - - .

O 3.2.3 Review of Historical Documents O

3.2.3.1 General - The documentation review focused on the analysis of relevant plant documents to identify any reported problems that may have contributed to degraded O operator performance. Identified problems were documented in HED reports and assessed by the HEDAT j with other HEDs.

O 3.2.3.2 Review Methods -

Licencee Event Reports (LERs) were reviewed for human performance-related potential problems. The reviews were specifically looking for reports that identified one or more of the following lO ' problem / error causes:

, a. Human Error - a classification that indicates an action or actions originating from within the lg control room by station personnel which caused a problem.

b. Equipment Failure - a classification that indicates O a failed piece of plant equipment caused the problem and the failure was not readily or easily detected from the available control room instrumentation. .

O c .. Procedure Problem - a classification that indicates a procedure was inadequate.

O d. Other - a classification that, while not explicitly i categorized as human error, equipment failure, or procedure problem, appears to have a potential human performance element involved.

O O 3 - 13

O 3.2.3.3 Results - Summary descriptions of the documentation review HEDs and the disposition of each HED are O

contained within Appendix A.

a. The following human error problems HEDs are contained in Appendix A-14:

206X-6018 206X-6020 20X2-1130 206X-6019 20X2-2277 20X2-5027 O

b. No equipment failure problems were identified in the document review.

c. No proccedure problems were identified in the O

document review.

d. An equipment problem HED, 206X-6022 is contained in Appendix A-14.

3.3 CONTROL ROOM SURVEYS -

O 3.3.1 Introduction The control room surveys were planned to follow the guidance of NUREG-0700. Human factors specialists, in O

concert with experienced operations and engineering personnel, measured and observed a number of control room design features. Central to this survey effort were'the HF guidelines contained in Section 6.0 of NUREG-0700.

O These guidelines were used as the criteria to which the survey data were compared.

O O 3 - 14

O The surveys were organized, and methodology developed to O Parallel the structure of Section 6.0 of NUREG-0700. The 14' surveys that were performed consist of the following:

1. Workspace

.O 2. Anthropometrics j

3. Emergency Equipment i

4. Maintainability l

5. Annunciator System O 6. Controls -

7. Displays

8. Labels and Location Aids

9. Illumination -

O

10. Conventions

11. Ambient Noise

12. BVAC ,

13. Communications

O 14. Computer In order to facilitate data collection, reduction, and analysis, and to support the review documentation O requirements, task plans were developed for each of the above 14 survey areas.

3.3.2 Task Plan' Procedures IO Each of these task plans directed the data collection, data analysis and HED report generation based upon a mix of four basic data collection procedures. These are:

.O

1. Measurements

2. Observations

3. Questionnaires / Interviews g 4. Document Reviews lO 3 - 15

. ~ . _ _ . _ _. .

O Each of these task plans used one or more of these procedures I

.O to collect the data needed to evaluate the applicable area of control room design. Task plan organization and procedure are described below. (A sample task plan is provided in Appendix B).

.O

a. Each task plan contained a consistent format and outline. Content was varied only where necessary for the Particular design area discussed. A typical task plan

O outline is as follows:

l 1.0 Objectives 2.0 Review Team

O 3.0 Criteria summary 4.0 Procedures j 5.0 Equipment / Facility Requirements

6.0 Inputs and Data Forms Listing

O 7.0 Required Outputs / Expected Results 8.0 Figures and Tables (if required) 9.0 Procedure Exceptions (if any) .

Append 1 A - Detailed Criteria (Irom NUREG-0700)

O Appendix B - Data Collection / Analysis Forms Appendix C - Criteria Matrix  !

Appendix D - Task Plan Critique  !

io b. Sections 1.0 through 8.0 of the text were brief summaries intended primarily to familiarize the task conductor with

the overall task requirements. Upon completion of the .

l task, the task conductor completed Section 9.0, if

!O necessary, and submitted a completed Task Plan Critique from Appendix D to the LHFS. (The critique was to identify any difficulties or problems with the' task plan l and was not a central part of the review process.) The lO detailed criteria and procedural information are i contained in Appendices A and B of each task plan.

O 3 - 16

O

c. Appendix A of the task plans contained a subset of the o guidelines from NUREG-0700, Section 6.0. Each guideline was worded identically to the NUREG-0700 guideline, and the guideline paragraph number was preserved for ease of cross-referencing. In total, all 14 of the Task Plan l O criteria sets represented subsections 6.1 through 6.7 of NUREG-0700.

t The last two subsections, 6.8 and 6.9 of NUREG-0700

O Section 6.0, were used as criteria for the SFTA and the verification and validation activities. The task plans themselves occurred in the same order as the Section 6.0 subsections of NUREG-0700, and, with one main exception, O were titled similarly to the Section 6.0 subsection titles. For example, the Annunciator System Review Task Plan (TP-3.1) incorporated as criteria the guidelines contained in NUREG-0700 Section 6.2. The main exception O to this approach was that Section 6.1 - Workspace, of NUREG-0700, was further subdivided into seven task plans that, in general, followed the additional breakdown of

Section 6.1.

O Thus, General Layout-6.1.1 became the Workspace Task j Plan,' Workstation Design-6.1.2 became the Anthropometrics l

Task Plan, Emergency Equipment-6.1.4 became t,he Emergency

O Equipment Task Plan, and Environment-6.1.5 bec5me HVAC, Illumination, Ambient Noise, and Maintainability Task Plans. ,

'O d.- Appendix B in each task plan was subdivided into as many, subappendices (e.g., B1, B2, B3, etc.) as were necessary

. to describe the detailed data collection and analysis procedures used for that plan. Subappendix B1 always

.O ntains measurements data forms and directions, B2 always contains an operator Interview / Questionnaire, B3 always contains an Observations Checklist, and B4 was always a Document Review Checklist. B5 through B9 are O 3 - 17

O additional analyses directions and supplement forms as O required. To preserve consistency from task plan to task plan, Subappendices B1 through B4 are always included. l The Interview / Questionnaire sections of each of the 14 task plans (with the addition of operationally related O criteria from Sections 6.8 and 6.9 of NUREG-0700) constitute the prepared structured interview that is described in paragraph 3.2 of this report.

O e. Appendix C of the task plans provides a criteria matrix for the guidelines contained in Appendix A of a particular task plan. The Criteria Matrix provides a cross-reference to the guidelines and defines the data

o , collection methods and the suggested data sources required for evalua. tion of each guideline.

f. The various data types were determined by the NUREG-0700

O criteria. Measurement data were those data that had to

.be numerically compared to the NUREG-0700 guidelines for evaluation. These pertain to such design features as display height, noise levels, or illumination levels.

O observation data were those data that a trained human factors specialist could evaluate adequately by observing the design feature. These data pertain to such features as procedure and document storage and office locations.

!O . Questionnaire / Interview data were data that required a knowledge about the equipment from operators before such data could be adequately or realistically evaluated.

These data pertain to such features as the meaning O attached to color-codes or controls that are difficult to ,

operate. Documentation Review data were data that had to

) be (or might have been) obtained by reviewing available documents that pertained to the design and/or operation

O of the plant. These data pertain to such design features as the availability and adequacy of a dictionary of standard terms, abbreviations and acronyms, or an admin-istrative procedure for the control of temporary labels.

O 3 - 18

O

g. The task plan procedures required that the collected data be compared to one or more referenced criteria, before an O

HED report could be generated. In comparing the data to the criteria, the task conductor would annotate the checklist column next to the criterion guideline as either yes, no, or N/A. For the "no" check marks, an HED

.O report was then generated and the HED report number was entered in the criterion comments column. As a cross-reference, the data collection appendix number and the guideline paragraph number were entered on the HED report O

form. Once this process was complete for each task plan, the surveys and reviews of the human factors suitability of the evaluated design (independent of the task requirements) were completed and documented.

O

h. Copies of the completed task plans were filed in the CRDR Project File.

O 3.3.3 Results 3.3.3.1 Summary The control room design was compared to the appli-cable guidelines from NUREG-0700, Section 6.0. Some HED reports were generated against specific design

'O features ~ during the review that do not meet good l human factors engineering design principles. The results of each task plan survey a r'e summarized below, i

.O l The HEDs have been assessed and prioritized and I improvements verified per the HED Assessment Process described in Section 4.0 of this report.

O 3 - 19 1

_ _ _ _ . . . _ . . _ _ . . ._.I

O 3.3.3.2 Workspace Survey O

The review of the workspace arrangement for the main control room area addressed such issues as clearances between panels and opposing equipment, unobstructed O Pathways in the primary operating areas, accessibility and storage of expendable supplies and spare parts, and general room arrangement features.

O Summary descriptions of the workspace survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appe~n dix A-1.

O 3.3.3.3 Anthropometrics Survey The anthropometrics review of the control board design addressed the characteristics for a standard

'O 8tand-uP console with benchboard and vertical back panels. Instrumentation and equipment locations were also addressed.

4 Summary descriptions of the anthropometric survey

!O HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-2.

O 3334 Emergen Y Equipment Survey l The equipment lockers were evaluated in terms of i i

their location, storage capability, and labeling )

requirements. The protective clothing sets, the O

breathing apparatus, emergency equipment, and replacement supplies were counted and compared to the validated copy of the inventory ' list.

!O Summary descriptions of the Emergency Equipment

Survey HEDs and the diaposition of each HED -a r e contained within Appendix A-3.

O 3 - 20 l

O~

3.3.3.5 HVAC Survey  !

l O '

The HVAC Survey addressed the temperature and j humidity levels in the control room. Hot / Cold spots,  !

drafts, reliability and operator comments were assessed.

O Summary descriptions of HVAC Survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-4.

O 3.3.3.6 Illumination Survey 4

The illumination survey addressed the illumination levels throughout the control room. Illumination levels were taken at various key locations at the control panels and operator work stations under O

normal and emergency lighting conditions.

Summary descriptions of Illumination Survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-5. ,

3.3.3.7 Ambient Noise Survey ,

O The ambient noise survey addressed the listening environment, the sound level of annunciator horns and warning systems, and the ability of the operators to communicate in the control room. Noise level

'O readings were taken at various key locations during day shift operating conditions.

Summary descriptions of the Ambient Noise Survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-6.

I 3 - 21

!.O

- w.-e-e, -w - , - - , . w - . - . , . ,, ,am.y. - --yw w.- +g. gp -

y-w--y- -y-- - - -,,a y - - - - - - - --

O-3.3.3.8 Maintainability survey O

The maintainability survey addressed such issues as the availability, storage, and inventory of spare parts hnd tools, replacement of fuses and other O expendables, and general operator maintainability of equipment.

1 summary descriptions of the Maintainability survey O HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-7.

3.3.3.9 Communications survey lO The communication survey addressed the operators ability to communicate throughout the control room and in the plant during normal and emergency O operations. The PA system, Walkie-talkie system, sound powered phone system and the conventional telephone system were evaluated.

O summary descriptions of the communications survey HEDs and disposition o'f each HED are contained within Appendix A-8.

O 3.3.3.10 Annunciator system survey The annunciator system hurvey design was compared to applicable guidelines, which addressed such items as O readability of annunciator tiles, consistency of message content (such as abbreviations and acronyms),

and general arrangement features. Tile messages were evaluated for multiple inputs, ambiguity, and

'O 8pecificity.

O 3 - 22

O 4

Summary descriptions of the Annunciator System Survey O HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within Appendix A-9.

3.3.3.11 Controls Survey

O -

The main control board controls were evaluated for a number of characteristics such as knob configuration and dimensions, type of control, handle coding, and O labeling.

Summary description of the Controls Survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained within

.O Appendix A-10.

3.3.3.12 Displays Survey O Displays were e' valuated for a number of physical characteristics such as number scale progressions and readability of internal scale labeling. The functional aspects of meters and legend lights and o their labels were also evaluated.

Sumn;ary descriptions of the Displays Survey HEDs and the disposition of each HED are contained in Appendix

-O A-11. -

3.3.3.13 Labels and Location Aids Survey O The existing labels on the Main Control Board and back panels were evaluated to determine if wording was appropriate, fu.nctionally correct and consistent.

Labels were also evaluated against readability O criteria based on viewing distances.

O 3 - 23

O.

Summary descriptions of the Labels and Location Aids

() . Survey HEDs and the disposition for each HED are contained within Appendix A-12.

3.3.3.14 Computer Survey O

The process computer was evaluated for a number of physical characteristics such as CRT readability, console height and arrangement, and computer control O characteristics. The operator-software interface and display formats and computer operating procedures were also evaluated.

.O Summary descriptions 'of the Computer Survey HEDs and the disposition for each HED are contained in

. Appendix A-13.

40 3.3.3.15 Conventions Survey All annunciator t.ile engraving, panel labeling, component labeling, function labeling, and position O labeling was compared to identify inconsistencies and incorrect usages with abbreviations. .

. The Conventions Survey also addressed the application 10 of color coding in the control room and dedicated l shutdown panels and control directional movement. ,

Summary descriptions of the Conventions Survey HEDs O and the' disposition of each HED are contained in Appendix A-15.

'O 4

O 3 - 24 1

O 3.4 SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYSIS O

3.4.1 Introduction '

The objective of the System Functions and Task Analysis O (SFTA) was to determine action and information requirements

and the performance criteria for the tasks that operators were required to accomplish under emergency conditions as defined by the EOPs. These requirements and criteria served as benchmarks for the examination of the adequacy of control O

room instrumentation, and other equipment during the verificat, ion and validation activities. ,

i The methods and procedures used established an objective, top-down approach which accomplished the following objectives.

i

'O

1. Identification of the BSEP plant-specific systems and J . subsystems.

2. Identific'ation of the operating events to be analyzed.

3. Translation of the identified events into functional task descriptions.

4. Detailed development of operator information and action

.O requirements from the functional descriptions.

Throughout the SFTA process, the emphasis was on eventually

! identifying and analyzing operator action and information O

requirements from the developed plant-specific information. It 2

addressed those tasks performed under emergency conditions'that i

provided emergency response capabilities with respect to

,O maintaining control function parameters (e.g., RPV Level, Primary Containment Pressure).

Figure 3-1 illustrates the general structure and organization O 3 - 25

O  !

1 of the SFTA process. The left blocks contain the background information and source documents used to develop the SFTA and

O ,

EOPs. The central block of this figure contains a bullet item l

list that shows the sequence, from top to bottom, in which activities were conducted. The blocks. on the right represent O the documents that resulted from the SFTA and EOF development.

Four documents furnished the majority of plant technical inputs into the SFTA process (see Figure 3-1-) . These were:

O

1. The BWROG Emergency Procedure Guidelines (EPGs-developed in accordance with NUREG-0737, item I.C.1) -

lO

2. The Graphic Display System document developed by EPRI with BWROG participation (referred to as the OEI document) .

O

3. The Brunswick Plant Specific Technical Guidelines (PSTGs).

O

4. The Brunswi k Emergency . Operating Procedures (EOPs) which closely track with the EPGs and provided the additional plant specificity for tasks not contained-in the EPGs.

The latter two documents have the BWROG EPGs in common and, as O detailed in the Brunswick Procedures Generation Package (PGP),

are the result of converting the EPGs to plant specificity and establishing the numerical limits, set points and other physical operating parameters of the BSEP configuration. As shown in Figure 3-1, additional documentation was used as O

required.

The initial step, identifying the BSEP systems and subsystems,

O urred as part of the Procedures Generation Package (PGP).

This process is further explained below.

jO 3 - 26 l

O 3.4.2 Methods O-3.4.2.1 Identification of the Brunswick Plant Specific Systems and Subsystems O The BSEP EOPs are based upon the BWROG EPGs which were developed in accordance with the requirements of NUREG-0737, item I.C.l. Revisions 2 and 3 of the EPGs have been submitted to and approved by the NRC.

Rev. 4 of the EPGs is

O currently being reviewed by the NRC.

The EPGs are generic to BWR 1 thru 6 designs in that they

address major systems which may be used to respond to an

~

O emergency. Because no specific plant includes all of the systems in the EPGs, the EPGs are applied to individual plants by deleting statements which are not applicable or by substituting equivalent systems when appropriate.

O The brackets in the EPGs enclose plant unique setpoints, design limits, pump shutoff pressures, etc.. Parentheses within brackets indicate the source for the bracketed O variable.

In converting the generic EPGs to a Brunswick Plant Specific Technical Guideline , (PSTG) , the abo.ve process was used. The

'O generic limits within the brackets were replaced by plant

specific limits. These limits are calculated in accordance with the calculational procedures (Appendix C) supplied with the EPGs or are derived directly from plant data. Where the

O EPGs contained systems that BSEP does-not have, the systems were' deleted or equivalent systems were inserted.

I BSEP has participated in the development of the Rev. 4 EPGs O with the BWROG. As the Rev. 4 EPGs became available BSEP star,ted the update of the EOPs to the Rev. 4 EPGs. This process consisted of:

O 3 - 27

O

a. An update of the PSTGs to Rev. 4 EPGs.

O

b. An update of the EOPs to the Rev. 4 PSTGs.

3.4.2.2 Identification of the Operatina Events, Systems, O Functions, and Functional Allocations The collective package of documents composed of the EPGs, PSTGs, EOPs, supplemented with the OEI and other engineering

.O analyses (e.g. the BSEP set point study) defines the BSEP systems and systems functions. The functional allocation of these functions is demonstrated in the structure of the EOPs.

O At this point objectives 1, 2, and 3 have been realized as products of the PGP. Objective 4, the detailed developnient of the operator information and action requirements-constituted the next major activity as detailed below.

O 3.4.2.3 Identification of Action and Information Reauirements The initial, step was to break out functional requirements O into specific tasks and behavioral elements necessary to accomplish each task. This information is compiled on "Eleme'nt Tables" (see Figure 3-3). The element tables summarize the identified. requirements that the user addresses O in determining the action and information requirements.

Included in these element tables are the task information j requirements, task decision requirements, task knowledge requirements and task action requirements. Later, during O verification activities plant-specific instruments and controls were added to the element tables, (below the dotted line) based upon data from the inventory.

O The next step in the SFTA process was to generate a list of plant-specific action and information requirements for each task. This information was tabulated on the ACTION--

INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS DETAILS (AIRD) form (see Figure 3 - 28 1

l

-_ ._ _ _._ ,, ___ . , _ _ . _ _ . _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ , . _ _ . - -I

O 3-5). The AIRD form breaks down each task into behavioral

O elements. A behavioral element is defined by the various behavioral or physical properties or an action requirement or j information requirement. The names of these properties i appear as column headers for columns 2 through 10 of the AIRD l

O form. Some of these properties are plant-specific and require input from plant operations / engineering personnel.

Structurally, the development of the AIRD forms is a manual O process of extracting just the operator action and operator information requirements from the element tables. The AIRD form, when filled out, (Figure 3-6) is used only as an input form to a computerized function for sorting and selecting o these action and information requirements. (For the records, the computerized printouts of tihe AIRD forms will be used for ease of readability). It should be noted that at this point in the SFTA process these action and information requirements lO have been developed in a manner that arranges them in a

' task-sequencing order. Numerous systems and their associated controlling requirements and feedback (to the controller) requirements are interspersed with regard to a functionally

o defined sequence. In the later and separate verification activities, this task-sequence listing would be difficult to ,

compare to the control board inventory in evaluating the presence of and adequacy 'of the controls and dis. plays. ,

.O l Hence, the next step in the SFTA process was the development of the Action-Information Requirements Summary (AIRS) forms (Figure 3-7).

O The AIRS development is a computerized process that rearranges the data from the AIRD forms. It does not add or delete'any data, but rather re-sorts the action and information requirements from their existing task-sequencing O order into a system-function-parameter order. In this way, for example, every occurrence of Core Spray flow as an

, information requirement is grouped together. Likewise all l

l occurrences of the need to control Core Spray Flow are (O 3 - 29 l _ - _ . . _ . . . _ . _ _ _ . _ . _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _. _.. _ _ _ _ . _ __ ___

r

~O grouped together. This is done for every system, sub-system, function, and parameter represented in the BSEP SFTA process.

It is at this point that the SFTA activities as they contributed to the CRDR are considered complete.

'O As can now be seen, at no time during the development of the AIRD forms from the element tables to the output of the AIRS listings has any control room equipment or control board component information been used. Also, neither step (AIRD or O

AIRS development) adds or deletes any operator action or operator information requirements.

Table 3-1 summarizes the relationships between the Element

O Tables, the AIRD forms, and the AIRS forms.

3.4.4 Products The product of the SFTA process is a data base of operator

. action -and information. requirements. This data base, along with the control room inventory data base, was used as input

'O into the verification of task performance capabilities to assess the availability and suitability of instruments and equipment used by the control room operators. In addition, the results of the BSEP SFTA were used to assist in the

'O selection of event' sequences to be analyzed during the validation of control room functions.

!O I I l

O l l

l l 3 - 30 O

i

O 3.5 CONTROL ROOM INVENTORY O

3.5.1 Introduction The objective of the control room inventory was to develop a Comprehensive listing of the instrumentation, controls and equipment contained in the control room. This list was used in subsequent tasks to determine the adequacy of control room components for supporting operator information g and control requirements identified during the task analysis.

l The control room inventory also aided in integrating '

m 1tiple HEDs that could be associated with a particular O

component or type of component. This ensured a complete, integrated data file that aided in the implementation of backfits.

'O It should be noted that the control room inventory was kept up to date and reflects any component or label changes made i in the control room during th'e CRDR process. The inventory l

was also used to verify label, wording, and abbreviation O

consistency.

3.5.2 Method O

Project personnel conducted a systematic inspection and review of the control room and relevant control room documentation (e.g., instrument lists, engraving lists, etc.) to develop the control room inventory.

The inventory records contain the following information for each component:

O

a. Component identification number (used for sorting within the data base) j b. Component nomenclature or description O 3 - 31

O

c. Component labels O d. Component characteristics (i.e., scale ranges)

e. Panel. 1 0 3.5.3 Result The result of the control room inventory is a comprehensive record of the instrumentation, controls, and equipment O contained in the control room. Tables 3-2 and 3-3 contain samples of the inventory printouts. The control room inventory was used in the verification of available and suitable control room instrumentation.

O. -

3.6 VERIFICATION OF TASK PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES O 3.6.1 Introduction ,

The objective of this activity was to ensure the availability and suitability of required control room O instrumentation and controls. As recommended in NUREG-0700, this activity was conducted in two parts:

verification of availability and verification of suitability. After the completion of the verification and lo validation activities, identified problems were documented l

on HED reports. The plant-specific instruments and controls from the inventory that satisfied the action and information requirements from the AIRS forms were also iO added to the element tables as shown in Figure 3-5. Copies of these element tables function as historical documents which define the baseline rationale for the selected i instruments and controls.

l O-

'O 3 - 32

O 3.6.2 verification of Availability

'O Verification of availability was accomplished by comparing the operator action and information requirements identified during the task analysis to the control room inventory.

The comparison was conducted on a component basis to verify

'O-the presence or absence of the required instruments and controls for each task sequence analyzed during the SFTA.

For any action or information requirement where an appropriate display, control, or other device could not be lO found, an HED report was generated.

3.6.3 verification of suitability

O Verification of suitability involved examination of the ,

human engineering characteristics of instrumentation and controls identified during the verification of availability. For this process, selected guidelines from

O NUREG-0700 and criteria derived from the task analysis were used to determine the. suitability of control room compo-nents. Such aspects of component design as the adequacy of display range, usability of displayed values, adequacy of  ;

O control type, completeness and ease of understanding of

! component labels, and other characteristics not easily evaluated without reference to specific task sequences, )

were considered. Any deviations from established criterid

O were documented as HEDs.

i 3.6.4 Results -

i 4

O 3.6.4.1 verification of Availability Using the SFTA data base that contains the action and 1

information requirements and the control room inventory O data base, a comparison was made to ensure the availability of the required instruments, controls, and other equipment in the control room.

!O 3 - 33

I

[

-O

.O 3.6.4.2 Verification of Suitability Following the verification of availability, the inventory data base was compared to the range, O accuracy, trend, nomenclature, and control function requirements contained in the SFTA data base.

t

Summary descriptions of the Verification HEDs and the O disposition for each HED are contained within Appendix A-14.

l O 3.7 VALIDATION OF CONTROL ROOM FUNCTIONS 3.7.1 Introduction

!O The objective of this a'ctivity was to determine if the

. functions allocated to the control room operating crew during emergencies could be accomplished effectively within: 1) the structure of defined emergency procedures,

O and 2) the design of the control room as it exists. As with verification of task performance capabilities, validation of control room functions is an extension of the SFTA. In this case, emphasis was placed on determining the 10 adequacy of the control room design for supporting operator ,

i task sequences.

3.7.2 Method -

'O 3.7.2.1 General The principal activities during this task involved observing operators walking through selected event lO sequences. The following process was employed during

this task

O 3 - 34

3

a. To insure complete coverage of the control room interfaces represented in the BSEP EOPs within the

)

context of the various scenarios, the EOPs were evaluated in the validation task, including the flowpaths. -

O

b. The participants in the validation process were briefed concerning the objectives and procedures of the walkthroughs, including assumptions concerning the status of the plant at the onset of the event 3

sequenc9.

c. Control room personnel were observed as they performed each sequence. The operators were 3

instructed to describe their actions as they performed the sequences, including:

g 1. cues by which they initiate a task -

2. sources of information (displays, procedures, knowledge, etc.) -

O

3. application of information, including any mental conversions or uncertainties

4. controls selected and expected system response

5. methods for verifying system response and

~

selection of alternative actions if response is g not obtained

6. indications that sequence is proceeding as  !

expected D

7. indication that sequence is complete

8. other comments, as appropriate.

O 3 - 35 l

O-During this process, the observers occasionally halted the walkthrough to obtain clarification or

,O additional-information.

d. Observers recorded significant operator comments,

. as well as any observations that related to performance of the EOPs.

e. The results of the observations were analyzed to identify any problems with the control room layout,

.O location of related components, operator workload, or other human engineering concerns.

Discrepancies

observed during the validation process were noted and recorded.

Observers recorded: 1) any difficulties the operators had in responding to the event, 2) the impact on operator performance of any previously identified HEDs, and 3) any i

additional discrepancies identified during this task.

3.7.2.2 Selected Events O

a. Events were selected to. include the items suggested in NUREG-0700, paragraph 3.8.2, and to address events listed in Section 15 of REG. GUIDE 1.70 with regard to exercising all emergency-related control

O room workstations, and to include all unique

- sequences of tasks within the EOP structure. These events covered all systems in the EOPs and all the controls and displays used in the EOPs.

O

b. The events selected consisted of the following:

1. Path 1

2. Path 2 l

3 - 36

!O

. _ , - . - - - - - - - - _ - - - - . - . - . . - . - - -.. - -__ - - -. 1

O

3. Path 3 O

4. Path 4

5. Path 5 0

6. Level Power Control

7. Primary Containment Control O

8. Secondary Containment Control

9. End Path Procedure

() '

10. Level Restoration

11. Emergency Depressurization

-O

12. Steam Cooling

, 13. RPV Flooding

.O

14. Primary Containment Flooding

15. Alternate Coolant Injection

16. Alternate Control Rod Insertion

17. Alternate Boron Injection 6

18. Primary Containment Venting

19. Drywell Spray

O

20. Suppression Pool Spray

21. Reactor Building HVAC Restart

'O 3 - 37 l

l

'O

g 22. Drywell Purging

23. Shutdown Cooling Following Boron Injection O

24. Nuclear Service Water System Recovery

25. Conventional Service Water System Recovery 0

. Rea r Building Closed Cooling Water System Recovery

27. Turbine Building Closed Cooling Water System

• • Y O

28. Instrument / Service Air System Recovery

29. Auxiliary Electrical Power System Recovery O

30. Radioactive Release Control 3.7.3 Results The control room validation resulted in the identification of several HEDs.

O Summary descriptions of the Validation HEDs and the disposition for each HED are contained within Appendix A-14.

O I

O l

O 3 - 38

~

O O O O O O 0 'O O ~ O' O'

! SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND TASK ANALYSIS (SFTA) PROCESS .

EERGEEY i

PROCEDURES --> - EERGENCY GUIDELIES e IDENTIFY SYSTDES OPERATING PROCEDURES e DEFIE FUNCTIONS GRAPHICS DISPLAY ,

AMITIMAL e KFIK FUNCTIONAL DEVELOPENT PROGRAM

--> ALLOCATIONS r WRITER'S GUIDE

(

r PROCEDURES MVELOPMENT '

e DEVELOP TASKS *

ACTIVITIES i SSEP FSAR - task description and other'8SEP --- D , - knowledge requirements l doc's as (eq'd - skills requirements  !

! w . action requirements PLANT-SPECIFIC

[

TECMICAL I c) 1

, - information requirements .

C PLANT-SPECIFIC GUIDELINES  !

{ W  :

l w ENGINEERING

--O e KVELOP WRITER'S WIK j ANALYSIS SFTA OUTPUT w j

(set point stody) 2 REFERENCE 3 o KVELOP ELEM NT TABLES "

I EPG STEP ~ DOCUMENTS DOCUMENT .

! -generate generic tables  ;

• RG I.97 & NUREGs from EPGs GDDP. etc. I

0700, 0737. 0801 -convert to plant-specific I l

with PSTG. EPGSO etc. _

l o DEVELOP AIRD FORMS:

BSEP CRDR - extract action and E C '

ADDITIONAL PGM PLAN information requirements -

j CROR from element tables f ACTIVITIES J

o DEVELOP AIRS FORMS: ACTION-!EORMATION OTHER HUMAN - arrange action REQUIREENTS DETAILS FACTORS - g, requirements by d

REFERENCES Parameter and l arrange information j requirements by parameter m ACTION-IFORMATION KQUIREENTS SUlstARIES s l

'O FIGURE 3-2

O -

i s

ELMIEur Emma en--

~O Functica -

taak - .

O

! Task Chiective Task Information amanir x ;ts 1 I

Task Decision feriterial usir-- =ta i

,O Test Emovledee amenirammats 1

Wask amemirammats

!O h-------

af & -' arres h e==laa

O ------------ ---- -.

1 l

Informatian helow abtaland feh t rif *-=t a== - " wat aa.+ e .- ' l l

Task Iastruments i l

I t

!O 4

sac tr.i.

k i

i i

.O 1

4

, 1

!O 3 - 40 2

, - , . - - _ . , . , - - . ~ . - . . - , , ~ , .. . . _ - _ _ . - - . , _ , , - . _ - . . . - . . - , . , . - , - - - - , . , - - - - . . - . _ - _ . -

l f

C) l FIGURE 3-3 O BEEE ELEMENF TABLE REVISION O TASK FP-2-079*02 Function - Low Power Scram Recovery Eggh - Operate Core Spray With Suction From The Suppression Pool Task Obiective -

1

-O \

o To provide a source of reactor makeup l

Task Information Reauir== ants

{

I) o ' Core spray suction valve position l o Core spray full flow test valve position o Core spray pump status O o Core spray discharge pressure o Core spray injection valve position o Core spray flow (3 o Core spray minimum flow valve position-o Core spray room cooler status Task Decision O

o If core spray is necessary to control reactor vessel level Task Knowledge Requirements C) o Operation of core spray Task Reauirements CONSIDER USE OF CORE SPRAY TO FEED VESSEL WITH SUCTION FROM ...

O SUPPRESSION POOL 3 - 41 O

~

(

() FIGURE 3-3 (continu;d)

BEEE ELEMENT TABLE REVISION 0 TASK FP-2-079*02 O

Consequences of Task Error / Omission o Consequences of task error / omission could result in more difficult reactor level control.

o -----------------------------------------------------------------

Information below obtained from verification and validation task:

Task Instruments

.O CS101 o Core Spray suction valves:

- TORUS SUCTION VLV E21-F001A [Al-32030]

O - TORUS SUCTION VLV E21-F001B [Al-32139]

CS128 o Core spray full flow test valve:

O - FULL FLOW TEST BYP E21-F015A THR 2XC [Al-32035]

- FULL FLOW TEST SYP E21-F015B THR 2XD [A2-32144]

CS102 O o Core Spray pump:

,- CORE SPRAY PUMP 2A E21-C001A [Al-32031]

- CORE SPRAY PUMP 2B E21-C001B [Al-32140]

(3 CS002 o Core Spray System Pressure:

- PUMP 2A DISCH PRESS (E21-PI-R600A) [Al-22007]

C) - PUMP 2A DISCH PRSSS (E21-PI-R600B) [A2-22021]

.O 3 - 42 l

O

C) FIGURE 3-3 (centinued)

BEEE l ELEMENT TABLE REVISION 0 TASK FP-2-079*02 C) -

CS105 l

o Core spray outboard injection valve:

- OUTBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F004A [Al-32032]

.O

- OUTBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F004B [Al-32141]

CS104 o Core spray inboard injection valve:

0

- INBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F005A [Al-32033]

- INBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F005B [Al-32142]

CS001 O

o Core Spray system ~ flow:

- PUMP 2A DISCH FLOW (E21-FI-R601A) [ Al-22-008]

- PUMP 2B DISCH FLOW (E21-FI-R601B) [Al-22022]

CS150 o Minimum flow valve:

- MIN FLOW BYPASS VIV E21-F031A 2XC [Al-32034]

- MIN FLOW BYPASS VIV E21-F031B 2XD [A2-32143]

CS107 o Core Spray North room coolers

- NORTH CS VENT FAN 2XC CS-937 [D3-32379]

CS118 o Core Spray South room cooler:

- SOUTH CS VENT FAN 2XD CS-938 [D3-32382]

,0 c

3 - 43 l

l

'O

O FIGURE 3-3 (centinued)

BER ELipumr_ TABLE REVISION 0 TASE FP-2-079*02 Task Controls i

Cs102 l o Core Spray pump:

- CORE SPRAY PUMP 2A E21-C001A [Al-32031]

- CORE SPRAY PUMP 2B E21-C001B [Al-32140]

Cs104 0 o Core spray inboard injection valve:

- INBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F005A [Al-32033]

- INBOARD INJECTION VLV E21-F005B [Al-32742]

'O l

O O

0 O

O 3 _ 44 0

ACTION-INFORMATION llEQUIREMENTS DETAILS (AIRD) sheet es PLANT: 88001 7: ORIGINATOft- DATE:

E0P No- Ese anname: gigyngyrEn:

j EPG 000: DATE:

STEP 900: STEPseAses:

, STEP OBJECTIVE:

INE88A8bE3' i

I BEttAVIORAL sa sassasTS

./ _- l f)

~ - '

I - -

.j l ,!4 I.

i, .

M I W

I C.

i

, . lll I

W W

1 I

l A f

l 1

i

l ACTION N0 FORMATION RE'000RE40ENTS DETAILSSheet (AIRD)

! el 1 i

PtaseT: 55tf' u,,,, 2 N EoP-o l- F- Z ,,,,,,,,,, D. fkivu ,,,.

l ,p, ESP asAmg: FLoi.8 FAtW 2 g

f STEP se0: Fr-2-079 A 02.

STEP OBJECTIVE:

sygp gang. OratAug Casa SetAV WifW Suedied kon -fWE burrRES5to4 IcoL.

l To movior A seuett of EtActtK Naatstu9

• nEIRAnKS:

eenavsonat staassseis

/ ~

lm - -

J' / / /] -

) 01 osstave C5 fonc Senav fosmos . Orta l}/

l Suc%a Wi.vas 2 01 ossea <c cs Cour Sre4v Posinou Ca..sep Fu'tt Flou 3

Test Wtves i , 03 AprosT CS Caer SrnAv fesinou S+ARI g

i , ames. w

• • 04 Osseret l CS Caer Srcav fosimod 0n 4 l'uHes 05 06SEKvE C5 Cota $PeAV fressoitE LicaeA5eds 300 F516

[ $$2TEHIttsse#L l Ole 055EKfE CS Cont Sruf fasimoM drtd

{ ourscaco

' TarecTi.4 VALVEG

! 07 ADInsT CS Catt Sraf l'os'i%ew Orkg/

! Inbonap

! ca.ast IancHeed UtVE.

)'

06 e55EstJE C5 Coat $ rov fosinen Orgn/

InboAep et stp THIacfia10tVE -

i l j i

o o o o 0 0 0 0~ O O O l

l ACTION-INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS DETAILS (AIRD) Sheel 2 et E P U W T: I'5 EF Ineff: 2 ORIGINATOR: D. SeiW DATE:

N: Eo r-a - FF-Z ESP seAggg: Fled PAN 1 l R DATE-STEP NO: FP-1 -D'7 % it el STEP ABAagg; 0PattAkt CeRr SPRM kWTW SucNo.J hsM YllE huPPRr55iod b l.

STEP OBJECTIVE: To re. vent 4 sovete or Kcatina Marmor

REteARKS:

i eEnAv10nAL a a==Ts  ;

I l

i i 09

!-1-.

osse o e cs Coca Sreav Ft w I,scessw. #Lrs

/ / /4 -

4i E C.PH w l SisTEM Ft.e4 s

4 lo oesnut cs coat Staa &; Ken Cfown a Mminua Ft.a SyrAo VAtvts 8

" il osstut cs C ce Srw S444s 0.1 E

, 68 C.eut 2, 4

. 11 065ENE CS Cd E 3rKA1 StAIO6 ON-9 k s Cootec I

i i i

O FIGURE 3-6 ACT!!M-IIF(RMATIGi RERJ!REtENTS SMMRT (AIRS)

=_

PAE 8 2 REPORT DATE : 12/03/86 Puuli: SP!MSWICK STEAM ELECTRIC PLANT O WIT rE.: 2 ORG: M. . W W M N DATE: 12/03/%

REVIDER: DATD R RT R.0CK  ::

RN ART IF IEG. R.IEK

VERIFICAT!W SNIART BLOCK  :

IBITIELS  : IIEICAT(Rll O  : SYSTEM /PARRETER -----------------!-------------------------

ll DEVICE 10 IE.  : PASS : FAIL :

CS /FLW i l STATE: hl/A

STATE /VALUD 0-%15  : PUMP 2MS) blSG PWEss 8

UNITS: GPP1  : Iggi.rI.R680A  :

....................' i.................!PREC}g3msy,y,,,,,,,,,,: 1 qM,1,.{,2,9,0.7,,[(6){2A,tM,@,L,,,,,,,, , ,

IE!VIDUAL DETAILS

,0 .....?,$:...... E.$:.. E!? ......t5..... .  !!!$ M, ...!!E!$,.. ,,!M35,, ?!!.?3, !tS.!!$ .

ACI LEP-01 4-02a2e01 07 OBSER'K CS R0W 0 GPf1 P09 EDP 02802 06 GlSER'K CS R0W DECREASilE 0 GPft P10 EPP 017e09 09 OBSER'K R0W CS INCREASING 4 25 GPM P10

~O EPP 017810 01 (BSDrK CS R0W LESS.THAN IFSH GPft P05 EPP 017510 07 OBSER'K CS R0W LESS THAN Y(RTEX ffl P05 FP-2 079501 12 (BSDrK CS RW IICIEASING # 25 (PM P10 FP-2 079802 09, IBSERVE FLW IICREASilE # 25 CS (Fit P10 LO Fr.4 022o04 03 GBSERVE CS FLOW ABOVE E25 OPM P10 FP-4 071804 03 (BSERVE CS FLOW # 25 ABOYE (Fft P10  ;

FP-4 217e04 10 IBSERVE CS FLW IIEIEAS!IE IPM P06 1 FP-4 217805 10 IBSERVE CS FLill IICREASilE (Fft P08  !

O FP-4 221e03 M RSERVE CS ROW 4 25 GPM P09 FP-4 223s05 06 (BSERVE CS RW # 25 (Fft P09 FP-4 227805 06 (BSElrK RW CS 4&25 (FM P09 l LIF 0-01de05 E IBSERVE CS FLW IEDEASIIE 0 (Fft P10

O UP 0-03e03 03 WSER'E CS R(W 43 . (Pff P10 LRP 1-02e05 09 WlERVE FLW Il0EASIIE CS  % 25 (Pfl P10 LRP 1-03ae05 06 (BSERVE CS - ROW 4 25 GPM P09 l UF 1-02e05 06' (BSERVE CS R(N E25 (Pfl P09 O LRP 2-0:e05 09 (BSERVE CS R0W llCREASI E # 25 GPfl P10 UP 2-03805 03 (BSER'E CS R0W E25 GPM P10 LRP 2-04bs05 09 (BSERVE CS FLOW llCREASitE 4 25 GPfi P10 LRP 2-04co05 03 (BSER'K CS FLW E25 GPM P10 RR/RB 09e06 04 (BSERVE RW

O

CS DECREASING CPM P10 RIFP 05802 06 OBSERVE CS FLOW DECREASING 0 GPM P10 RIFP 09co02 01 IBSDrK CS R0W R25 GPft P01 3 - 48 10 l

_ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . - - , - - - - - - - - ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ - * " " ' ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' " - ' " ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ' ~ ' " ~ ~ ' '

~ '

0- ,

TABLE 3-1 A COMPARISON OF O THE ELEMENT TABLES, THE AIRD FORMS, AND THE AIRS FORMS j i

ELEMENT TABLES AIRD FORMS AIRS FORMS

'O o CONTAINS A LISTING o CONTAINS A LISTING o CONTAINS A LISTING OF ACTION (CONTROL) OF ACTION (CONTROL) OF ACTION (CONTROL)

AND INFORMATION AND INFORMATION REQUIREMENTS BY REQUIREMENTS SORTED REQUIREMENTS SORTED PARAMETER AND A BY BEHAVIORAL TASK BY PROCEDURE GUIDE- LISTING OF INFORMA-LINE TION REQUIREMENTS O BY PARAMETER l

o ALSO CONTAINS THE o CONTAINS PARAMETRIC o CONTAINS THE I TASK DESCRIPTION, INFORMATION (ie., REQUIRED RANGE OF j O KNOWLEDGE REQUIRE-

• PARAMETER, VALUE, VLAUES, AND THE '

MENTS, AND SKILL DIRECTION OF VALUE REQUIRED PRECISION REQUIREMENTS MOVEMENT, ETC.) FOR ALL NOTED VALUES O

• o ACTS AS AN HISTOR . o IS AN INTERMEDIATE o PRIMARY DATA SOURCE ICAL DOCUMENT AND STEP IN EXTRACTING USED DURING CRDR A CENTRAL LOCATION THE ACTION AND IN- VERIFICATION TO FOR TASK PERFORMANCE FORMATION REQUIRE- EVALUATE THE INFORMATION. AFTER MENTS THAT THE CONTROL' ROOM INVEN-

CRDR VERIFICATION, CONTROL ROOM EQUIP- TORY FOR PRESENCE

O RELATED CONTROLS AND MENT MUST MEET OF, AND ADEQUACY OF

. . INSTRUMENTATION ARE ALL CONTROLS AND ADDED DISPLAYS

O

'O .

4

O 3 - 49

O l

O TABLE 3-2 O BSEP LMIT2 (DMLS PAIEL ID IIRE POSITI(NS ONCNNIC-R604A CGITR(LS 1-F0534 / MAN At 31003 HI 2A DIS'M (ELTA P CONTR(L Ell-PDIC-R600A 00 AUT / / MAN At 31004 HI 2A PRESSIE C(BITROL Ell-PIC-R606A C(MilBLS Elif0514 0-100 AUTD/BAL/ MAN At 32001 AUIILIARY DIL Pl#F 21DA E41-S20 PLLL TO LOCK /STT-AUT0/ START Al 32002 BTPASE TO CST VLV E41400B twt 2IDA CLDSE/AllT0/(FEN g' At At 32003 32004 STEAM SLFPLT !WOARD IS(L RV E41-F002 twt 2IDA GEF4 TiflBIE EIH VAC BI(R VLV E41-F079 2XB CLGE/AUT0/ TEN CLGE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32005 TlflBIE SPEED TEST SELECTOR E41-S23 IGBtAL/TLRB TEST Al 32006 TLftBIIE v!BRATI(BI ETER E41-0002 CHRISEL 1/2/3/4/

At 32007 TLRBIIE VIBRATION ETER E41-0002 IWili IETM 1/2/3/4/

A1 32000 ftflBIE VIBRATI(m PETER E41-0002 RAN(E 5/15/50/150/500/1500/(FF Al R009 itMIE VIBRATI(M ETER E41-0002 (PERATI(M DIO.1/DII.0/V10.1/VII.0/C A1 72010 VACIAfi Pl#F 2XDA E41-S21 PLLL TO LOCar/ST(F/AUT0/STMT Al 32011 EDUWANT ISCL TO CST RV E41-F0112IDA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN g Al Al 32012 32013 STEAM SUPPLY OUTBOMD ISOL VLV E414003 2IDA OREF4 TIRBIE EIH VAC BG VLV E41f075 2IA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32014 TlRBINE TEST P0lER E41-S24 FF/0N A1 32015 BMOETRIC COW CONDENSATE PUPF 2XDA E41-S22 STP/AUT0/ START Al 32016 TORUS SUCTION VLV E41-F041 2IDA GROUP 4 CLOSE/AUT0/0 FEN

-Al 32017 TLRBIPE STEAM SUPPLT VLV E41f0012IDA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN At 32018 WCl ItLECTIM RV E41f006 21DA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN At 32019 CST SUCTION VLV E414004 2IDA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN At 32020 MIN FLON BfPASS TO TORUS VLV E414012 2IDA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32021 TIRUS SUCTION VLV E414042 2IDA OR0lP4 CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN ed Al 32022 C00LIl0 MATER SPPLY EV E41-F059 2IDA (10SE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32023 PUPF DISCHMGE VLV E41-F007 2IDA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN A1 32024 EIN DRAIN POT DRAIN BYP VLV E41-F053 CLOSE/0 PEN Al 32025 StFPLT IRAIN POT DRAIN BfP RV E41f054 CLOSE/ TEN At 32026 SFPLY MAIN POT IMD GIAIN EV E414028 CLOSE/(FEN At 32027 CO2 PtfF DISCH OTBD DRAIN RV E414025 CLOSE/(FEN At 32028 SFPLY DRAIN POT OTBD DRAIN VLV E41-F029 CLOSE/0 PEN Al 32029 (D6 PUFF DISDI ISD DRAIN EV E41f026 CLOSE/ WEN At 32030 TGluS SETICBI RV E21f001A 2XA (1DSE/(FEN O At 32031 CGIE TRAY PtfF 24 E21-C001A E3 ST(F/AUT0/ START At 3J032 (RITIOMD IILETI(Bt EV E21-F004A 2XC (1GE/AUT0/(PEN Al 32033 IMOMD IILECTIGt RV E21f0054 twt 21C (1(BE/AUT0/(PEN Al 32034 MIN FLIN BTPASS EV E214031A 2IC (IDE/AUT0/(FEN Al 32035 FlLL FL(W TEST BTP RV E21-F0154 twt 2XC (lGE/AUT0/(FEN At 32036 WAfE CLOSE/IGt/(FEN Al 32037 Pl#F A & C TGILS SICTI(N RV E11-F0204 2IA (LGE/(FEN At 32038 PtfF A T(RE SETION RV Ell-F004A 2IA CLDE/0 PEN Al 32039 Ptfr C TGIls SETI(BI RV Ell-F004C 22A CLIE/ FEN O Ai 32040 iBet Ptfe 2A Eli-C0024 E3 STiF/AUT0/ START Al 32041 fBet PLfF 2C E11-C002C El . ST(F/AUT0/ START At 32042 IIS0ARD IILECTI(M RV Eli-F015A 2IA-2 GI(RFB (LIE /AUT0/(FEN At 32043 GlTBOAllD llLECTI(BI RV Ell 4017A twt 2IA-2 (l!E/AUT0/(PEN At 32044 PlfF A SAITD0lff CIBLIIS RETIGI RV Ell-F0064 22A CLGE/(FEN At 32045 Ptfr C 94lTDGel CGLilG SETIGI RV Elt-F006C 2IA (LGE/(FEN

. At 32046 LPCI INITIATI(M D M I E Ell-517A lESET/0FF/MAIAlAL At 32047 CGITAIIGENT FRAf VALW CGITR(L 2/3 CGE EIGIT OMIE (FF/MAIAML OVE!UtD At 32048 TGtJS DISCHAR(E ISL RV Ellf029A twt 2IA-2 ELDSE/AUT0/(FEN O At 32049 TGilE ! PRAT 190L RV Ellf027A twt 2IA (lGE/AUT0/(FEN Al 32050 TORUS C00LIIG ISOL YLV Ell-F024A twt 2XA CLGE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32051 DRYlELL ! PRAY 198D IS(L VLV Ellf021A 2IDA CLGiE/AUT0/IFEN Al 32052 BYlELL PRAY OTBD IS(L RV Elif016A twt 2IA CLGE/AUT0/0 PEN Al 32053 DECK VALVE BfPASS RV E11-V32 (lGE/m(FEN At 32054 HI 2A IILET RV E11-F047A 2IA .(10E/0 PEN Al 32055 HI 2A GlTLET RV Ell-F003A 21A (10SE/(FEN Al 32056 HI 2A DRAIN TO RCIC WV E114026A 2XA CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN At 32057 HI 2A DRAIN TO T(RUS VLV Ell-F0114 2IA CLGE/AUT0/(FEN

.O A 32058 HI 2A BYPASS vtv Eiif04s4 twt 2XDA (10sE/Aur0/0 PEN At 32059 HI 2A OUTBOARD WNT VLV Ellfl03A twt 2IA CLOSE/NDR/(FEN At 32060 HI 2A !$0ARD E RV Ellfl04A twt 2XA CLOSE/NGt/0 PEN At 32063 MIN FLON BTPASS VLV Ell-F007A 21A , CLGE/AUT0/0PER At 32065 RWt SN B00 STER PtfrS A & C LOCA DVEMIE Ell-S194 AUT0/MAIAJAL OVEMD At 32066 196t SN B00 STER PUPF 2A Ell 0001A E3 STF/AUT0/STMT Al 32067 fBet SN BOOSTER PUPF 2C Ell-C001C El STF/AUT0/ START Al 32069 CDfV SN TO VITAL EADER VLV SN-Vill 2IA (lDSE/NOR/(PEN At 32070 HI 2A Su DISCHMOE EV Ellf002A 21A CLOSE/NOR/(FEN Al

'Q At 32071 32072 lELL NATER TO VITAL EADER VLV Su-V141 VITAL EADER ITIE EV SN-V188 21A CLOSE/ AUTO (FEN CLOSE/AUT0/0 PEN At 32073 CONV SN SUPPLY VLV Su-V10121A CLOSE/AUT0/(PEN Al 32075 alTBOARD RI E AD W NT VLV B21 f004 (10SE/(PEN Al 32076 Il80MD RI EAD WNT WV B21f003 CLOSE/ TEN H SGtTED BT PAIEL Afe IDB H 10 3 - 50

O TABLE 3-3 12 1986 eO BSEP LMIT 2 IEICATI0lE PAEL ID NAE LMITS AT 2TUD F z-a-a Al 21002 2-A-2 A1 22001 TlftBIE VIBRATIGd lETER E41-C002-2 0-5/0-15 Al 22002 TtflBilE SPEED E41-C002-4 0-6 IPM I 1000 Al 22003 Pl#F SUCTIS PESS E41-PI-R606 30-0-85 VAC/ PSI Al 22004 PtfF DISCHARE PESS E41-PI-R601 0-15 PSI I 100 Al 22005 71815 STEAM SPPLT PRESS E41-PI-R602 0-15 PSI I 100

.O Al 22006 infiB STEAR EIHAuST PESS E41-PI403 0-200 PSI Al 22007 PtfF 2A 31504 PESS E21-P!-R6004 0-500 PSI Al 22008 PtfP 2A DISCH FLGI E21-FI-R601A 2000-7000 (PM At 22009 2 LABEL Al 22010 IE) LABEL A1 22011 IHt 9 RON E!!-FT 4 02A 0-8 (PM I 1000 Al 22012 M SYSTEM A FLON Ell-FI-R6034 0-300 GPM I 100 Al 22013 M SW PLMP A DISCH PRESS SW-PI-1154-1 0-500 PSI At 22014 M SW Pt#F C DISCH PESS W-PI-l!56-1 0-500 PSI O A1 22015 E ACTOR WATER LEVEL B21-LI-R610 E 36 -100-0-200 INCES H2O A1 23001 TtFBIE V!BRATIGi ETER - (1/2 WCI / 3/4 !PAE)

Al 23002 TURBIE STOP VALVE E41-V8 LIT /NOT LIT A1 23003 TIRBINE CONTR(L VALVE E41-V9 LIT /IE)T LIT Al 23004 SPARE LIT /NOT LIT Al 23005  !PAE LIT /IET LIT A1 23006 STOP SIG SEALED IN PUPF 2A Al 23007 MANUAL INJECTI(M VLV E214007A Al 23000 CLOSED SIG SEALED IN VLV E21-F005A O A1 Al 23010 23011 NOT FILLY CLOSED VLV Ell-V32 -

HI 2A SW DISCHARGE WLV E!!-F068A 2XA A1 23012 MAltlAL IIECTION VLV Ell-F060A '

Al 23013 (continued)...(BIEEN & ED: TIP ISCLATIGI Gl(RP 2 Al 23013 GIEEN: ALL VALtES CLOSED ED: ANT VALVE (PEN Al 23027 ISOARD MSIV LISIC DC AC At 23028 (IlTBOARD MSIV LOGIC DC AC A1 23032  ! PARE Al 24001 TtftBIE VIBRATI(BIIEIEtDER E41-C002-3

'O Al A2 24002 21003 IHt FLOW Ell-FR 4 08 2IA 2-A 3 A2 22016 ftstBIE PEED E51-C002-2 0-6 IPM I 1000 C2 22017 Pl#P DISDf PlESS E51-PI401 0-15 PSI I 100 A2 '22018 TiflB STEAM EMuST PIEE E51-PI-A603 0-200 PSI A2 22019 PtfP SETIGI PIES E51-PI-fl604 30+05 VE/ PSI A2 22020 ftflB STEAM IISIT PIESS E51-PI A602 0-15 PSI I 100 A2 22021 PtfF 3 DISDI PIESS E21-PI-R600B 0-500 PSI A2 22022 PtfP 2B DISDI R(BI E21-FI 4 018 2000-7000 (PM A2

.O A2 22023 22024 CDE IELTA PlESS B21-FD1412 NO35 im LABEL 0-30 PSID A2 22025 10 LABEL A2 22026 IBft W RGf Gif!-4602B 0-B (PM I 1000 A2 22027 IBft SYSTER B FLGi Eltfl403B .

0-300 (PM I 100 A2 22028 EAD ! PRAY RGI E11-FI 4 07 0-1000 (Pft A2 22029 fBft 98 PtfP B DIEN PlESS W-PI-1155-1 0-500 PSI A2 22030 IBft SW PtfP D DISDI PESS W-PI-1157-1 0-500 PSI A2 22031 RI VESSEL LEVEL B21-LI-fl605B O A2 A2 23014 23015 TtflBIE TRIP & Tifl0TTLE VLV E51-VB (VALVE PtEITIGil TURBIE GOVERNGt VALVE E51-V9 .

A2 23016  ! PARE ESIGSEALEDINRfF29 19 IMBA.14L IIECTIGI VLV E214007B A2 22020 0.GiE SIG SEALID IN VLv E21-F005B A2 23023 ICT FlLLY CLOSED VLV Ell-V33 A2 23024 HI 28 SN DISDtARE VLV Ell-F0688 2IB A2 23025 O A2 23026 MAIA1AL IILECTION VLV Ell-F0608

! PARE A2 24003 IEACTOR WATER LEVEL 821-Ut%15 le 37 (PM I 1000 B1 21001 2+4 31 21002 2-A-5 81 22001 flNCU TDF G31-TI407 0-600 DEG F B1 - 22002 IEACTGt BLDG EQUIP DRAIN Tale" TDP G16-TIS-It601 0-300 EGEES F B1 22003 StfMELL EDUIP DRAIN SfP TEFF G16-TISH-N600 0-300 DEGEES F B1 22004 flE0Di HI IM.ET PIIESS G31-PI-R600 0-15 PS! I 100 31 22005 PtfF FLOW G3141-R609 0-300 (PM

.O Bi 22006 r!LTtR A RON G3141-!;.05A 0-120 GPn B1 22007 FILTER B FlCW G3141-R6058 0-120 CPM B1 2200tf REICT RON G31-FI-R602 0-250 GPM Bt 42009 SRM LEVEL - SRM A C51-R600 10* 10^6 CIRMTS PER SECGC H SGtTED ST PAEL ADO IDB H

.O 3 - 51

O i

SECTION 4.0 ASSESSMENT AE DESIGN SOLUTIONS

^O

4.1 INTRODUCTION

NUREG-0700 defines a Human Engineering Discrepancy (BED) as "a departure from some benchmark of system suitability for the roles and capabilities of the human operator." section 6 of NUREG-0700 contains these design benchmarks or guidelines.

While it can be expected that the CRDR process will produce ~

reports of Human Engineering Discrepancies, it does not follow that all discrepancies will necessarily degrade operator performance to the point that plant safety would be affected.

The objective of the assessment process was for the HED Assessment Team (HEDAT) to evaluate the relative significance of each HED based upon an estimate of the probability of the occurrence of an error, the probability that correcting the HED will reduce the potential of the error and the probable conse-quences of not correcting the error.

The method for HED Assessment that was used by the BSEP HEDAT

is based on the methods proposed in draft NUREG-0801.

lO 4.2 METHOD USED FOR RECORDING HEDs HEDs were recorded on Human Engineering Discrepancy Report forms, whidh are included in each Task Plan as Appendix B9 (see

.O Figure 4-1). A discrepancy / deviation from the guidelines is

recorded on the HED form with the items / components involved.

The form also contains a place for recording the data collec-tion method (e.g. Observation, Operator Interview, etc.) and a j

.O place for listing potential human errors that may exist because i of the discrepancy. The second page of the HED form contains a I

, place for the suggested backfit and the disposition of the HED.

!O A summary sheet was also attached to each HED. This summary contains a record of the final disposition of the HED and the cat,egory number.

!O 4-1 i l

,- ----.--.--.,w__..-,.

, ---m-_ ..,--mw.. , . , ~ - . -,-..-,-,,,,.,,_...-----.-,-.--.--.we.

. ---..,--,-------------,---e=

.O 4.3 ASSESSMENT TEAM COMPOSITION O'

The HED assessment team (as indicated on Figure 2-2) consists of the following individuals:

o Review Team Leader o Site Project Coordinator o Human Factors Manager o Lead Human Factors Specialists o Operations Representative g

o IEC Engineering Representative

, Other members of the CRDR project team were included in HED assessment meetings on an as-needed basis.

i 4.4 ASSESSMENT The approach employed by CP&L in assessing HEDs involved prioritization of each HED based on estimations of the potential for error and the consequence of errors resulting from the HED. Assessment of the HEDs was based on:

{O o component design factors (e.g., extent of deviation f rom guideline, conformance to plant design conventions),

o task factors (e.g., difficulty, frequency, time demands) ,

O and o human factors (phys'ical performance, sensory and perceptual performance, cognitive performance).

4.4.1 Assessment of HEDs for Ctimulative ef fects HEDs were easily assessed for cumulative effects with the HED

'O numbering scheme developed by CP&L. The numbering scheme (described in Figure 4-2) identifies the component type

, within the HED number. This allowed for easy tracking and o 4-2

O grouping of HEDs that addressed the same components or design feature, such as labeling, annunciator, workspace, etc.

O. ',

The process used to assess HEDs for cumulative effects corisisted of:

O a. Grouping HEDs that addressed the same problems.

b. Grouping HEDs that addressed the same components.

O c. Assessment of HEDs for probability of error and the consequence of error occurrence.

When HEDs addressed the same components the HEDAT would re- ,

O assess the HEDs for cumulative effects to determine if the component required modification due to the number of HEDs against that com'ponent. Grouping HEDs that addressed the same problems allowed the HEDAT to assess the scope for O potential fixes. For example, the HEDs that addressed individual problems with the component labels on the back panels, were determined to be so numerous that the HEDAT concluded that the majority of the labels should be replaced.

O HEDs were also verified for consistencies across panels. For example, an HED addressing a particular type of rotary control on the main control board was grouped with

• any HEDs O for the same type of component that was on the remote shutdown panels or control room back panels. These HEDs were assessed together and the same resolution was assigned to these HEDs.

^

O O

4-3 O

O j 4.4.2 HED Evaluation

'O Each HED was evaluated for probability of error occurrence and consequence of error occurrence.  !

'O a. Guidelines for estimating HED potential for error were structured into a questionnaire (See Table 4-1) . These guidelines were based upon design and task factors that comprise error potential.

O In the evaluation process the HEDAT went through the error potential questionnaire answering each question by <

consensus of agreement as yes or no. A "yes" answer to

.O any question classified the HED as having a potential for error,

b. Guidelines for estimating consequence of error are also O contained within a questionnaire (see Table 4-2) . These guidelines are based upon plant safety, availability, capacity, and control function parameters.

g If the HEDAT answered any question in this questionnaire "yes," it was determined that a potential consequence of error exists with the HED.

g 4.5 PRIORITIZATION OF HEDS

Based on the results of the assessment for probability of error

! occurrence and error consequence, the HEDs were assigned pri-g ority numbers based on the process outlined in Figure 4-3. The priority numbers allowed for further assessment of HEDs in terms of significance and prioritization. The HED categories are defined as follows:

O

a. Priority 1 -- Those HEDs that were documented errors which

have a significant consequence of error. Included were errors that might have safety consequences or result in a l

O 4-4

O violation of a technical specification.

O b. Priority 2 -- Those HEDs that are documented errors which had an insignificant consequence of error, or those HEDs  !

that have a significant error potential and a significant consequence of error.

iO

c. Priority 3 --

Those HEDs that had significant error potential and an insignificant consequence of error.

O d. Priority 4 -- Those HEDs that had an insignificant error potential and a significant consequence of error.

e. Priority 5 -- Those HEDs that had an -insignificant error

,O '

potential and an insignificant consequence of error.

] 4.6 SELECTION AND VERIFICATION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS O The procedure used in the selection and specification of cor-rective actions for HEDs that were to be corrected involved an analysis for correction by enhancement, an analysis for correc-l tion by design alternatives, and an assessment of the extent of i

O the correction.

TFe process followed by the HEDAT, as outlined in Figure 4-4, initially consisted of a determination of whether the HED could O be corrected by an enhancement. An enhancement. was defined as a fix that consisted of labeling, demarcation, operator aids, etc.

O where correction by enhancement was not possible, the discre-pancy was analyzed for correction by a design alternative. The HEDAT first developed design alternatives as suggested backfits for the HED. These alternatives were then reviewed to O determine the most appropriate alternative. Criteria used in the assessment of this review consists of:

4-5 O

i

O

a. Integration with other NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 programs O- b. safety consequences

c. Any other constraints (e.g. , availability of replacement equipment).

O The HEDAT then selects a design alternative and assess it to

determine if the HED would be corrected. It was the responsibility of the HEDAT to verify that the design

.O alternative did not create any new HEDs or invalidate other HEDs. This was done by verifying that the correction was in compliance with NUREG-0700 guidelines.

O If new HEDs were created or other corrected HEDs were invali-dated, the HEDAT would re-evaluate the design alternative and i select another alternative. The process 'of assessing the alternative and verifying the design alternative would be lO repeated for the second alternative.

The implementation ratings associated with a given category

- were intended to aid in prioritizing HED corrective actions.

10 Priority 1 HEDs were given first priority, Priority 2 HEDs second priority, Priority 3 HEDs third priority, and Priority 4 and 5 lowest priority.

lO The HED implementation plan is contained in Section 6.0 of this report.

O i

lO 4

~'

O

O 4.7 SCHEDULING OF CORRECTIONS

O HEDAT approved modifications were incorporated into the plants project planning and scheduling system. This process involves the submittal of HED resolution packages by the Operations Coordinator which contained descriptive O information on the scope of the project. The scope of each project was obtained from the individual HEDs being resolved as summarized in Section 6.0 of this report.

O Once in the planning and scheduling system, each project is assigned a unique number to allow tracking of the project through the system including the addition of the project to the Facility Automated Commitment Tracking System (FACTS).

O The FACTS provides for a closeout document in the form of project completion that will be available in the FACTS files.

The projects that require design changes will result in O modification development. This procedure provides for the pre-implementation review as outlined in Section 4.8 below.

The modification proces's requires the necessary procedure changes and training to be complete prior to modification O closecut.

The projects that do not require modification (enhancements, labeling, etc.) will be coordinated by the Operations O Coordinator. The necessary documentation to demonstrate project closeout will be provided to the FACTS file.

4.8 HUM AN FACTORS REVIEW OF FUTURE CONTROL ROOM DESIGN

O 1xpaoygggsys i

The modification procedures will be updated to include a human factors design guide document to insure that future

O changes to the control room conform to established human r

factors principles. The design guide document will provide the necessary documentation to show that human factors were g 4-7 l

_ _ _ _ . __. . _ . _ . . . _ _ __ . ._ . .._. _ _ . _ .D

O considered, consistent with the established BSEP criteria and c nventi ns.

O Until the modification procedure is revis ed to include the design guide, the method of insuring the integrity of the g human factors review will involve the LDE.

The Lead Discipline Engineer will be responsible for insuring that control room modifications adequately incorporate human g factors principles consistent with BSEP established criteria and conventions. This responsibility will include obtaining the necessary human factors expertise when required.

O O

O ,

O O

O 4-8

O 1

FIGURE 4-1 O. ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM l APPENDIX B9 HUMAN ENGINEERING DISCREPANCY (HED) REPORT O-PLANT / UNIT O

ORIGINATOR: HED NO:

- VALIDATED BY

DATE:

l O- a) HED TITLE:

O b) ITEMS INVOLVED:

O c) PROBLEM DESCRIPTION AND 0700 PARA. NUMBER:

ig d) DATA COLLECTION DESCRIPTION AND CODE NUMBER:

lQ e) SPECIFIC HUMAN ERROR (S):

O l

1

O 4-9

- -- -,--wr--vvv---

--wm-y--9y-gww a- ---y-m-.yw. +-,-a-er'-erwe w- -

em*h N--

O FIGURE 4-1 (continued)

O ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPENDIX B9 HED REPORT (CONTINUED)

O HED NO:

PLANT / UNIT

.O f) SUGGESTED BACKFIT:

.O g) REVIEW AND DISPOSITION:

lO O

!O e

!O O

I 10 O 4 - 10

O PIGURE 4-2 HED NUMBERING SCHEME HED numbers are composed of a eight (8) digit number divided into two (2) groups by a hyphen (done for ease of reading). The first O

digit contains the plant identification number. The second digit is the unit number at the plant (0 indicates the HED applies to both units) . The third and fourth digits contain the physical

. . location or panel identification of the component (6x indicates

'O The that the components are located on more than one panel) .

fifth and sixth digits contain the component type or design feature (e.g., a rotary control or a component label). The seventh and eighth digits are sequence numbers. .

O ,

The sequence numbers allow for 99 separate HEDs for any given two-digit component or design feature identifier. The unique identity of an HED is dependent upon the last four digits. This O ~

was done to keep a specific four digit HED number unique within a given power plant unit.

Below is an example of an HED number which describes the fifty -

O sixth (56) label HED written against the main control board for both units at Brunswick. ,

~

R R ftX - 115 fit O py,,g ,

Uni,t No.

O Physical Location Component Type or Design Feature O

Sequence Number 4 - 11 O

O FIGURE 4-3

'O HED PRIORITIZATION O

i ENTER O

YES soevu utto mussa N0 ERaoa. WeSaFI cos3171og. Se igen sprc vrotafice

? I f 1 t YES srsstricaer assas tenon

Q POttetlaL YES s!serrtcast  ?

seestow sct er renon No -

1 g I f N0 YES srsstricast

, tessteutKE

. er tanos O

N0 sisatricast N0 coasteutect er IAnoa O -

1 YES If If I f I f i f I

(PRIORITY (PRIORITY 2 (PRIORITY 3 (PRIORITY 4) (PRIORITY l

!O 4 - 12 1

, ~. ._...__ _____ _ _ __ __ _ _ _____

~O TABLE 4-1

.0 '

HED ERROR POTENTIAL QUESTIONNAIRE check one ves no The HED is or will: 1 0

1. Cause undue operator fatigue l l

2. Cause operator confusion l l

o 3. Cause operator discomfort l l

4. Adversely affect operator's l mental / physical workload i O

I

5. Distract Control Room personnel from l their duties l l

O

6. Affect operator's ability to see or I read accurately I I

7. Affect operator's ability to hear l O

correctly i I

8. Affect operator's ability to communicate i accurately with others l

,O I

. 9. Degrade operator's ability to manipulate I controls correctly' I I

O

10. Cause a significant delay of necessary I feedback to the operator I i

11. Deprive the operator of positive l O

feedback about control tasks l I

I

o 4 - 13 1

l

^o- l TABLE 4-1 (continued)

,o check one ves no

12. Violate operator expectations of Control l

'O Room conventions or practices l l

13. Violate operator expectations of l population stereotypes l O I

14. Lead to inadvertent actuation or l

. de-actuation of controls l l

g 15. Tasks in which this discrepancy is l' -

involved will be highly stressful l l

16. Operators have attempted to correct this l O discrepancy themselves (i.e. self-training, l

~

temporary labels,' cheaters', helper l controls, compensating body movemedts, etc.) l 4

0 Criteria Answer *to any of the above questions 'yes' -- e'rror potential significant. All 'no' -- error potential insignifi-ant.

O ,

O

.I

l

O l

!O 4 - 14 l

-,-.,-.---------,,,-n, . - - - , - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - - - - - - - . , . - , - . , - , , . - - - , -. . - . . . - - - _ - . - - - - - - , ~ . - - - - - - - - - - ,

o TABLE 4-2

() BED CONSEQUENCE OF ERROR QUESTIONNAIRE check one ves no

1. The HED could result in degrading of l

() R.P.V. Pressure Control I.

R.P.V. Water Level Control l ,

Suppression Pool Level Control l Reactor Power Control l O Primary Containment Pressure Control l Suppression Pool Temperature Control l Secondary Containment Temperature Control l Drywell Temperature Control l

[(3 Secondary Containment Radiation Control l Radioactivity Release Control l Torus Temperature Control l Secondary containment Water Level Control l O

2. This HED presents a risk of injury to Control l Room personnel. l

() l

3. This HED could result in violation of a l safety limit. l

. 1

() 4. This HED could result in the unavailability l of a safety-related system needed to mitigate I transients. l l'

() 5. This HED could result in the unavailability l of a system needed to shut down the plant I safely. l l

(3 6. This HED could result in the violation of l a technical specification. l O 4 - 15

O

, TABLE 4-2 (continued) check one

O ves no

7. This HED could result in a limiting l-condition for operation. l o

I

8. This HED could result in a reactor / turbine l trip or runback. l 1

f 9. This HED could result in a forced outage l as a result of equipment damage. l l

10. This HED could result in a degraded safety l I) condition not covered above. l Criteria: Answer to any of the above questions 'yes' -- error significant. All 'no' -- consequence of error insignificant.

'.O O

!O h

!O 4 - 16 lO

O FIGURE 4-4 g '. -

SELECTION OF DESIGN IMPROVEMENT PROCESS O '

CORRECTABd gy yts _ HED ENHANCEu CORRECTED O

V DEVELOP DESIGN g ALTERNATIVES RE-EVALUATE ALTERNATIVES '

V U

O SELECT DESIGN ALTERNATIVES V

No E PARTIAL NoN O *S p'

NO NEW HED

_ NO CREATED & OTHER HED O mvAuo'ATEo Yts P

O HEDs SCHEDULED FOR CORRECEON '

O 4 - 17

O SBCTION 5.0 DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL

~O '

CP&L recognized the critical role of document control during the CRDR process. The RTL was responsible for controlling CRDR documentation (including letters and memos, progress reports, interim reports, HED reports, and summary reports) . The final O

versions of the CRDR project documents submitted to the NRC were assigned a unique designator prior to distribution. A hard copy was maintained in a central CRDR project file.

'O The CRDR project file will be turned over to plant document control for storage and retention. ,

'O

,0 O

O

.O

'O O 5-1

i

.O 1 l SECTION 6.0 IMPLEMENTATIO3 SCHEDULE

6.1 INTRODUCTION

HEDs that have corrective actions scheduled for completion (either partial or complete) are outlined in Section 6.2. The O

schedule was developed taking into consideration the HED

priority, integration of the corrective action with other NUREG-0737, Supplement 1 activities, CP&L resources and previously scheduled projects / commitments. The schedule will O result in a timely, efficient and cost effective implementation of the projects.

Section 6.3 outlines the pro'jects and HEDs that are currently

O '

being evaluated for appropriate actions. The results of these evaluations will be, submitted as an addendum to this Final Summary Report by June 30, 1987.

O Section 6.4 outlines the two additional CRDR program projects.

Several' of the .HEDs listed in this section require more than one project per HED to complete the proposed corrective actions. These HEDs are indicated by an asterisk (*) following the HED number.

6.2 COMMITMENTS O

6.2.1 Relocation of , redundant Reactor Vessel indication to panel P-601 project - To be completed during Refueling Outage 6 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 10/15/88 to 01/06/89) and Pefueling Outage 7 for Unit 2 (currently

, scheduled 01/02/88 to 04/22/88).

HEDs to be resolved: 4 Total 206X-1401 2061-2415 206X-1402 2063-2458 O 6-1

,- - . - - - - - , , - - . . ~ , .---.. ,.._ ,,-,-n-.,- - ._, ,.- , , . - . , - . . . , _ - , , _ _ _ , . , , , , _ , , . , , - . , . , , - , . - - , .

4 0

6.2.2 Rearrangement of RFP A and B MGU Controllers and MS-V28 control / Switch project - To be completed during Refueling O

Outage 6 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 10/15/88 to 01/06/89) and Refueling Outage 7 for Unit 2 (currently scheduled 01/02/88 to 04/22/88) .

HEDs to be resolved: 2 Total O

20X2-3241*

2063-3122 6.2.3 Rearrangement of Diesel Generator controls and indication

O project - To be completed during Refueling Outage 6 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 10/15/88 to 01/06/89) and Refueling Outage 8 for Unit 2 (currently scheduled g 08/05/89 to 11/03/89) . Pending the' results of the final-engineering design an eariler implementation date may be possible.

HEDs to be resolved: 4 Total 20X1-5027 O

20X2-1130 206X-2285 20X2-2277 O

O O

O

O 6-2

!O 6.2.4 Labeling and Re-engraving Project - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

O HEDS to be resolved: 59 Total 206X-2130 20SY-1176 20J7-1922 206X-2135 20X8-ll86 20J7-1924 4

206X-2136 206X-1190 20J7-1925 O 20RS-2138 206X-1191 22J6-1927 [

20X2-3243* 20J1-1902 20J6-1928 20J7-2272 20J1-1904 22J6-1930 ,

20J3-2296 20J1-1905 22J6-1931

3) 22X3-2389 20J1-1906 22J6-1932 206X-1106 20J4-1907 22J5-1933 206X-1107 20J4-1908 22J5-1934 206X-1108 20J4-1909 22J5-1935 T3 206X-1109 22J5-1937 20J4.-1910 206X-lll4 20J2-1911 20RS-1941 I

. 206X-1116 , 20J2-1912 20RS-1942 206X-1117 20J2-1913 20RS-1.946

$) 206X-1121 20J2-1915 20J4-1947 206X-1137 20J3-1917 20Gl-0304 206X-1142 20J3-1918 2063-5028

2063-1149 20J3-1920 ,

206X-1334 -

13 206X-ll66* 20J7-1921 6.2.5 Procedure Revision Project - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

C) HEDa to be resolved: 16 Total 206X-2128* 20X5-5010 20'6X-2133 2061-5011 20X2-1103 206X-5091*

I) ' 206X-ll28 206X-6006 206X-1155 206X-60ll 20J1-1903 206X-6012 20G1-0315* 206X-6014 33 20Gl-0318 206X-6015 6-3

. - . - . - . _. - - = =

IO 6.2.6 Operator Aid Pr9 ject - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

"O HEDs to be resolved: 5 Total 2063-3125*

20X4-2488

, 20BP-5001

O 20X4-5090*

20X2-3241*

i 6.2.7 ERFIS Project - To be completed within 3 months after ,

O Refueling outage 6 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled

, 10/15/88 to 01/06/89) (Within 5 year plan).

HEDs to be resolved: 12 Total 20J4-2211 20X4-5090*

'O ,

20X5-2405* 20X4-5091*

20X5-2406* 206X-6001 -

20Gl-0305 206X-6002 2dG1-0317 206X-6004

O 20x5-5015* 20G1-0313

. 6.2.3 Display Failure Project - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

O HED to be resolved

1 Total 206X-2003

.6.2.9 Color Coding Consistency Project - To be completed by O December 31, 1988 HEDs to be resolved: 3 Total 206X-1333 206X-1335

O 206X-1336 O

6-4 iO

'O 6.2.10 Control Room Maintenance Project - To be completed by December 31, 1988.

C) HEDs to be resolved: 15 Total

.2263-3259 20J7-2390 206X-1189 21X5-3260 206X-2414 206X-1192 l 206X-3581 20X4-2487 20F1-1939 i

-@ 2063-2227 206X-1122 216X-0119

206X-2349 206X-1125 206X-2128*

i O 6.2.11 Control Room Furnishings Project - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

, HEDs to be resolved: 15 Total 20X8-1405 206X-3272 22G3-0104 C3 .206X-1406 206X-1166* 22H1-0105 206X-1409* 21G2-0101 20G1-0106 2063-3125* 22G2-0102 20H1-0107

. 20SY-3204 21G3-0103 . 20H1-0108 o .

6.2.12 Training Project - To be completed by December 31, 1987. .

HEDs to be resolved: 8 Total

() 20HO-0501 20Gl-0306 20H0-0506 20G1-0312 20X5-1105* 20G1-0315*

20X3-1168 20X5-5012 O

6.2.13 Zone Coding Project - To be completed by December 31, 1988. ,

(3 HEDs to be resolved: 7 Total -

2063-2202 206X-2245 206X-2209 2063-1126 20X1-2240 20X5-5015*

() 206X-2241 ,

6-5 20

6.2.14 The Current Plant Modification Projects provide complete or partial resolution for the HEDs listed below. The O completion dates for these HEDs are indicated with the project description. The dates provided reflect information from the Five Year Plan. 1 I

!O a. Sound Powered Phone System Project (per Appendix R requirements) - To be completed during Refueling Outage 5 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 01/31/87 to 06/05/87) and Refueling Outage 6 for Unit 2 lO (currently scheduled 01/02/88 to 04/22/88) .

HED to be resolved: 1 Total 20H0-0204 O b. Reactor Recirculation Pump Speed Controller Project- .

'To be completed during Refueling Outage 5 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 01/31/87 to 06/05/87) . Unit 2 corrective action has been completed.

O HED to be resolve'd: 1 Total 2063-3124 t

c. CAC/ CAD Controls Regrouping Project. - To be completed

O during Refueling Outage 5 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 01/31/87 to 06/05/87) . Unit 2 corrective action has been completed.

HEDs to be resolved: 2 Total .

!O 206x-3219 206x-1409*

d. Digital Readouts Installation Project - To be lO completed during Refueling Outage 5 for Unit 1 (currently scheduled 01/31/87 to 06/05/87) . Unit 2 corrective action has been completed.

HEDs to be resolved: 3 Total

,0 20J2-2289 20J2-2412 20J2-1914 6-6 0

C) 6.3.3 Component Removal Project

) HEDs being addressed: 19 Total 20X3-5034 2061-1133 20X1-3565 206X-3008 2061-1409 206X-2222 20X5-5004 206X-3255 22J2-1916 C) 20X3-5003 20X2-5083 20X3-5068*

20X3-5032 22J2-1416 20F1-5088 20X3-5071 20J2-1418 2061-1404 206X-1409*

O 6.3.4 Indicator Upgrade Project HEDs being addressed: 16 Total l 20X3-2413 206X-1187

) ,

2163-2416 2063-5019 I

206X-1145 20X5-2405*

206X-2228 20X5-2406*

206X-2080 206X-2230 0 -206X-2225 206X-2479 -

206X-2226 206X-2484 206X-1146 20X8-5021 O 6.3.5 Component Relocation Project HEDs being addressed: 30 Total 20X2-1162 206X-5059 20X5-5079 20X2-1169 20X3-5070 20X5-5080 0 20X2-5085 206X-507i 2063-5043 206X-5036 206X-5073 20X2-2201 206X-5051 206X-5076 206X-1104 20X2-5052 206X-5081 206X-1113 C) 20X2-5053 206X-5033 206X-1151 206X-5060 206X-5057 2063-1170 206X-5064 20X5-5061 20X2-3243*

20X2-5065 206X-5063 C} 20X3-5068* 206X-5078 (y 6-8 r .

O.

e. Main Stack Radiation Monitor Recorder Installation O

Project - To be completed during Refueling Outage 5 for Unit 1 and Refueling Outage 6 for Unit 2 (currently scheduled 01/02/88 to 04/22/88).

HEDs to be resolved: 2 Total O

21X3-2407 22X3-2498 6.3 Unscheduled Proiects O

The following projects are currently being evaluated to determine the appropriate corrective action. The results of these evaluations will be submitted as an addendum to this Final Summary Report by June 30, 1987. The projects and HEDs being addressed by each project are listed below.

6.3.1 Annunciator Project HEDs being addressed: 11 Total O

20H0-2102 206X-2117 20H0-2104 206X-2120 206X-2106 206X-2124 -

~

20H0-2103 206X-2127 0

206X-2115 20X3-2129 206X-2116 6.3.2 EOP Instrumention Project O -

HEDs being addressed: 6 Total 206X-5099 206X-5096 206X-5092 206X-5097 206X-5094 206X-5093 O-

^

.O

O 6-7

O O 6.3.6 Control Room Convention Project HEDs being addressed: 12 Total 20RS-3289 2063-1305 20X5-1105* 206X-1306 o 206X-1163 20X5-3218  ;

206X-1178 20X2-3268 20X2-1302 206X-5038 206X-1304 206X-5082 O

6.3.7 Control Room HVAC Project HED being addressed: 1 Total 20HO-0002 0

6.3.8 Offgas Flow Instruments Project HED being addressed: 1 Total 20X8-5018 O

6.4 Additional Commitments O 6.4.1 Development and implementation of a Human Factors Design Guide - To be completed by December 31, 1987.

6.4.2.ERFIS and SPDS Survey - This project was a commitment

O made in the CRDR program plan that could not be completed by the Final Summary Report submitw._ date. This will be completed as part of the ERFIS/SPDS project,.within 3 montlic af ter Rei~ueling Outage 6 for Unit 1 (currently o scheduled 10/15/88 to 01/06/89).

'l O

l O 6-9

O SECTION

7.0 CONCLUSION

O Although the CRDR was specifically directed toward evaluating the control room (including the dedicated shutdown panels), CP&L recognized the interface between the CRDR and other related o activities, such as the design of a Safety Parameter Display System (SPDS), implementation of Reg. Guide 1.97 requirements, development of Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs), operator training and the implementation of Emergency Response Facilities O (ERF). This report demonstrates the coordination of the CRDR with these related efforts. These items highlight the effort by CP&L to ensure a high quality interface between the operator, the procedures and plant equipment.

O This Final Summary Report is submitted as evidence of CP&L's compliance to NUREG - 0737, Supplement 1 and NUREG - 0700.

.O ,

O 4

o O '

1 l

=O

'O 7-1

1 l

O O ,

O e

O J

O APPENDIX A BSEP HED SUIGULRY

.O

,O O

e l

O O

l

) BSEP BED SUIDEARY NORKSPACE L APPENDIX A-1 r

) Al-1. HED NO: 21G2-0101 BED TITLE: OPERATOR'S VIEW OF CONTROL BOARD ~AND ASSOCIATED PANELS IS LIMITED FROM THE DESK POSITION ON UNIT 1.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE WILL BE REARRANGED AND NEW FURNITURE AND A RAISED FLOOR WILL BE PROVIDED THAT WILL IMPROVE THE OPERATOR'S ABILITY TO VIEW THE CONTROL BOARDS.

)

Al-2. BED NO: 22G2-0102 BED TITLE: OPERATOR'S VIEW OF CONTROL BOARD AND

. ASSOCIATED PANELS IS LIMITED FROM THE DESK POSITION ON UNIT 2.

) PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE WILL BE REARRANGED AND NEW FURNITURE AND A RAISED FLOOR WILL BE

,PROVIDED THAT WILL IMPROVE THE OPERATOR'S ABILITY TO VIEW THE CONTROL BOARDS. .

)

Al-3. BED NO: 21G3-0103 BED TITLE: FULL VIEW OF CONTROL BOARD FROM SHIFT FOREMEN'S DESK IS OBSTRUCTED BY THE COMPUTER

} ON UNIT 1.

PRIOPITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE WILL EE REARRANGED AND A RAISED FLOOR AND NEW FURNITURE WILL BE PROVIDED THAT WILI. IMPROVE THE SHIFT

) FOREMAN'S BOARDS.

ABILITY TO VIEW .fHE CONTROL

)

Al - 1 J

O Al-4. RED NO: 22G3-0104 O BED TITLE: THE VIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD AND SWITCHYARD PANEL FROM SHIFT FOREMAN'S DESK IS LIMITED ON UNIT 2.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE WILL BE REARRANGED g AND A RAISED FLOOR AND NEW FURNITURE WILL BE PROVIDED THAT WILL IMPROVE THE SHIFT FOREMAN'S ABILITY TO VIEW THE CONTROL BOARDS.

O Al-5. HED NO: 22H1-0105 BED TITLE: UNIT 2 CONTROL BOARD IS OBSCURED FROM VIEW OF THE OPERATOR WHEN OBTAINING PROCEDURES PROM BOOKCASES.

O ~

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: FREQUENTLY USED PROCEDURES WILL BE MOVED TO BOOKCASES THAT WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT. THESE BOOKCASES WILL BE LOCATED NEXT TO THE '

O OPERATOR'S DESKS. '

Al-6. HED NO: 20Gl-0106 -

'O BED TITLE ' COMPUTER TABLE OBSTRUCTS PATHWAY FROM OPERATOR'S DESK TO THE CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 5-DISPOSITION: THE NEW REARRANGEMENT OF THE CONTROL ROOM WORK AREA HAS CONSIDERED OPsRATOR PATHWAYS TO O THE CONTROL BOARDS. THE NEW ARRANGEMENT IMPROVES THE PATHWAY TO THE CONTROL BOARD AND MEETS CRITERIA FOR OPERATOR ACCESS.

O ,

i i

!O Al - 2

O l

J Al-7. HED NO: 20H1-0107 O HED TITLE: STORAGE AREA FOR CHARTS AND REFERENCE MATERIALS IS OUT OF OPERATOR'S VIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: AN EVALUATION WAS CONDUCTED WHICH IDENTIFIED dp MOST FREQUENTLY USED MATERIAL. THE NEW FURNITURE THAT WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT WILL CONTAIN STORAGE SPACE IN THE OPERATOR WORK AREA FOR THE FREQUENTLY USED MATERIAL.

J Al-8. HED NO: 20H1-0108 BED TITLE: PROCEDURES MANUALS ARE DIFFICULT TO LOCATE DUE TO THE NUMBER OF PROCEDURES LOCATED IN ONE PLACE.

3

. PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE FREQUENTLY USED UNIT PROCEDURES WILL BE RELOCATED TO THE OPERATORS WORK STATIONS WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT.

IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT THE EOPs ARE LOCATED D IN A SEPARATE LOCATION.

Al-9. HED NO: 20H2-0111 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT THE KITCHEN AREA DOES 4 NOT PROVIDE ADEQUATE SPACE FOR OPERATOR'S PERSONAL ITEMS AND THE OPERATORS PERSONAL STORAGE LOCKERS ~ ARE NOT LARGE ENOUGH FOR PERSONAL BELONGINGS.

PRIORITY:* 5 9 DISPOSITION: LOCKERS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR EACH PERSON AND EACH SHIFT HAS A CABINET IN THE KITCHEN.

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT ADDITIONAL STORAGE SPACE IS NOT REQUIRED. ,

4 O

Al - 3 0

Al-10. BED NO: 20H1-0112 O BED TITLE: SURFACE AREA FOR PROCESSING CLEARANCES DURING OUTAGES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A PROCEDURE HAS BEEN PUT IN PLACE TO CONTROL THE FLOW OF CLEARANCE PAPER WORK. USE OF 9 THIS PROCEDURE GREATLY REDUCES THE AMOUNT OF WORK SPACE NEEDED TO PROCESS CLEARANCES DURING OUTAGES. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE WORK AREA IN THE CONTROL ROOM IS SATISFACTORY. THE NEW CONTROL ROOM FURNITURE WILL INCREASE SURFACE AREA AVAILABLE TO THE O SHIFT PERSONNEL. THE PROCEDURE IS AS FOLLOWS:

ALL CLEARANCES DURING AN OUTAGE ARE FIRST PROCESSED ~THROUGH THE OPERATIONS ENGINEERING STAFF. THEY RESEARCH THE CLEARANCES PRIOR TO O SENDING CLEARANCES TO THE SHIFT PERSONNEL.

WHEN RECEIVED BY THE SHIFT PERSONNEL THE CLEARANCE PACKAGE CONTAINS (1) THE CLEARANCE REQUEST FORM, (2) THE CLEARANCE TAG SHEET, (3) THE CLEARANCE TAGS, (4) ALL NECESSARY PRINTS AND (5) ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN ,

O THE PLANT MOD THAT MAY BE HELPFUL IN DETERMINING CLEARANCE BOUNDARIES. THE ON SHIFT PERSONNEL WILL AT THAT TIME REVIEW THE PROVIDED MATERIAL AND APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE CLEARANCE.

O O

O ,

O Al - 4 O

l e l 1

Al-ll. HED NO: 20H0-0113 9 HED TITLE: TRAFFIC AT THE CLEARANCE WINDOW IS A CAUSE OF DISTRACTIONS FOR OPERATING PERSONNEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: IN AN EFFORT TO REDUCE TRAFFIC AT THE UNIT WINDOWS, A CHANGE IN WORK AUTHORIZATION O PROCEDURES BAS BEEN ADOPTED. MAINTENANCE NOW PRE-SUBMITS REQUESTED WORK ONE TO TWO DAYS IN ADVANCE. THE OPERATIONS ENGINEERS OR OPS.

TECH. REVIEWS THE WORK AND WRITES UP A CLEARANCE REQUEST FORM, IF APPROPRIATE. THIS PACKAGE IS THEN SENT TO THE CONTROL ROOM FOR D THEIR REVIEW AND AUTHORIZATION. WORK AUTHORIZATION FORMS ARE THEN APPROVED AND CLEARANCES HUNG IF NECESSARY. THE COMPLETED PACKAGE IS THEN FORWARDED TO THE OPERATIONS PRODUCTION ASSISTANT WHERE IT IS FILED UNTIL MAINTENANCE PICKS IT UP. THIS PROCEDURE HAS O GREATLY REDUCED WINDOW TRAFFIC AND HAS REDUCED DISTRACTIONS IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

Al-12. HED NO: 20H2-0114 O HED TITLE: TELEPHONE, TABLE AND CHAIRS ARE MISSING IN THE CONTROL ROOM OPERATORS' KITCHEN AREA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BECAUSE THE OPERATORS DO NOT SPEND EXTENDED TIME IN THE KITCHEN AND A BREAK AREA IS O AVAILABLE FOR THE OPERATORS, THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT ADDITIONAL FURNITURE IN THE KITCH,EN IS NOT REQUIRED.

O Al-13. HED NO: 20H0-0116 BED TITLE: AUXILIARY OPERATORS' WORK AREA IS TOO SMALL AND TOO CROWDED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HEDAT H.AS DETERMINED THAT THE AMOUNT OF SPACE O IS ADEQUATE FOR THE AUXILIARY OPERATORS.

O A1 - 5 O

O Al-14. HED NO

21X3-0118 1 O HED TITLE: UNUSED SOCKET LEFT OPEN IN PANEL; OPENING IS NOT COVERED WITH A COVER PLATE. I PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A COVER PLATE HAS BEEN PUT OVER THE UNUSED SOCKET.

Al-15. HED NO: 216X-0119 HED TITLE: MATERIAL USED FOR COVER PLATES USED ON THE

.O CONTROL BOARD IS NOT CONSISTENT.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: COVER PLATES WILL BE REPLACED WITH A CONSISTENT MATERIAL WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

g.

O e

O e

O "O , ,

O Al - 6 O

O O BSEP BED

SUMMARY

ANTEROPONETRICS APPEWIX A-2

O A2-1. HED NO

2063-1401 BED TITLE: FEEDWATER FLOW CONTROLLERS ARE NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED WITH ASSOCIATED DISPLAYS.

• O PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: THS RFP RPM INDICATIONS HAVE BEEN SCHEDULED FO t RELOCATION WITHIN THE RELOCATION OF REDUNDANT REACTOR VESSEL INDICATION PROJECT.

l

'O A2-2. HED NO: 206X-1402 .

HED TITLE: REACTOR WATER LEVEL RECORDER AND THE REACTOR PRESSURE / TURBINE STEAM FLOW RECORDER ARE LOCATED TOO HIGH ON PANELS TO READ ACCURATELY.

O PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE REACTOR WATER LEVEL RECORDER AND THE REACTOR PRESSURE / TURBINE STEAM FLOW RECORDER HAVE BEEN SCHEDULED FOR* RELOCATION WITHIN THE

RELOCATION-OF REDUNDANT REACTOR VESSEL O INDICATION PROJECT.

l A2-3. HED NO: 2061-1404 BED TITLE: . CONTROLS ARE LOCATED ABOVE THE FUNCTIONAL

,0 REACH OF OPERATORS ON PANEL 601.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTFD WITHIM THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

.O 1 .

O A2 - 1 O

'O A2-4. HED ND: 20X8-1405 O BED TITLE: VISUAL DISPLAYS ON THE OFF GAS PANEL (XU-80)

CANNOT BE READ ACCURATELY BECAUSE OF THE DISPLAY CHARACTERISTICS AND THE LOCATION OF THE DISPLAYS ON THE VERTICAL SECTION OF THE PANEL.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: RAISING THE FLOOR FIVE INCHES WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT WILL IMPROVE THE READABILITY OF THE DISPLAYS. THE DISPLAYS ARE NOT USED DURING EMERGENCY OPERATIONS AND BECAUSE THERE IS NO O REQUIREMENT TO READ THESE METERS OR RECORDERS J

TO A PRECISE LEVEL, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A2-5. HED NO: 206X-1406

.HED TITLE: VISUAL DISPLAYS LOCATED ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD HAVE A VIEWING ANGLE OF LESS THAN 45 DEGREES BECAUSE OF THE LOCATION OF THE DISPLAYS ON THE VERTICAL SECTION OF THE PANEL. '

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: RAISING THE FLOOR FIVE INCHES WITHIN THE i CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT WILL IMPROVE THE READABILITY OF THE DISPLAYS AND BRINGS .

THE VIEWING ANGLE WITHIN CRITERIA OF THE STH

~

!O PERCENTILE FEMALE.

O

O .

lO A2 - 2 i

i0

O A2-6. HED NO: 206X-1409 O BED TITLE: CONTROLS ARE LOCATED OUT OF FUNCTIONAL REACH OF SOME OPERATORS.

I PRIORITY: 3 '

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE CONTROLLERS l LOCATED ON PANEL 601.  :

THE ESF STATUS LI1 HTS ARE USED AS INFORMATION AIDS ONLY. THERE ARE NO AUTO ACTIONS RELATED TO THESE LIGHTS.

O THE CONTROLLER LOCATED ON PANEL 603, IS THE RWCU BLOWDOWN CONTROL VALVE. IT IS USED TO REJECT WATER FROM THE RPV DURING SHUTDOWN OPERATIONS AND TO ALLOW SAMPLING OF THE RWCU FILTER PRIOR TO RETURNING ,RWCU FLOW TO THE

.O VESSEL. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT ITS -

LOCATION IS ADEQUATE FOR THE FUNCTION OF THE CONTROL.

THE CONTROLLERS ON THE OFF GAS. PANEL WILL BE WITHIN THE EXTENDED FUNCTIONAL REACH CRITERIA f0 OF THE STH PERCENTILE FEMALE WHEN THE FLOOR IS RAISED FIVE INCHES. .

I THE CONTROLLERS ON PANEL XU-51, WILL BE MOVED DOWN TO THE SAME LOCATION ON UNIT 2 WITHIN THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION PROJECT. THIS

.O WILL PUT THE CONTROLLERS WITHIN THE FUNCTIONAL REACH CRITERIA OF THE STH PERCENTILE FEMALE.

,0 i

lO A2 - 3 t

O

,-___.,,__-v_,_,,,

,0 r

A2-7. HED NO: 20X4-1412 O HED TITLE: FOUR RECORDERS LOCATED ON PANEL XU-4 ARE LOCATED LESS THAN 41 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOGITION: THE RECORDER SCALES WILL BE LOCATED 33 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR. THE RECORDERS ARE NOT USED DURING EMERGENCY OPERATIONS, THEY

'O ARE USED FOR TRENDING PURPOSES ONLY. PRECISE READINGS ARE ONLY TAKEN DURING TURBINE ROLLS AND OPERATORS CAN REQUEST THE TRENDED INFORMATION ON THE PROCESS COMPUTER THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS

,0 -

REQUIRED.

A2-8. HED NO: 21J1-1413 HED TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM ROWS O .

OF MONITORS LOCATED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET CONTROL HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE O LOCATED WITHIN CRITERIA (LESS THAN 70 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR) WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR .

THE CONTROLS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE 31 INCHES ABOVE THE NEW RAISED FLOOR. . OPERATORS

. HAVE NO PROBLEMS ACCESSING THESE CONTROLS, O THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

O A2 - 4 0

D A2-9. BED NO: 21J1-1414 D BED TITLE: INDICATIONS LOCATED ON THE TOP ROW AND BOTTOM-TWO ROWS OF MONITORS LOCATED ON THE P-600 BACK PANELS DO NOT MEET HEIGHT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 l

} DISPOSITION: THE INDICATORS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE LOCATED WITHIN CRITERIA (BELOW 70 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR) WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR.

THE INDICATORS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE LOCATED 31 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR.

] OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THESE INDICATORS, THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

] A2-10. HED NO: 20J4-1415 BED TITLE: , CONTROLS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF P-614 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET HEIGHT CRITERIA. .

PRIORITY: 5 ~

DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE D LOCATED 76 INCHES ABOVE THE NEW RAISED FLOOR.

OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS ACCESSING THESE CONTROLS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

THE CONTROLS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE D LOCATED 17 TO 31 INCHES ABOVE THE NEW RAISED FLOOR. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS ACCESSING THESE CONTROLS WHICH ARE USED TO RESET TIMERS AFTER RECEIVING AN ANNUNCIATOR FOR A SPECIFIC SUMP, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED. ,

D D

e A2 - 5 D

O A2-ll. HED ED: 22J2-1416 ,

.O anD TITLs: CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE l LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA OF 34 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A REVIEW OF THE CONTROLS LOCATED BELOW O CRITERIA FLOOR DETERMINED THAT:

1) A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR.

.O

2) THE OG-6 COMPUTER IS NO LONGER USED.

REMOVAL OF THIS COMPONENT HAS NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED AT THIS TIME BECAUSE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY FOR FUTURE USE.

.O 3) THE SCALERS ARE USED BY THE EERC GROUP ONLY.

THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUIRED FOR THE ABOVE INSTRUMENTS. .

O O

.O .

l-O -

O A2 - 6

!O l

O t

A2-12. BED ND: 20J4-1417 9 BED TITLE: DISPLAYS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE P-614 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET DISPLAY HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE DISPLAYS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE g LOCATED 17 TO 31 INCHES ABOVE THE NEW RAISED FLOOR. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING OR

, IDENTIFYING THESE DISPLAYS WHICH ARE l

ANNUNCIATORS FOR A SPECIFIC SUMP. THEREFOTE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

g THE DISPLAYS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE -

l l

LOCATED 76 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLCOR.

OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING / IDENTIFYING THESE DISPLAYS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A2-13. BED ND: 20J2-1418 BED TITLE: DISPLAYS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE LOCATED BELOW DISPLAY HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 41 INCHES.

g PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THESE DISPLAYS ARE REDUNDANT INDICATIONS TO PRIMARY DISPLAYS IN THE CONTROL ROOM, AND ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE REACTOR BLDG COOLING WATER MONITOR. THE DISPLAYS ARE LOCATED 33 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR. OPERATORS g HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING OR IDENTIFYING THESE DISPLAYS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED. WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITORS LOCATED ON THE PANEL. THE DISPLAYS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SPARE SRM ARE NOT HOOKED UP, THE MONITOR IS USLD AS A SPARE.

O THE OG-6 COMPUTER IS NO LONGER USED. THE SCALERS ARE ONLY USED BY EERC PERSONNEL.

THE SJAE RADIATION MONITORS WILL BE CHANGED OUT WITH A DIRECT REPLACEMENT MONITOR THAT l USES LCD TYPE INDICATION, THUS IMPROVING DISPLAY READABILITY.

'O A2 - 7 0

O A2-14. BED ND: 20J3-1419 HED TITLE: A CONTROL LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL IS 10 LOCATED BELOW CONTROL HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 34 INCHES AND A RECORDER IS LOCATED ABOVE DISPLAY HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 70 INCHES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL LOCATED 22 INCHES ABOVE THE

.O RAISED FLOOR IS USED FOR CALIBRATION PURPOSES ONLY.

THE RECORDER IS PART OF THE REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION AND RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

EXACT READINGS ARE TAKEN FROM THE DISPLAYS

'O LOCATED BELOW THE RECORDER. THESE DISPLAYS ARE WITHIN THE NUREG-0700 HEIGHT CRITERIA.

ADDITIONALLY, PARAMETERS ARE ALARMED IN THE

CONTROL ROOM AND NEXT TO THESE DISPLAYS.

READING TRENDS FROM THIS RECORDER ARE OF SECONDARY IMPORTANCE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT

'O DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A2-15. HED NO: 20J7-1420 .

, BED TITLE: RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL ARE

O LOCATED ABOVE THE DISPLAY HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 70 INCHES.

PRIORITY: 5

. DISPOSITION: THESE RECORDERS ARE PART OF"THE DRYWELL ATMOSPHERIC RADIATION MONITORING SYSTEM.

O EXACT READINGS ARE TAKEN FROM THE DISPLAYS LOCATED BELOW THE RECORDER. THESE DISPLAYS ARE WITHIN THE NUREG-0700 HEIGHT CRITERIA.

ADDITIONALLY, PARAMETERS ARE ALARMED IN THE CONTROL ROOM AND NEXT TO THESE DISPLAYS.

READING TRENDS FROM THESE RECORDERS ARE OF O SECONDARY IMPORTANCE, THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

(O l

O A2 - 8 O

)

A2-16. BED NO: 20J7-1421 D BED TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL ARE l LOCATED BELOW THE CONTROL HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 34 INCHES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS ARE LOCATED 31 INCHES ABOVE THE D NEW RAISED FLOOR. THESE CONTROLS ARE SPARE CONTROLS THAT CURRENTLY PROVIDE NO FUNCTION.

THEY HAVE BEEN LEFT IN PLACE TO POSSIBLY ALLOW THE CAC-AT-1260, 1261, AND 1262 MONITORS TO BE CONVERTED TO HYDROGEN-OXYGEN l MONITORS, IF REQUIRED. THEREFORE, THE HEDAT C DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.*

. A2-17. HED NO: 22J6-1422 O

l BED TITLE: INDICATIONS LOCATED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE XU-79 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET DISPLAY HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE COUNTERS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED O BELOW CRITERIA ARE 24 TO 14 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING OR IDENTIFYING THESE COUNTERS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS, THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O THE DISPLAYS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE WITHIN CRITERIA WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR, EXCEPT FOR ONE METER WHICH WILL BE 72 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE HEDAT VERIFIED READABILITY OF THE METER AND DETERMINED NO

. ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O

.O -

d

'O A2 - 9 O

O A2-18. HED ND: 22J6-1423

!O BE0 TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE XU-79 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET CONTROL HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 )

DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE O WITHIN CRITERIA WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR.

THE CONTROLS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE LOCATED 33 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THESE CONTROLS ARE USED FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A2-19. BED NO: 22J5-1424 BED TITLE: INDICATIONS LOCATED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF THE XU-79 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET DISPLAY

~O HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: THE COUNTERS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE 24 TO 14 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS lO READING OR IDENTIFYING THESE COUNTERS AND~

INDICATOR LIGHTS THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS' REQUIRED.

. THE DISPLAYS' LOCATED ABOV2 CRITERIA ARE WITHIN CRITERIA WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR

'O INSTALLED EXCEPT FOR ONE METER WHICH WILL BE 72 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE HEDAT VERIFIED READABILITY OF THE METER AND DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O

.O O

A2 - 10 i l

lO

_ _ , - - - - - ..- - - _ - . _ _ - . . . , . - . . - _ . _ _ _ - . _ . . - - _ _ . - - . . . . _ _ - . _ , _ _ . - _ . _ . - . - - _ . . - _ - - - - . . ~ . . - - . . . _ ...

I A2-20. BED NO: 22J5-1425

) BED TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF PANEL XU-75 DO NOT MEET CONTROL HEIGHT PLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS LOCATED ABOVE CRITERIA ARE

] WITHIN CRITERIA WITH THE NEW RAISED FLOOR.

THE CONTROLS LOCATED BELOW CRITERIA ARE LOCATED 33 INCHES ABOVE THE RAISED FLOOR.

THESE CONTROLS ARE USED FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY, THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO 3 ACTION IS REQUIRED.

3 J

e O

A2 - 11 3

l

O BSEP HED

SUMMARY

EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT APPEEIX A-3

.O A3-1. HED NO: 20HO-0501 HED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORTED THERE IS A LIMITED SUPPLY OF AIR PACKS AND REFILL BOTTLES AVAILABLE FOR USE BY OPERATORS IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

'O PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: EERC AND FIRE PROTECTION PROGRAMS ADEQUATELY l VERIFY AVAILABILITIES. REAL TIME TRAINING l WILL UPDATE THE OPERATORS TO ENSURE OPERATORS ARE AWARE OF AVAILABILITY REQUIREMENTS WITHIN

'O THE TRAINING PROJECT.

A3-2. HED NO: 20H0-0506

O HED TITLE: OUTSIDE COMMUNICATIONS MAY BE DELAYED DURING EMERGENCIES BECAUSE NO RADIO OPERATORS ARE ON SHIFT.

~

PRIORITY:

5 DISPOSITION: ONLY THE OWNER OF THE SYSTEM HAS TO BE ,

,o LICENSED. RADIO OPERATORS DO NOT HAVE TO BE INDIVIDUALLY LICENSED. REAL TIME TRAINING IS CURRENTLY BEING UPDATED ON THIS SYSTEM AND '

TRAINING WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE OPERATORS WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT.

O k

O A3 - 1 O

l

3 .

A3-3. HED NO: 20H0-0509 3- BED TITLE: INSTRUCTIONS FOR DONNING AND D O F F.I N G, PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ARE NOT AVAILABLE'IN THE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT STORAGE AREA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS ARE WELL PRACTICED AND FORMALLY

] TRAINED ON THE DONNING AND DOFFING OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT. OPERATORS ARE RETRAINED AND TESTED ON THE DONNING AND DOFFING OF PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT ONCE A YEAR DURING GENERAL EMPLOYEE RETRAINING.

O A3-4. HED NO: 20HO-0510 BED TITLE: EXTRA LARGE SIZE OF PROTECTIVE CLOTHING IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT STORAGE CABINETS.

3 PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: EXTRA LARGE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING HAS BEEN ADDED TO.THE STORAGE CABINET.

3 A3-5. HED NO: 20HO-0511 BED TITLE: SIZES ARE NOT MARKED ON THE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING PACKAGES AND ON THE GLOVE AND SHOE COVER PACKAGES.

O PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: SIZES HAVE BEEN INDICATED ON THE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING PACKAGES.

g A3-6. BED NO: 20H0-0512 BED TITLE: WIRE CUTTERS ARE NOT STORED NEAR THE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT STORAGE CABINETS TO BREAK THE PROTECTIVE SEALS ON THE CABINET DOORS.

g PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE PROTECTIVE SEALS HAVE BEEN REPLACED WITH A BREAKABLE SEAL.

O A3 - 2 O

)

I A3-7. HED NO: 20H0-0513

) HED TITLE: STORAGE CABINETS ARE NOT LABELED TO CLEARLY IDENTIFY THE CONTENTS OF THE CABINET.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STORAGE CABINETS HAVE BEEN LABELED.

)

A3-8. HED NO: 20HO-0514 HED TITLE: ACCESS DOORS TO EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ROOMS ARE NOT CLEARLY MARKED.

) PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: PERMANENT LABELS HAVE BEEN PLACED ON THE DOORS TO THE EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ROOMS.

) A3-9. HED NO:

HED TITLE:

20HO-0515 ENTRANCE TO THE STORAGE ROOM FOR PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT IS NOT EASILY ACCESSIBLE.

. PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: ACCESS INTO THE ROOM HAS BEEN CLEARED.

J A3-10. HED NO: , 20H0-0516 HED TITLE: LIGHTING IN THE PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT STORAGE ROOM IS OBSCURED BY THE DOORS OF THE CABINETS

) WHEN THE LOORS ARE OPEN.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: CABINETS HAVE BEEN MOVED'TO TH'E OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE ROOM TO PREVENT THE DOORS OF THE CABINETS FROM OBSCURING THE LIGHT.

D J

e A3 - 3 0

'O 9 ~

BSEP HED SUNMARY HEATING, VENTILATION A E AIR COMITIONING O APPENDIX A-4 A4-1. HED NO: 20H0-0002 HED TITLE: FLUCTUATIONS IN CONTROL ROOM TEMPERATURE HAVE O

THE POTENTIAL TO ADVERSELY AFFECT THE OPERATION OF SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT.

l PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ENGINEERING IS CURRENTLY EVALUATING THE HVAC SYSTEM FOR POTENTIAL UPGRADING WITHIN THE

!O CONTROL ROOM HVAC PROJECT.

O

O O

l 0

O A4 - 1 l

O l ---- - _ _ - . . - - - - - - - . - . . - . - - - - - - - - - .

O 4

O BSEP HED

SUMMARY

ILLUNIMATION APPERIX A-5 l

~O ,

1 A5-1. BED ND: 20HO-0004 HED TITLE: GLARE INTERFERES WITH THE READABILITY OF METER SCALES AND LABELS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LIGHTING IMPROVEMENTS DONE IN THE CONTROL ROOM HAVE GREATLY REDUCED THE GLARE ON THE METERS AND LABELS. THE LIGHTING UPGRADE i INCLUDED A CEILING GRID SYSTEM THAT CONTAINS

.O PARABOLIC DIFFUSERS. LIGHT LEVELS ARE CURRENTLY WITHIN THE RECOMMENDED LEVEL OF 30 FOOT CANDLES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A5-2. HED ND: 20HO-0006 HED TITLE: OPERATORS HAVE NO EXPERIENCE IN RECOGNIZING COLORS USED ON CONTROL BOARD UNDER EMERGENCY

, LIGHTING. -

~:O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: EMERGENCY LIGHT TESTS WERE RUN AND LIGHT LEVELS WERE MEASURED. THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD AND MOST DESR SURFACES HAVE 20 FOOT CANDLES OF ILLUMINATION. SOME AREAS WERE AS LOW AS 15 FTC. OPERATORS DID.NOT EXPERIENCE ANY,

'O DEGRADATION IN VISUAL TASKS. NORMAL LEVELS ARE PREFERENTIALLY ADJUSTED TO 20 TO 30 FTC.

ALL MEASUREMENTS MEET OR EXCEED CRITERIA AND VISUAL TASK VERIFICATION FOUND NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO LIGHT LEVELS.

O (O

A5 - 1 0

,0 O m BSEP HED

SUMMARY

AMBIENT NOISE APPENDIX A-6 O

A6-1. HED NO: 20H0-0005

HED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT THE NOISE LEVEL IS TOO HIGH IN CONTROL ROOM DURING HOURLY ACCUMULATION, WHICH IS PROCESSED ON THE

.O TYPERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MODIFICATIONS DONE IN THE CONTROL ROOM TO

. REDUCE THE NOISE LEVELS HAVE GREATLY REDUCED THE NOISE DISTRACTIONS IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

.O THE GENERAL AMBIENT NOISE IS' NOW BETWEEN 70 -

AND 73 dB. TYPERS INDUCE A 1 TO 2 dB INCREASE. TYPER NOISE APPEARS TO BE A MINOR AND TRANSIENT IRRITANT THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTIIER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

O l

jO O

A6 - 1 l

l

- - - - - . - - - . - - - - . . - . - - - - - , - - . . . - ~ . . - . - . - - . . . . , , - . - - - - , - - . . - - - - - - - , -

!O l

I o

BSEP HED

SUMMARY

MAINTAINABILITY APPENDIX A-7 O

A7-1. HED NO: 20H0-1701 BED TITLE: PROCEDURE TO ENSURE CORRECT ANNUNCIATOR TILE REPLACEMENT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN CONTROL O ROOM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS HAVE BEEN REVISED TO ENSURE THE ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW TILES, LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS AND INDICATOR LIGHT LENSES ARE '

O CORRECTLY REPLACED.

A7-2. HED NO: 20HO-1702 O BED TITLE: PROCEDURE TO ENSURE CORRECT LEGEND PUSHBUTTON LENS REPLACEMENT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS HAVE BEEN REVISED TO O ENSURE THE ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW TILES, LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS AND INDICATOR LIGHT LENSES ARE CORRECTLY REPLACED.

O A7-3. HED NO: 20HO-1703 HED TITLE: PROCEDURE TO ENSURE CORRECT INDICATOR LIGHT LENS REPLACEMENT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN CONTROL ROOM. .

PRIORITY: 2 O DISPOSITION: OPERATING INSTRUCTION HAVE BEEN REVISED TO ENSURE THE ANNUNCIATOR WINDOW TILES, LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS AND INDICATOR LIGHT LENSES ARE CORRECTLY REPLACED.

O 1

A7 - 1 0

O A7-4. BED NO: 20H0-1704 O BED, TITLE: SINGLE-BULB INDICATOR LIGHTS HAVE NO BULB-TEST FUNCTION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A REVIEW OF THE SINGLE INDICATOR LIGHTS

DETERMINED THAT:

!O EACH INDICATOR LIGHT HAS A DIRECT OR INDIRECT REDUNDANT INDICATION, OR 1

A MANUAL ACTUATION OF THE SWITCH IS REQUIRED TO ILLUMINATE THE, INDICATOR LIGHT, OR ,

O THE INDICATOR IS USED FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A7-5. HED NO: 20H0-1707 BED TITLE: LABELING AND STORAGE OF' LIGHT BULBS USED IN L,IGHT ASSEMBLIES IS INADEQUATE.

PRIORITY: 3

'O DISPOSITION: REORGANIZED STORAGE WITH ADEQUATE LABELING HAVE BEEN PROVIDED. A CONTROL ROOM LAMP INDEX HAS'BEEN ADDED TO THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS SO THAT THE OPERATORS CAN REFERENCE IT TO ENSURE THE CORRECT BULB IS SELECTED WHEN REPLACING BULBS.

O A7-6. HED NOs 20H0-1708 BED TITLE

LABELING AND STORAGE OF PRINT WHEELS FOR RECORDERS IS INADEQUATE. ,

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELING AND STORAGE HAS BEEN CORRECTED AND A CROSS-REFERENCE FOR PRINT WHEELS HAS BEEN PROVIDED.

'O

'O A7 - 2 0

O 1

A7-7. HED NO: 20J4-1711 O BED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK ,

PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST '

FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE INDICATOR LIGHTS ON THIS PANEL ARE ALARM  !

O INDICATORS AND POWER INDICATORS.

THE ALARM INDICATORS HAVE REDUNDANT ANNUNCIATORS ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD.

ALSO, THESE INDICATOR LIGHTS ARE TESTED DURING CALIBRATION TEST OF THE TEMPERATURE O MODULE.

THE POWER INDICATORS INDICATE " POWER" AVAILABLE TO THE STATIC INVERTOR, THE DRAIN SUMP TIMERS AND THE RCIC ISOLATION TIMERS.

EACH TIMER HAS A RED INDICATOR LIGHT O INDICATING POWER IS BEING SUPPLIED TO THE TIMER MOTOR. IF THE LIGHT IS BURNED OUT IT DOES NOT IMPEDE THE FUNCTION OF THE TIMER MOTOR, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A7-8. HED NO: 20J2-1712 HED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE REDUNDANT INDICATION AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A7-9. HED NO: 20J3-1713 HED TITLE: INDICATOR, LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE REDUNDANT INDICATION AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A7 - 3 O

,0 A7-10. HED NO: 20J7-1714 O, ,

EsD TITLn: INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

PRIORITY: 5 1 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE REDUNDANT INDICATION AVAILABLE O ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A7-ll. HED NO: 22J6-1715 ,

O EsD TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: PRIMARY INDICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN

.O CONTROL BOARD AT PANEL XU-51 CONSISTING OF RECORDERS AND ANNUNCIATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A7-12. HED NO: 22J5-1716 HED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHTS LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL ARE SINGLE-BULB ASSEMBLIES WITH NO TEST FUNCTION CAPABILITY.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: PRIMARY INDICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD. REDUNDANT INDICATION IS ALSO AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT i DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

'O O

O A7 - 4 0

O-BSEP HED

SUMMARY

O COMMUNICATIONS APFBNDIX A-8 A8-1. HED NO: 20HO-0202 O HED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT PROBLEMS WITH THE SOUND-POWERED TELEPHONES DUE TO POOR MAINTENANCE ON THE SYSTEM; IT IS DIFFICULT TO COMMUNICATE WITH THE CONTROL ROOM IN HIGH NOISE AREAS; AND THERE IS AN INSUFFICIENT NUMBER OF PLUG-IN JACKS IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

'O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: REGULAR MAINTENANCE TEST FOR EMERGENCY SITUATIONS IS PERFORMED ON THE SOUND-POWERED TELEPHONES. IF THE PHONES ARE NOT WORKING WELL TROUBLE TICKETS ARE WRITTEN TO HAVE THE O PHONES REPAIRED.

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE DIESEL ROOM IS THE ONLY REAL PROBLEM AREA WHERE COMMUNICATION WITH THE CONTROL ROOM IS DIFFICULT. BECAUSE OF THE NOISE IN THIS

.O ROOM, COMMUNICATION USING HANDSETS IS INADEQUATE BUT COMMUNICATION IS ADEQUATE WHEN USING THE AVAILABLE SOUND-POWERED HEADSETS.

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE CURRENT JACK CONFIGURATION IN THE CONTROL ROOM ADEQUATELY O SUPPORTS THE REQUIRED pts.

t A8-2. HED NO: 20H0-0204 1 HED TITLE:

~

A DEDICATED LINE IS NOT AVAILABLE BETWEEN THE

!O REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL AND IN'DIVIDUAL UNIT l

STATIONS CONTROL FOR. SOUND-POWERED PHONE SYSTEM.

PRIORIt'Y: 2 DISPOSITION: THE SYSTEM IS BEING MODIFIED PER APPENDIX R O REQUIREMENTS WITHIN THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION PROJECT.

O A8 - 1 O i I

l

O A8-3. BED NO: 20H0-0206

O BED TITLE: UHF SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER PICKS UP DISRUPTIVE BACKGROUND BANDS, AND MAY NEED ADJUSTMENT.

PRIORITY: 5 j DISPOSITION: THE UHF RADIO HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE CONTROL ROOM.

O A8-4. HED MO: 20H0-0207 BED TITLE: PROCEDURES FOR USING THE UHF SYSTEM ARE NOT PRESENT IN THE QONTROL ROOM.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE UHF RADIO HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE CONTROL ROOM, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED A WRITTEN PROCEDURE IS NOT NECESSARY.

O A8-5. HED NO: 20H0-0208 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT THE RELIABILITY OF THE PA SYSTEM IS POOR.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PERIODIC TESTS ARE PERFORMED ON THE PA. IF THE PA IS NOT WORKING WELL TROUBLE TICKETS ARE WRITTEN TO HAVE IT REPAIRED.

O O

O O

A8 - 2 l

O

O O

BSEP BED

SUMMARY

ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM APPEIBIX A-9 O

A9-1. HED NO: 20HO-2101 BED TITLE: AN ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM FIRST OUT PANEL IS NOT PROVIDED FOR THE REACTOR SYSTEM.

~O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: PROCEDURE PHILOSOPHY DICTATES THAT OPERATORS WILL GO INTO EMERGENCY PROCEDURES REGARDLESS OF THE REASON FOR SCRAM. COMPUTER WILL PROVIDE PRINTOUT OF THE ANNUNCIATORS THAT COME IN, IN THE SEQUENCE THEY COME IN.

O ANNUNCIATOR TILES RELATED TO A SCRAM ARE COLOR CODED. .

lO A9-2. BED NO: 20HO-2102 BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR TILE ENGRAVING IS TOO SMALL TO READ FOR THE REQUIRED VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 2 O DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

.O A9-3. BED NO: 20H0-2103 BED TITLE: NO VISUAL PRIORITY CODING HAS BEEN APPLIED TO ANNUNCIATOR SYSTEM ALARMS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

.O ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

l l0 A9 - 1 O

O A9-4. HED NO: 20H0-2104

_O BED TITLE: SEPARATE AUDITORY ANNUNCIATOR ALARM SIGNALS ARE NOT PROVIDED FOR INDIVIDUAL WORK STATIONS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A9-5. HED NO: 206X-2106

'O BED TITLE: OPERATORS CAN ACKNOWLEDGE AND RESET ALARMS FROM STATIONS OTHER THAN WHERE ALARM ORIGINATES.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O -

ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A9-6. BED NO: 206X-2107 BED TITLE: INDIVIDUAL ALARMS OCCUR SO FREQUENTLY THAT OPERATORS CONSIDER THEM A NUISANCE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: NUISANCE ALARMS ARE HANDLED WITH PROCEDURE

.O OI-5, A PROCEDURE THAT ALLOWS FOR PULLING THE CARD ON NUISANCE ANNUNCIATORS. THESE

, ANNUNCIATORS THEN GET A HIGH PRIORITY TROUBLE l

TICKET.

. THE SITE GOAL IS TO REDUCE NUISANCE ALARMS O AND IS REVIEWED BY MANAGEMENT ON A REGULAR BASIS. A NUMBER OF ANNUNCIATOR MODIFICATIONS k HAVE BEEN MADE WITH THIS PROCEDURE. THE ANNUNCIATORS IDENTIFIED WITHIN THIS HED HAVE BEEN RESOLVED IN THIS PROGRAM.

O O

A9 - 2 O

O A9-7. BED NO: 206X-2109 O BED TITLE: ESTABLISHED SET-POINTS OF SOME INCOMING ALARMS DO NOT GIVE OPERATORS ADEQUATE TIME TO RESPOND.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SETPOINTS FOR THE IRM UPSCALE ALARMS HAVE O BEEN ADJUSTED DOWN TO IMPROVE THE OPERATORS RESPONSE TIME TO AN UPSCALE CONDITION, THUS REDUCING THE POSSIBILITY OF A SCRAM.

THE OTHERS WERE DETERMINED BY THE HEDAT TO BE WITHIN THE ACCEPTABLE HUMAN RESPONSE O REQUIREMENTS. -

A9-8. BED NO: 20SY-2111 BED TITLE: CONTROL ROOM VENT CHLORINE HIGH ALARM AND O CONTROL SWITCHES ARE NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED ON SWITCHYARD PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE ANNUNCIATOR IS NOT FUNCTIONAL. THE TILE HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH A BLANK TILE.

O O

O O

O A9 - 3 0

l l

A9-9. EED NO: 20G1-2114 O BED TITLE: MULTI INPUT ALARM DATA IS NOT PROCESSED THROUGH THE COMPUTER SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: MULTI INPUT ALARM ANNUNCIATORS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE HEDAT. ANNUNCIATORS WERE

.O FOUND TO FALL INTO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES:

1) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT HAVE BACK UP INDICATION ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD.

O 2) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT HAVE BACK UP INDICATION IN THE PLANT THAT IS EASILY DETERMINED BY THE AUXILIARY OPERATOR.

3) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT REQUIRE THE i AUXILIARY OPERATOR TO PERFORM A STEP BY STEP O PROCEDURE.TO IDENTIFY THE CAUSE OF THE ANNUNCIATION.

WHEN ONE CHANNEL OF A MULTI-INPUT ANNUNCIATOR 4

SEALS IN DUE TO A COMPONENT FAILURE OR OTHER LONG TERM CAUSE, EXISTING PROCEDURES (OI-5

O AND AI-59) INSURE ISOLATION OF THAT CHANNEL SO THAT THE OTHER INPUTS CAN STILL ACTIVATE THE ANNUNCIATOR.

! RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS TO THE ABOVE CATEGORIES WERE FOUND TO BE ACCEPTABLE FOR lO

MITIGATING THE ALARMED CONDITIONS, THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED COMPUTER INPUT IS NOT REQUIRED FOR MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS.

O A9-10. BED NO: 206X-2115 BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR TILES ARE NOT GROUPED BY FUNCTION OR SYSTEM. ,

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING. CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THS APPROPRIATE ACTION.

1 O

A9 - 4 O

l

O A9-11. HED NO: 206X-2116 O BED TITLE: LETTER HEIGHTS ARE VARIED ON ANNUNCIATOR TILES.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A9-12. HED NO: 206X-2117 BED TITLE: LETTERS ARE CROWDED TOGETHER ON ANNUNCIATOR O TILE ENGRAVINGS. -

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE ,

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A9-13. HED NO: 206X-212O HED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR TILES HAVE MESSAGE AN'D LOCATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2.

O PI.[ORITY: 3 DIJPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A9-14. HED NO: 206X-2122 BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR PANEL LABEL IS MISSING.-

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ANNUNCIATOR PANEL LABEL HAS BEEN REPLACED.

l C

1

O l

A9 - 5 0

O A9-15. HED NO: 20X2-2123

~O BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR PANEL HAS NO TEST CAPABILITY ON UNIT 2.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: ANNUNCIATOR TILES FOR THE UNIT 1 EDGs ARE FURNISHED TO UNIT 2 AND UNIT 2 EDGs TILES TO O UNIT 1 FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. THEY ARE TESTED AND RESPONDED TO BY THE APPROPRIATE UNIT OPERATOR ONLY.

.O A9-16. HED NO: 206X-2124 HED TITLE: CHARACTER STYLE ON ANNUNCIATOR TILES DOES NOT MEET CRITERIA -

LABELS ON THE TILES ARE IMPERMANENT. .

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

.O A9-17. HED NO: 20X3-2125 HED TITLE: MISSING ANNUNCIATOR TILES IN ANNUNCIATOR PANELS.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ANNUNCIATOR TILES HAVE BEEN REPLACED.

1 l

10 0

I r

O A9 - 6 l

O l

O A9-18. BED NO: 206X-2127

]

O BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR TILE LEGENDS ARE NOT PAINT ,

PIGMENT FILLED.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

, ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A9-19. BED NO: 206X-2128 BED TITLE: TAPE AND TAPE RESIDUE OBSCURES ANNUNCIATOR O TILE ENGRAVINGS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ANNUNCIATOR TILES WILL BE CLEANED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ROUTINE CLEANING OF O ANNUNCIATORS WILL BE ADDED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ON CLEANING THE

. CONTROL BOARD WITHIN THE PROCEDURE REVISION PROJECT. .

O A9-20. BED NO: 20X3-2129 BED TITLE: QUOTATION MARKS AROUND PHRASE ON ANNUNCIATOR TILE IS INCONSISTENT WITH OTHER CONTROL ROOM LABELING.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE ANNUNCIATOR PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A9-21. HED NO: 206X-2130 BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS DO NOT CONFORM TO STANDARD CONTROL LABELING CONVENTIONS.

'O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE RE-ENGRAVED AND THE LABEL COLOR WILL BE CHANGED TO BE CONSISTENT WITH CONTROL ROOM LABELS WITHIN THE LABELING AND i RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A9 - 7 O

O A9-22. HED NO: 206X-2132 O nED TITLs: NO DEMARCATION HAS BEEN APPLIED TO ANNUNCIATOR PANELS. -

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STYLE OF THE ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT BOXES i PROHIBITS ADDING DEMARCATION LINES AROUND O ANNUNCIATOR TILES. THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A9-23. HED MO: 206X-2133 O BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR TILE ENGRAVINGS ARE NOT CONSISTENT WITH THE ANNUNCIATOR PROCEDURES.

PRIORITY: 3 .

DISPOSITION: THE ANNUNCIATOR PROCEDURES WILL BE REVISED WITHIN THE PROCEDURES REVISION PROJECT.

'O O

O l .

'O

.O l O

A9 - 8

.O

!g

/

A9-24. EED ND: 206X-2134 O usD TITLE: MULTI-INPUT ANNUNCIATOR TILES LEGENDS DO NOT ADDRESS SPECIFIC CONDITIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MULTI INPUT ALARM ANNUNCIATORS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED BY THE HEDAT. ANNUNCIATORS WERE O FOUND TO FALL INTO ONE OF THE FOLLOWING

' CATEGORIES:

1) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT HAVE BACK UP INDICATION ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD.

O *

2) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT HAVE BACK UP INDICATION IN THE PLANT THAT IS EASILY DETERMINED BY THE AUXILIARY OPERATOR.

3) MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS THAT REQUIRE THE AUXILIARY OPERATOR TO PERFORM A STEP BY STEP

• O PROCEDURE TO IDENTIFY THE CAUSE OF THE ANNUNCIATION.

WHEN ONE CHANNEL OF A MULTI-INPUT ANNUNCIATOR SEALS IN DUE TO A COMPONENT FAILURE OR OTHEiR LONG TERM CAUSE, EXISTING PROCEDURES (OI-5 O AND AI-59) INSURE ISOLATION OF THAT CHANNEL SO THAT THE OTHER INPUTS CAN STILL ACTIVATE THE ANNUNCIATOR.

RESPONSE TIME REQUIREMENTS TO THE ABOVE CATEGORIES WERE FOUND TO BE ACCEPTABLE FOR O MITIGATING THE ALARMED CONDITIONS.

THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED COMPUTER INPUT IS NOT REQUIRED FOR MULTI INPUT ANNUNCIATORS.

O A9-25. BED NO: 206X-2135 BED TITLE: COORDINATE LABELS ON THE ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT BOXES LOCATED ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARDS AND THE SWITCH YARD PANEL ARE NOT PROVIDED.

O PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: COORDINATE LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A9 - 9 O

O A9-26. BED ND: 206X-2136 O BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT BOXES CONTAIN MORE THAN FIFTY TILES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TILES WITHIN AN ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT BOX IS 60. THERE IS NO O ROOM TO SPLIT THE ANNUNCIATOR BOXES.

COORDINATE LABELS WILL BE ADDED TO ASSIST

. OPERATORS IN LOCATING OR IDENTIFYING l ANNUNCIATOR TILES WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-i ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O i A9-27. HED NO: 20RS-2137 .

BED TITLE: NO SILENCE CONTROL IS PROVIDED FOR ANNUNCIATORS LOCATED ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN

.O PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE ACKNOWLEDGE AND SILENCE FUNCTIONS ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE SAME SWITCH. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THIS IS NOT A PROBLEM BECAUSE O THERE ARE ONLY THREE ANNUNCIATOR TILES ON THE PANEL, THEREFORE NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A9-28. BED NO: 20RS-2138

,0 BED TITLE: COORDINATE LABELS ON THE ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT l

BOXES. LOCATED ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL

! ARE NOT PROVIDED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: COORDINATE LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE lO.

LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

o A9 - 10 i

1

'O

t A9-29. BED NO: 20RS-2139 O BED TITLE: THE CHARACTER SIZE OF ONE ANNUNCIATOR TILE LOCATED ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL IS NOT i

CONSISTENT WITH OTHER ANNUNCIATOR TILES ON THE PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5

~O DISPOSITIOB: THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE THREE ANNUNCIATOR TILES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

o.

I

!O O

O

,0 .

O i A9 - 11 l

lO

'O-

.O BSEL2 HED

SUMMARY

CONTROLS f

APPEEIX A-10 O

A10-1. HED ND: 206X-3008 BED TITLE: CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED DISPLAYS NOT USED BY OPERATORS REMAIN ON THE CONTROL BOARD.

~

O PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

- APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A10-2. HED NO: 206X-3011 HED TITLE: NO FUNCTIO 14AL CODING TECHNIQUES HAVE BEEN APPLIED TO CONTROLS ON THE CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: SHAPE CODING OF CONTROL HANDLES HAS NOT BEEN APPLIED TO THE BSEP CONTROL PANELS. CHANGING SWITCH HANDLES WOULD REQUIRE CHANGING MOST OF THE CONTROL MODULES. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS IDENTIFYING THE SWITCHES USING THE LABELS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO O ACTION IS REQUIRED.

6 0

9 O

O A10 - 1 O

I O I l

A10-3. HED NO: 2061-3020 O BED TITLE: _AC.CIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE MSIV CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: MSIV PUSHBUTTONS ARE TEST SWITCHES AND ARE NORMALLY OPERATED DURING PERIODIC TESTING O ONLY. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE CHANCES OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION RESULTING IN A TRIP IS MINIMAL IF ONE OF THE PUSHBUTTONS IS MOMENTARILY ACTIVATED. UNDER NORMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS THE OPERATOR WOULD HAVE TO HOLD HIS FINGER ON MORE THAN ONE BUTTON O FOR A SCRAM TO OCCUR. THE OPERATOR WOULD ALSO GET AN ANNUNCIATOR INDICATING THE MSIV IS NOT FULLY OPENED.

THE MSIV CONTROL SWITCHES ARE COLOR CODED WITH RED HANDLES TO INDICATE TO THE OPERATOR O THAT THESE CONTROLS ARE SINGLE SCRAM POINTS.

THE CONTROLS ARE NOT LOCATED ON THE EDGE OF THE CONTROL BOARD. .

O A10-4. SED NO: 2063-3122 HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE RFP-A MGU CONTROLLER AND THE RFP-B MGU CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM. ,

. PRIORITY: 1

O DISPOSITION

THESE SWITCHES HAVE BEEN SCHEDULED TO BE REARRANGED TO CONFORM TO THE CONTROL ROOM.

CONVENTIONS WITHIN THE REARRANGEMENT OF RFP A AND B MGU CONTROLLERS PROJECT.

THE A & B DESIGNATORS HAVE BEEN HIGHLIGHTED -

.O ON THE NEW LABELS TO REDUCE THE PROBABILITY O .* SELECTING THE WRONG SWITCH DUE THE LABEL SIMILARITIES.

l O -

lO A10 - 2 10

O-A10-5. BED ND: 2063-3124 O '

BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE A & B RECIRCULATION SPEED CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS LOCATED ON THE EDGE OF BENCH O BOARD ON THE 603 PANEL. THE AUTOMATIC FUNCTION HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM THE CONTROLLER ON UNIT 2. THE CONYROLLER CAN ONLY BE OPERATED THROUGH THE MANUAL POTENTIOMETER WHICH DECREASES THE POTENTIAL FOR INADVERTENT ACTIVATION. THE UNIT 1 SWITCH WILL BE O MODIFIED PER A PLANT MOD.

A10-6. BED ND: 2063-3125 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE MASTER FW O CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLLER IS LOCATED ON THE EDGE OF BENCH BOARD. A GUARD RAIL WILL BE ADDED TO THE EDGE OF THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD WITHIN THE O CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT WHICH WILL HELP PREVENT ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE CONTROLLER.

AN OPERATOR AID WILL BE ADDED WITHIN THE OPERATOR AID PROJECT TO REMIND THE OPERATORS O THAT THIS CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM IF ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED.

O O

O A10 - 3 0

O A10-7. HED NO: 2063-3126 O ,

nED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE STARTUP LEVEL CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE SLIDE SWITCH ON THE CONTROLLER FROM MANUAL TO AUTO DURING O POWER OPERATIONS COULD CAUSE A TRIP IF THE VESSEL LEVEL IS BELOW THE SET POINT TAPE.

PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN MODIFIED SO THAT THE AUTOMATIC LEVEL SETPOINT IS THREE INCHES BELOW THE OPERATING LEVEL DURING POWER OPERATIONS, THEREFORE THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE lO IN CASE OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION BECAUSE THE STARTUP LEVEL CONTROL VALVE WILL REMAIN SHUT.

A10-8. HED NO: 206X-3153 O BED TITLE: CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROL' KNOB HEIGHT IS LESS THAN CRITERIA OF 3/4 INCH: KNOB IS 1/2".

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS OPERATING THE CONTROL KNOB, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED O NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

l l A10-9. BED NO: 20X2-3202 l

HED TITLE: POTENTIAL FOR SELECTING THE 480V BREAKER

!O CONTROLS INSTEAD OF THE PUMP CONTROLS BECAUSE OF THEIR DESIGN AND LOCATION ON PANEL XU-2.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: THESE 480V BREAKERS ARE FOR A REMOTE PUMPING I

STATION AT THE DISCHARGE CANAL AND ARE NOT O INTEGRAL OF THE PLANT 480V EQUIPMENT BUS.

THE CONSEQUENCE OF SELECTING THE WRONG CONTROLS WOULD CAUSE A 480V TRIP FOR THE REMOTE PUMPS ONLY, WHICH WOULD BE ANNUNCIATED. ANNUNCIATION IS ADEQUATE FEEDBACK OF CONDITIONS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT O DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O l

A10 - 4 O

4 4% '

O Al -10. BED NO: 20X2-3203 i O BED TITLE: POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF BUS COMMON B BREAKER CONTROLS DUE TO POSITION ON PANEL XU-2.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CONTROLS ARE NOT AT THE EDGE OF THE BOARD O THEREFORE THE HEDAT DOESN'T CONSIDER THE POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THIS l

CONTROL LIKELY.

O A10-11. BED NO: 20SY-3204 HED TITLE: POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF J-HANDLE CONTROLS ON THE EDGE OF THE SWITCHYARD PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: A RAIL WILL BE ADDED TO THE BENCHBOARD EDGE WITH THE CONTROL ROOM UPGRADE WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT.

10 A10-12.aED NO: 2263-3206 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORTED DIFFICULTY IN ACTIVATING THE REACTOR MODE SWITCH ON UNIT 2 BECAUSE OF HIGH TORQUE.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: THE TORQUE IS HEAVY BECAUSE OF THE NUMBER OF LEADS. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THIS IS NOT A PROBLEM SINCE THE HEAVY TORQUE WILL REQUIRE A DELIBERATF, ACTION TO INITIATE A TRIP.

O A10-13.HED NO

2061-3212 BED TITLE: HX INLET AND OUTLET VALVE CONTROL SWITCHES ARE KEY-LOCKED SWITCHES AND ARE INAPPROPRIATE FOR THE FUNCTION OF THE CONTROL.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PROCEDURES HAVE BEEN CHANGED TO REQUIRE THAT THE VALV3 IS LEFT IN THE OPEN POSITION TO ENSURE FLOW, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A KEY-LOCK SWITCH IS APPROPRIATE.

O A10 - 5 l

0

i O

A10-14. BED NO: 2063-3214

~O BED TITLE: SWITCH RESISTANCE IS TOO HIGH ON RFP A AND B CONTROL RESET SWITCHES ON PANEL 603.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS A LOCKOUT RELAY RESET SWITCH WITH A SPRING-LOADED TRIP FUNCTION. THIS O TYPE OF CONTROL HAS A GREATER RESISTANCE TO RESET THAN NORMAL CONTROL BOARD SWITCHES.

HIGH RESISTANCE DOES NOT SIGNIFICANTLY EFFECT RESETTING THIS CONTROL, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A10-15. BED NO: 2061-3215 BED TITLE: THERE IS AN INADEQUATE SUPPLY OF (.ONTROL ROOM EXTENSION CAPS USED ON THE SPRING-LOADED O MOMENTARY CONTACT ROTARY SWITCHES WHICH MAKE IT EASIER TO HOLD THE SWITCHES AGAINST THE SPRING TORQUE.

PRIORITY: 5 ISPOSITION: ADDITIONAL EXTENSION CAPS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED.

O A10-16. BED NO: 20X5-3218 BED TITLE: CONTROL MOVEMENT FOR SBGT DAMPER CONTROLS AND O INDICATION IS OPPOSITE OF CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPR PRIATE ACT-ION. -

O

.O O

A10 - 6

'O

O A10-17. BED NO: 206X-3219 O HED TITLE: CAC AND CAM OVERRIDE CONTROL SWITCHES ARE NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 .

DISPOSITION: THE UNIT 2 CONTROLS HAVE BEEN REARRANGED TO BE FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED. UNIT 1 CONTROLS O WILL BE REARRANGED LIKE UNIT 2 WITHIN THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION SCHEDULE.

A10-18. BED NO: 2063-3221 O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE REACTOR MODE SWITCH COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

l -

PRIORITY: 4 l

DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH'IS LOCATED ON THE VERTICAL SECTION OF THE PANEL. IT IS KEY LOCKED AND TORQUE IS

.O HEAVY SO THE CHANCES OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION IS NOT LIKELY. .

A10-19. BED NO: 20X1-3227

O aED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE EXCITER F'IELD BREAKER CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

I PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: CONTROLS ARE LOCATED ON THE TOP ROW OF XU-l PANEL BENCHBOARD. NO RAPID ACTION IS

.O REQUIRED IN THE USE OF THIS SWITCH, IT IS USED ONLY TO START UP THE TURBINE. THE SWITCH IS NOT LIKELY TO BE ACCIDENTALLY l . ACTIVATED THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A GUARD IS NOT REQUIRED.

O l

A10-20. BED NO: 20X2-3229 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF BREAKER CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

.O PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE SECOND, THIRD AND TOP ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE CONTROLS ARE WELL LOCATED AND THE CHANCE OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION IS NOT LIKELY, THEREFORE A GUARD IS NOT

O REQUIRED.

A10 - 7 O

O

l. A10-21.8ED NO: 20X2-3230 0 HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE A & B RFP SUCTION AND DISCHARGE VALVE CONTROL SWITCHES CGULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

i l PMORITY: 5

. DISPOSITION

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE A & B CONTROLS

,0 ARE WELL SEPARATED SO SELECTION OF THE WRONG CONTROL IS NOT LIKELY.

THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE TOP ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD SO THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE INADVERTENTLY ACTIVATED. ALSO, THE

,0 ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF ONE SWITCH WOULD NOT CAUSE A TRIP. TWO VALVE SWITCHES WOULD HAVE TO BE ACTIVATED TO CAUSE THE TRIP, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

o -

A10-22. BED ND: 20X2-3231 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE CONDENSER VACUUM BREAKER CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SHITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE TOP ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD AND ARE SURROUNDED BY BLANK

, MODULES SO THEY.ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE INADV::RTENTLY ACTIVATED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A10-23.HED ND: 20X2-3232 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE HEATER DRAIN PUMP CONTROL

• SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A O SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH DESIGN IS SUCH THAT A LOT OF TRAVEL IN THE SWITCH WOULD BE REQUIRED TO CAUSE A TRIP.

O IF THE WRONG SWITCH IS SELECTED THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR. IF THE OPERATOR TAKES NO ACTION TO THE ANNUNCIATOR IT WILL RESULT IN A TRIP. BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT O DETERMINED THAT A GUARD FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED.

A10 - 8 O

l l

LO 1

A10-24.HED NO: 20X2-3233 O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE FW HEATER BYPASS VALVE CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

i PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THESE SWITCHES CONTROL THROTTLE VALVES AND

~O CAN BE STOPPED AND CORRECTLY SELECTED IF THE SWITCH IS INADVERTENTLY ACTIVATED.

THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE TOP ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD SO THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE INADVERTENTLY ACTIVATED.

O IF THE WRONG SWITCH IS SELECTED THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR. IF THE OPERATOR i TAKES NO ACTION TO THE ANNUNCIATOR IT WILL RESULT IN A TRIP. BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT

O DETERMINED THAT A GUARD FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED. ,

A10-25.HED ND: 20X2-3234

'O HED TITLE: ACCIDE*4TAL ACTIVATION OF THE FW HEATER INLET AND OUTLET ISOLATION VALVE CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE FW HEATER INLET AND BYPASS VALVES ARE d THROTTLE VALVES AND CAN BE STOPPED AND CORRECTLY SELECTED IF THE SWITCH IS ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED. THE OPERATOR WOULD HAVE TO HOLD THE SWITCH IN THE WRONG POSITION -

TO CAUSE A SCRAM.

40 THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE SECOND ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD SO THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE INADVERTENTLY ACTIVATED.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A GUARD O FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED. )

O A10 - 9 10 l

i

.O l l l

! A10-26. BED NO: 20X2-3235 O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE RFP BYPASS CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED ON THE SECOND ROW OF THE BENCH BOARD SO THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE

O INADVERTENTLY ACTIVATED AND ARE USED ONLY DURING STARTUP OR SHUTDOWN, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.  ;

P

O A10-27.EED NO: 20X2-3236 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE FEEDWATER RECIRCULATION TO CONDENSER CONTROLLER COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.-

! PRIORITY: 4 O' DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLLER IS LOCATED ON VERTICAL SECTION OF THE PANEL. IT IS USED PRIMARILY DURING STARTUP. DURING POWER OPERATION THE FEEDWATER RECIRC VALVE IS ISOLATED BY MOV-FW-V10.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP lO IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED A GUARD FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED.

A10-28.EED NO: 20X2-3237

,0 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE MAIN TURBINE LUBE OIL TEMPERATURE CONTROLLER COULD RESULT ,

IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLLER IS LOCATED ON THE VERTICAL '

O SECTION OF THE PANEL THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE CHANCE OF A SCRAM IS NOT LIKELY.

IT WAS ALSO DETERMINED THAT INCORRECTLY ACTIVATING THE CONTROLLER COULD ONLY LEAD TO

O A SCRAM IF LEFT UNATTENDED AND THE OPERATOR DID NOT RESPONDED TO LUBE OIL AND BEARING ALARMS. THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

iO A10 - 10

O i

'O I

I A10-29.HED NO: 20X2-3238  ;

l O HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE CFD/CDD PRE / POST l FILTER CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCHES ARE LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE O BENCH BOARD AND ARE NOT GROUPED WITH OTHER CONTROLS THAT COULD BE INCORRECTLY SELECTED.

THE FILTERS ARE OPERATED AT RAD WASTE AND NOT USED BY CONTROL ROOM OPERATORS. THE PROBABILITY OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION WAS ESTIMATED TO BE REMOTE; THEREFORE THE HEDAT o DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

I A10-30.HED NO: 20X2-3239 HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE RBCCW HX CONTROL O SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A SCRAM COULD OCCUR ONLY IF THE OPERATOR DID NOT RESPOND TO THE ANNUNCIATOR AFTER THE INCORRECT SELECTION OF THE SWITCH. THE O ANNUNCIATOR WILL COME IN LONG BEFORE A SCRAM WOULD OCCUR.

BECAUSE THE . SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED A GUARD FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED.

O 9

O ,

O O

A10 - 11

.O l

'O AlO-31. BED ND: 20X2-3241

O BED TITLE

ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE MS-V28 CONTROL '

SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM l

PRIORITY: 1 l DISPOSITION: THESE SWITCHES HAVE BEEN SCHEDULED TO BE REARRANGED WITHIN THE REARRANGEMENT OF THE O RFP A AND B MGU CONTROLLERS AND MS-V28 CONTROL SWITCH PROJECT. THE SWITCH IS LOCATED NEXT TO THE DRAIN VALVE, WHICH IS USED FREQUENTLY.

. THE LABELS FOR THESE SWITCHES HAVE BEEN

O CHANGED TO AVOID CONFUSION IN THE SELECTION OF THE SWITCHES. AN OPERATOR AID WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE SWITCH WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT TO REMIND THE OPERATOR OF THE SINGLE SCRAM POINT.

.O ,

A10-32.EED ND: 20X2-3242 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE SW TO TBC.CW HXS CONTROL SWITCHES COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: IF THE WRONG SWITCH IS' SELECTED THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR INDICATING INCREASING TBCCW TEMPERATURE FROM NUMEROUS EQUIPMENT ,

ALARMS. THESE ALARMS WILL ALERT THE OPERATOR TO THE CONDITION PRIOR TO SIGNIFICANT O DETERIORATION Gs PLANT CONDITIONS. IF THE OPERATOR TAKES NO ACTION.TO THE ANNUNCIATORS IT WILL RESULT IN A TRIP. BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A GUARD. FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED.

O 10

O A10 - 12

.O

O A10-33.HED NO: 20X2-3243 O HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE SW TO CW PUMP CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

AN OPERATOR AID WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE SWITCH WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT TO REMIND THE OPERATOR OF THE SINGLE SCRAM POINT.

O A10-34.HED NO: 20X2-3244 HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE CSW PUMP CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

O .

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE CHANCE OF A TRIP IS NOT LIKELY. THE SWITCHES CONTROL THE THREE CSW PUMPS. TWO OR THREE PUMPS ARE NORMALLY RUNNING AND IT IS RARE TO HAVE TWO

.O PUMPS NOT RUNNING. BY PROCEDURE THE NON RUNNING PUMP IS PLACED IN AUTOMATIC, SO IT WILL START ON A CONV SW HDR LOW PRESSURE ALARM. IF THE THIRD PUMP WAS TURNED OFF AN ANNUNCIATOR WOULD COME IN. A TRIP WOULD RESULT IF TWO OF THE PUMPS ARE OFF AND THE O THIRD PUMP WAS TURNED OFF.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT' DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O .

O O

l O

A10 - 13 l

l

'O

'O i

A10-35. BED NO: 20X3-3245

'O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE RBCCW TO '

DRYWELL CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: IF THE SWITCH IS INCORRECTLY SELECTED THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR TO ALERT THE

.O OPERATOR TO THE SITUATION. IF THE OPERATOR TAKES NO ACTION TO THE ANNUNCIATOR IT WOULD EVENTUALLY RESULT IN A TRIP.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS

.O REQUIRED.

A10-36.HED NO: 20X8-3246 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE AOG SYS BYPASS

'O VLV CONTROL COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE AOG SYSTEM IS NORMALLY IN SERVICE, THEREFORE IT WAS DETERMINED THAT A SCRAM IS NOT LIKELY. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A TRIP O WOULD OCCUR IF THE AOG SYSTEM IS NOT IN SERVICE AND THE BYPASS VALVES WERE SHUT. IF THE VALVES WERE SHUT THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR TO ALERT THE OPERATOR TO THE SITUATION. IF THE OPERATOR TAKES NO ACTION TO THE ANNUNCIATOR IT WOULD EVENTUALLY RESULT O IN A TRIP.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP

. IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS l

REQUIRED.

O

,0 l0 A10 - 14 O

O A10-37.HED NO: 20X2-3247 O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE A-D CW PUMPS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: TWO PUMPS ARE NORMALLY RUNNING AND THE OTHERS CAN BE STARTED QUICKLY. IF A PUMP IS STOPPED O THE OPERATOR WILL GET AN ANNUNCIATOR TO ALERT THE OPERATOR TO THE SITUATION. IF THE OPERATOR TAKES NO ACTION TO THE ANNUNCIATOR IT WOULD EVENTUALLY RESULT IN A TRIP.

BECAUSE THE SCENARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP O IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10-38.HED NO: 20X2-3248 O aED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE CFD/CDD BYPASS

. CONTROLS COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCHES ARE CONTROLLERS AND KEY LOCKED.

A. TRIP WOULD OCCUR IF THE SYSTEM IS TAKEN OUT O OF SERVICE OR IF DURING STARTUP YOU OPEN THE BYPASS VALVES WITH THE SYSTEM IN SERVICE.

BECAUSE THE SCEITARIO THAT WOULD CAUSE A TRIP IS REMOTE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A GUARD FOR THESE SWITCHES IS NOT REQUIRED.

'O A10-39.HED NO: 20SY-3251 BED TITLE: KEY' SWITCH ORIENTATION AND KEY REMOVAL POSITIONS DO NOT MEET CRITERIA.

lO PRIORITY: 5 -.

DISPOSITION: KEYS ARE REMOVABLE ONLY IN THE CORRECT OR SAFE POSITION. SINCE THE CORRECT POSITION MAY BE ON-OFF, RUN, STOP CLOSED, OPEN, ETC.

. DEPENDING UPON PLANT CONDITIONS, THERE IS NO PRACTICAL WAY TO INSURE THAT THE lO KEY-REMOVABLE POSITION IS AT THE 12 O' CLOCK POSITION WITHOUT VIOLATING THE LEFT-RIGHT CONTROL CONVENTION.

O l

A10 - 15 O

O l

. A10-40. BED ND: 206X-3252 O BED TITLE: TWO POSITIONS FOR DISCRETE ROTARY CONTROLS ARE NOT USED ON PROCESS CONTROLLERS. l

, PRIORITY: 5

DISPOSITION: THESE CONTROL POSITIONS ARE NOT USED BY THE l OPERATORS, THEY ARE USED BY IEC, THEREFORE O THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

2 A10-41. BED NO: 206X-3255 BED TITLE: CONTROL MOVEMENT ON THE HPCI TURBINE

'O VIBRATION RANGE SELECTOR SWITCH DOES NOT CONFORM TO CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION.

i PRIORITY: 5 .

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

.O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A10-42. BED ND: 2163'3256 BED TITLE: KEY SWITCH POSITIONS ON THE RX MODE SWITCH

O AND THE SLC PUMP A & B SWITCH ARE NOT j LABELED..

PRIORITY: 5

! DISPOSITION: THIS HED REFERS TO A KEY-LOCK INSTALLED IN THE SHAFT OF THE LARGE BRASS, J-HANDLE O CONTROLS. IN GENERAL, THE KEY LOCK IS

, PRESENT TO INHIBIT ANY IMMEDIATE CONTROL I MOVEMENT.

POR THE STANDBY LIQUID CONTROL (SLC) PUMP A i

OR PUMP B START SELECTOR SWITCH, CONTROL CAN O .

ONLY BE LOCKED IN THE NEUTRAL POSITION, AND THE KEY CAN ONLY BE REMOVED IN THE LOCKED POSITION. THIS INHIBITS ANY HASTY DECISIONS TO START EITHER PUMP. THERE ARE NO REQUIREMENTS TO RAPIDLY START EITHER OF THESE PUMPS. THE HEDAT HAS DETERMINED THAT

.O ADDITI.,, OF A LOCKED-UNLOCKED LABEL TO THE KEY CYLINDER PORTION OF THIS J-HANDLE CONTROL WOULD BE OF NO OPERATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE; THEREFORE NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

4

FOR THE REACTOR MODE SWITCH THE FOLLOWING

O FUNCTIONS WERE IDENTIFIED

A10 - 16 1

O

IO

1) THE CONTROL CAN BE LOCKED AND THE KEY REMOVED IN THE RE-FUEL AND SHUTDOWN

O POSITIONS.

2) THE CONTROL CAN BE LOCKED BUT THE KEY CANNOT BE REMOVED IN THE STARTUP AND RUN POSITIONS. j

'O 3) IF LOCKED, THE KEY MUST BE UNLOCKED TO CHANGE THE CONTROL POSITION.

4) IF UNLOCKED, THE CONTROL MAY BE MOVED TO ANY OTHER POSITION.

O FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS INDICATES THAT CONDITION i 41 ABOVE, ACTS AS A SAFETY CRITICAL THINK FUNCTION AND CONDITION #2 ACTS AS A CAUTIONARY THINK FUNCTION FOR THE OPERATOR.

CONDITION #4 ALLOWS CONTROL ACTIVATION AND MOVEMENT FOR NORMAL CONDITIONS. THE HEDAT O HAS DETERMINED THAT ADDITION OF A LOCKED-

' UNLOCKED LABEL TO THE KEY CYLINDER PORTION OF i-THIS J-HANDLE CONTROL ~ WOULD BE OF NO OPERATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE; THEREFORE NO ACTION

IS REQUIRED.

O A10-43.EED NO: 20X2-3258 BED TITLE: SEPARATION BETWEEN ROTARY CONTROLS DOES NOT CONFORM TO SEPARATION CRITERIA OF ONE INCH:

SEPARATION IS 17/32" TO 3/4".

.O PRIORITY: 5 . .

DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE PROBABILITY OF I

ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION FOR THESE SWITCHES IS REMOTE. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THESE CONTROLS, THEREFORE iO ,

4'HE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10-44.EED M9: 2263-3259

, BED TITLE: POINTERS ARE MISSING ON CONTROL KNOB.

!O t

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: POINTERS WILL BE REPLACED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

A10 - 17 0

O A10-45.HED NO: 21X5-3260 O HED TITLE: THE MEANING OF THE BLUE COLORED HOLD DOWN NUT Is UNCLEAR.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THERE IS NO MEANING ASSOCIATED WITH THE BLUE HOLD DOWN NUT, THEREFORE IT WILL BE REPLACED O WITH A SILVER HOLD DOWN NUT WITHIN THE l CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT. j A10-46.HED NO: 20X2-3268

.O HED TITLE: DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT FOR COND DEMIN FILTER CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WIT 3IN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A10-47.HED NO: 20X3-3269 HED TITLE: DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT FOR COND - TRANSFER O PUMP CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITIONS.THE SWITCH POSITIONS ARE AUTO TO THE LEFT, OFF AT CENTER AND ON TO THE RIGHT. THE CONTROL POSITIONS RELATE TO THE SELECTION FOR iO THE MODE OF OPERATION. OFF IS IN THE CENTER

, SO THAT THE PUMP DOES NOT GO THROUGH AUTO BEFORE IT CAN BE TURNED OFF, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O o

l

'O A10 - 18 O

l

.J

O A10-48.HED NO: 206X-3270

O BED TITLE: DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT FOR VENTILATION FAN CONTROLS DOES NOT FOLLOW CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH POSITIONS ARE AUTO TO THE LEFT, OFF AT CENTER AND ON OR TEST TO THE RIGHT.

,0 THE CONTROL POSITIONS RELATE TO THE SELECTION FOR THE MODE OF OPERATION. OFF IS IN THE CENTER SO THAT THE FAN DOES NOT GO THROUGH AUTO BEFORE IT CAN BE TURNED OFF, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

10 FOR THE TB COOLING TOWER A (B) FANS SWITCH POSITIONS ARE RUN-OFF-AUTO-DEICE. THE CONTROL POSITIONS RELATE TO THE SELECTION FOR THE MODE OF OPERATION. OFF IS IN THE CENTER SO THAT THE FAN DOES NOT GO THROUGH AUTO BEFORE IT CAN BE TURNED OFF OR ON, THEREFORE O -

THE'HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

1 A10-49.HED ND: 20X3-3271 BED TITLE: DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT FOR EVAP COOLANT PUMP, O CONTROLS DOES 110T FOLLOW CONVENTION. .

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH POSITIONS ARE AUTO TO THE LEFT, i OFF AT CENTER AND ON TO THE RIGHT. THE CONTROL POSITIONS RELATE TO THE SELECTION FOR -

,O THE MODE OF OPERATION. OFF IS IN THE CENTER SO THAT THE PUMP DOES NOT GO THROUGH AUTO BEFORE IT CAN BE TURNED OFF,' THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O .

• A10-50.HED NO: 206X-3272 BED TITLE: POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF J-HANDLE CONTROLS AT LOWER EDGE OF BENCHBOARD.

PRIORITY: 3

O DISPOSITION: A GUARD RAIL WILL BE ADDED TO THE BENCH BOARD ,

4 WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT WHICH SHOULD HELP PREVENT ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THESE SWITCHES.

lO A10 - 19

O

O A10-51.HED NO: 206X-3273

.O BED TITLE: ROTARY CONTROL KNOBS DO NOT MEET POINTER LENGTH CRIT 3RIA OF ONE INCH: POINTERS ARE O.875~ INCHES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: POINTER LENGTH DEVIATES FROM CRITERIA BY 13%.

O POINTERS ARE CLEARLY VISIBLE AND THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS IDENTIFYING THE POINTER POSITION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A20-52.HED NO: 2061-3274 HED TITLE: MEDIUM-SIZED ROTARY CONTROL KNOBS DO NOT MEET POINTER LENGTH CRITERIA OF ONE INCH: POINTERS ARE 0.781 INCHES.

O PRIORITY

5 DISPOSITION: POINTER LENGTH DEVIATES FROM CRITERIA BY 22%.

POINTERS ARE CLEARLY VISIBLE AND THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS IDENTIFYING POINTER POSITION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT ETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A10-53.HED NO: 202X-3275 HED TITLE: KEY-OPERATED ROTARY CONTROLS DO NOT MEET MINIMUM DISPLACEMENT CRITERIA OF 80 DEGREES:

.O DISPLACEMENT IS 60 DEGREES.

PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: DISPLACEMENT DEVIATES FROM CRITERIA BY 25%.

I THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT ADJUSTMENTS WERE

! NOT NECES$ARY BECAUSE THE OPERATOR GETS.

O ADEQUATE FEEDBACK OF CONTROL MOVEMENT FROM THE RESISTANCE WITHIN THE SWITCH AND THE INDICATOR LIGHTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SWITCHES.

O O

A10 - 20 0

l

!O

! A10-54. BED ND: 206X-3276

.O aED TITLE: CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROLS DO NOT MEET MINIMUM HEIGHT CRITERIA OF 0.5 INCHES:

CONTROL HEIGHT IS 0.406 INCHES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CONTROL HEIGHT DEVIATES PROM CRITERIA BY 194.

O OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS OPERATING THESE CONTROLS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

i l

O A10-55. BED ND

22J2-3281 BED TITLE: PUSHBUTTONS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET MINIMUM SIZE CRITERIA: DIAMETER OF THE PUSHBUTTONS DEVIATES FROM CRITERIA BY 35 TO 68 PERCENT.

O- 'PRIO'RITY: 5' DISPOSITION: THE PUSBBUTTONS ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE OG 6 COMPUTER, WHICH IS NO LONGER USED. REMOVAL j OF THIS CONTROL HAS NOT BEEN RECOMMENDED AT l THIS TIME BECAUSE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY FOR j FUTURE USES. .

O A10-56.HED ND: 22X1-3282 HED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR SWITCH IS BENT AND TILTED TO

. . RIGHT SIDE.

• O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE AN$ UNCIA $R SWITCH HAS BEEN REPLACED.

O A10-57.HED ND

20X5-3283 RED TITLE: DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT FOR ROTARY CONTROLS ON PROCESS CONTROLLERS DO NOT CONFORM TO CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 3

-O DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLLER ENERGIZES A DC CONTROL CIRCUIT. THE VALVE POSITION IS CONTROLLED BY THE CONTROLLER'S-POSITION SELECTOR SWITCH AND A RESET PUSHBUTTON. THE DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT IS CLEARLY LABELED AND THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THIS

O CONTROLLER, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO i

ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10 - 21 l

0

'O A10-58. BED NO: 20J3-3284 l O BED TITLE: SPATIAL ARRANGEMENT OF PUSHBUTTONS AND  !

CONTROL POSITIONS FOR TOGGLE SWITCHES LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL DO NOT CONFORM TO CONTROL ROOM CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 l O DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS ARE USED FOR CALIBRATION PURPOSES ONLY, BY EERC, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A10-59. BED NO: 20J3-3285 BED TITLE: SEPARATION BETWEEN PUSHBUTTONS DCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL IS TOO SMALL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTONS HAVE GUARDS AROUND THEM.

O THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE IF THE PUSHBUTTON IS ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED; THE OPERATOR WILL RECEIVE AN ANNUNCIATOR ALARM ON THE MAIH CONTROL BOARD, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

!O A10-60. BED NO: 20J7-3286 BED TITLE: SEPARATION BETWEEN PUSHBUTTONS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL IS TOO SMALL.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTONS HAVE GUARDS AROUND THEM.

THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE IF THE PUSHBUTTON IS ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED, THE OPERATOR WILL RECEIVE AN ANNUNCIATOR ALARM ON THE MAIN

. CONTROL BOARD, THEREFORE THE.HEDAT DETERMINED (O NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

i A10-61. BED NO: 20J7- 3287 BED TITLE: CONTROL POSITIONS FOR TOGGLE SWITCHES LOCA"ED iO ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL DO NOT CONFORM TO CONTROL ROOM CONVENTIONS.

! PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE TOGGLE SWITCHES ARE USED FOR CALIBRATION PURPOSES ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED lO NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10 - 22 O

O l

l l

l A10-62.HED NO: 20F1-3288 O HED TITLE: THE 'OFF' OR ' SAFE' POSITION OF KEY OPERATED SWITCHES ON THE FIRE PANEL ARE NOT VERTICALLY ORIENTED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS A TWO POSITION SWITCH WITH O "OFF" TO THE LEFT AND "ON" TO THE RIGHT. THE SWITCH FOLLOWS THE LEFT/RIGHT CONVENTION FOR ROTARY SWITCHES. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THESE SWITCHES; THE POSITIONS ARE CLEARLY LABELED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS

.O REQUIRED.

A10-63. BED NO: 20RS--3289 BED TITLE: CONTROL POSITIONS FOR ROTARY SWITCHES LOCATED

-O, ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL DO NOT CONFORM TO THE CONTROL' ROOM CONVENTIONS.

! PRIORITY . 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

'O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

~

A10-64.HED NO: 20RS-3290 BED TITLE: KEY OPERATED SWITCHES LOCATED ON THE REMOTE O SHUTDOWN PANEL ARE ORIENTED SO THAT THE

' NORM' POSITION IS TO THE LEFT AND NOT LOCATED IN THE VERTICAL POSITION.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS A TWO POSITION SWITCH. THE O OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THESE SWITCHES; THE POSITIONS ARE CLEARLY LABELED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O .

O A10 - 23 10

- . ~ . _-.

O A10-65.HED NO: 22J6-3292

-O EED TITLE: THE "OFF" POSITION FOR A KEY OPERATED SWITCH LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL IS LOCATED TO THE LEFT, NOT LOCATED AT THE CENTER POSITION.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS A TWO POSITION SWITCH WITH O "OFF" TO THE LEFT AND "ON" TO THE RIGHT. THE SWITCH FOLLOWS THE LEFT/RIGHT CONVENTION FOR ROTARY SWITCHES. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THESE SWITCHES. THE POSITIONS ARE CLEARLY LABELED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS O REQUIRED.

t A10-66.HED NO: 22J5-3293 BED TITLE: THE "OFF" POSITION FOR A KEY OPERATED SWITCH O LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL IS LOCATED TO THE LEFT, NOT LOCATED AT THE CENTER POSITION. -

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCH IS A TWO POSITION SWITCH WITH "OFF" TO THE LEFT AND "ON" TO THE RIGHT. THE

.O SWITCH FOLLOWS THE LEFT/RIGHT CONVENTION FOR ROTARY SWITCHES. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE OPERATION OF THESE -

SWITCHES; THE POSITIONS ARE CLEARLY LABELED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10-67.HED NO: 2063-3363 BEL TITLE: THE RBM, APRM, AND FLOW BYPASS JOY STICK CONTROLS CAN BE SET AT UNUSED AND UNLABELED

O ' POSITIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 ,

DISPOSITION: THE UNUSED POSITION IS FUNCTIONALLY EQUIVALENT TO A CENTER SWITCH POSITION. -

THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE IF.THE SWITCH IS LEFT 10 IN THE UNUSED POSITION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

l-(O A10 - 24 O

O j

4 A10-68. BED ND: 2063-3401 O BED TITLE: POTENTIAL FOR ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF MANUAL REACTOR SCRAM PUSHBUTTONS ON PANEL 603.

i

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: BOTH PUSHBUTTONS HAVE TO BE ACTIVATED TOGETHER TO CAUSE THE SCRAM. PUSHBUTTONS ARE

O LOCATED ON THE BACK OF THE BENCH BOARD WHERE THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE ACCIDENTALLY l ACTIVATED. ACTIVATION OF EITHER SWITCH CAN i CAUSE ONLY HALF A SCRAM, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

lO A10-69. BED ND: 2263-3423 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE SELECT ROD i PUSHBUTTON ON UNIT 2 COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM

'Q PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTON IS LOCATED ON THE EDGE OF THE CONTROL BOARD AND IS GUARDED. THE SELECT ROD l INSERT (SRI) IS USED DURING HIGH POWER LEVELS

. ONLY (30% AND ABOVE) . USUALLY A DECREASE OF 10 TO 15% POWER IS DONE WITH USE OF THE SRI

-Q '

BUS. AN APRM SETDOWN IS ACTIVATED 30 SECONDS

,- AFTER AN SRI TO 90% POWER. THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

!O A10-70. BED ND: 20X1-3428 BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE EEC PRESSURE SET  !

INCREASE AND DECREASE PUSHBUTTONS COULD 1 RESULT IN A SCRAM.

P'RIORITY: 4 iO DISPOSITION: PUSHBUTTONS ARE LOCATED ON THE VERTICAL SECTION OF THE XU-1, NEXT TO VERTICAL METERS.

THEY ARE THE ONLY TWO PUSHBUTTONS IN THAT AREA, (OTHERS ARE INDICATOR LIGHTS) AND HAVE BEEN HIGHLIGHTED' TO DISTINGUISH THE LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS FROM LEGEND LIGHTS. A HIGH 10 PRESSURE ALARM WILL COME IN PRIOR TO REACHING i .A SCRAM SET POINT, THEREFORE THE HEDAT

DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O i A10 - 25

!O

,O A10-71. BED NO: 20X2-3449 O BED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE A & B RFP TRIP PUSHBUTTON COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE TRIP PUSHBUTTONS HAVE COVERS. THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ADDITIONAL ACTIONS IS

O REQUIRED.

A10-72.HED NO: 20X1-3450 HED TITLE: ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION OF THE TURBINE BYPASS O VALVE OPENING JACK PUSHBUTTON COULD RESULT IN A SCRAM.

, PRIORITY: 4 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTON IS LOCATED ON VERTICAL SECTION OF THE PANEL. THE PUSBBUTTON IS ONLY O OPERATED DURING STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN. THE OPERATOR WOULD HAVE TO HOLD HIS/HER FINGER ON PUSHBUTTON TO CAUSE TRIP. THE SWITCH IS NOT A SEAL IN SWITCH AND VARIOUS INDICATIONS WOULD ALERT THE OPERATOR TO AN INAPPROPRIATE ACTION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A

.O TRIP IS NOT LIKELY.

A10-73.HED NO: 206X-3461 HED TITLE: LEGEND INDICATOR LIGHTS AND PUSHBUTTONS ARE iO INDISTINGUISHABLE BY APPEARANCE.

PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTONS HAVE BEEN VISUALLY CODED WITH BLACK TRIANGLE IN THE CORNER.

O

,0 t

O A10 - 26 0

O A10-74. BED ND: 206X-3464 O HED TITLE: NO RAISED BARRIERS BETWEEN LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS, AND PUSHBUTTON SURFACES ARE NOT CONCAVE OR SLIP RESISTANT.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: EACH PUSHBUTTON WAS EVALUATED TO DETERMINE O THE CONSEQUENCE OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION.

BASED ON THIS EVALUATION THE HEDAT DETERMINED THE FOLLOWING:

THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE OF ERROR FOR THE ESF STATUS, AND THE EVACUATION ALARMS. THE UNIT O CONTROLLER AND THE MODE SELECTOR ARE NOT USED.

THE SPEED SET PUSHBUTTONS COULD EVENTUALLY RESULT IN A TURBINE TRIP IF ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED. THE OPERATOR CAN IMMEDIATELY O UNSELECT THE PUSHBUTTON WITH NO CONSEQUENCE TO PLANT OPERATIONS.

IF THE MECHANICAL TRIP AND BYPASS VALVE OPENING JACK PUSHBUTTONS ARE ACCIDENTALLY ACTIVATED AN ANNUNCIATOR WOULD COME IN.

O THESE PUSHBUTTONS ARE ALSO INDICATOR LEGEND LIGHT PUSHBUTTONS WHICH WILL COME ON WHEN THE PUSHBUTTON IS ACTIVATED.

BOTH OF THE MASTER. TRIP SOLENOID PUSHBUTTONS .

HAVE TO BE SELECTED AT THE SAME TIME TO CAUSE

.O A TRIP.

THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE PUSHBUTTONS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O .

O A10 - 27 0

I O

A10-75.HED NO: 206X-3477 O BED TITLE: LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS DO NOT MEET WIDTH AND DEPTH CRITERIA FOR BARRIERS BETWEEN PUSHBUTTONS AND THE PUSHBUTTONS DO NOT MEET FORCE AND DISPLACEMENT CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THERE IS NO CONSEQUENCE OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION FOR EACH OF THE GROUPS OF PUSHBUTTONS. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE FORCE REQUIRED TO OPERATE THE PUSHBUTTONS. EACH OF THE PUSHBUTTONS HAVE AN AUDIBLE CLICK WHEN THEY O ARE ACTIVATED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A10-76.HED NO: 206X-3479 O BED TITLE: ROUND PUSHBUTTONS EXCEED MAXIMUM FORCE CRITERIA. -

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTONS EXCEED THE FORCE CRITERIA BY 3% TO 80%. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS

'O OPERATING THESE PUSHBUTTONS. THE HEAVY FORCE REQUIRED HELPS REDUCE THE PROBABILITY OF ACCIDENTAL ACTIVATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

lO A10-77.EED NO: 206X-3480 HED TITLE: LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS DO NOT MEET MINIMUM SIZE '

CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: PUSHBUTTONS DEVIATE FROM CRITERIA BY 4% TO 25%. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS SELECTING THESE PUSHBUTTONS AND EACH TYPE OF PUSHBUTTON HAS AN AUDIBLE CLICK TO INDICATE THE PUSHBUTTON.HAS BEEN ACTIVATED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A10 - 28 O

'O A10-78.EED NO: 20X1-3565 O BED TITLE: THUMBWHEEL DIGITS ARE NOT DARK LETTERS ON A WHITE BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A10-79.HED NO: 206X-3581 HED TITLE: THUMEWHEEL ON PROCESS CONTROLLERS DO NOT MEET O FORCE CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MAXIMUM FORCE CRITERIA IS 20 OUNCES. FORCE IS 40 OUNCES ON ALL THE THUMBWHEELS BUT ONE, WHICH FORCE IS 72 OUNCES. THIS THUMBWHEEL O WILL BE FIXED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

THE EXTRA FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE THESE CONTINUOUS ROTARY THUMBWHEELS HELP DECREASE THE PROBABILITY OF ACCIDENTAL MOVEMENT. THE O OPERATORS REPORT THEY HAVE NO PROBLEMS OPERATING THE THUMBWHEELS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

O O

A10 - 29 O

O  !

-O BSEP BED

SUMMARY

DISPLAYS APPENDIX A-ll

'O All-1. HED NO: 206x-2003 HED TITLE: DISPLAY FAILURE MAY NOT BE APPARENT BECAUSE INSTRUMENTS DO NOT ALWAYS FAIL OFF-SCALE.

O PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE DISPLAY FAILURE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

LO All-2. HED NO: 206x-2080 -

BED TITLE: TYPEWRITTEN OR HANDWRITTEN IMPERMANENT LABELS ON SCALE FACES OR FRAMES.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDU.CTED WITHIN THE O INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

All-3. HED NO: 2061-2201 lO BED TITLE: LOW PRESSURE, NARROW-RANGE INDICATION TO SUPPORT DRYWELL PRESSURE RECORDER IS NOT AVAILABLE ON PANEL 601. ,

PRIORITY: 2 .

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

.O COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O O

l All - 1

O

'O I

All-4. HED NO: 2063-2202 i

.O SED TITLE: ZONE-CODING HAS NOT BEEN PROVIDED ON THE REACTOR WATER LEVEL SCALE ON PANEL 603.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITIOWs A NEW ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING O TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE CONTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE NEW ZONE

'O CODING PROJECT.

A11-5. HED NO: 206X-2209 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORTED THAT ZONE CODING ON SOME O METER SCALES IS NEEDED TO ENHANCE OPERATOR PROFICIENCY IN MONITORING SCALES FROM A DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 3

. DISPOSITION: A NEW ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED

'O WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE CONTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL i BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE lO WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE NEW ZONE CODING PROJECT.

i lO All-6. asD NO: 20J4-2211

! HED TITLE: REDUNDANT INDICATION FOR RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL IS NOT PROVIDED IN THE CONTROL ROOM. .

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: POINTS USED IN EMERGENCIES WILL BE DUPLICATED ON ERFIS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT ADDITIONAL INDICATION IS NOT.NECESSARY.

O All - 2

'O

O i

~

O All-7. HED NO: 206X-2220' HED TITLE: POINTERS OBSCURE MARKS OR NUMBERS ON VERTICAL METER SCALES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: SCALES ARE READABLE WITH NEGLIGIBLE

'g OBSTRUCTION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

All-8. HED NO: 206X-2221

'O HED TITLE: POINTERS ARE MOUNTED TOO FAR FROM SCALES ON VERTICAL METERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: SCALES ARE READABLE TO THE DEGREE OF ACCURACY REQUIRED, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO O ACTION IS REQUIRED. i,

. \

All-9. HED NO: 206X-2222 HED TITLE: MULTISCALE METERS ARE NOT CODED FOR PARAMETER O IDENTIFICA' TION.

PRIORITY: 5

. DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE TURBINE VIBRATION IO METER.

THE SHAFT VOLTAGE METER HAS AN ASSOCIATED l SELECTOR SWITCH. FOR RANGE SELECTION WHICH WAS DETERMINED BY THE HEDAT TO BE ADEQUATE FOR PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION SINCE THE SELECTOR O IS LOCATED CLOSE TO THE I@ICATOR.

1

'O O

I All - 3

'O

.O All-10. BED NO: 206X-2223

-O BED TITLE: INFORMATION REQUIRED TO USE SCALES IS MISSING; MINUS SIGNS ARE MISSING FROM i NEGATIVE VALUES ON LOWER PORTION OF SCALES.  !

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: FOR THE TURBINE STOP/ CONT VALVE METERS, THE

'O NULL (ZERO) INDICATION IS THE PRIMARY INDICATION. DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT AGREES WITH CONVENTION AND APPEARS ADEQUATE TO INDICATE DIRECTION OF DEMAND SIGNAL SENT TO VALVES (i.e. UP FOR OPEN, DOWN FOR CLOSE) .

FOR THE VAR METERS, THE METERS INDICATE THE

~O RELATIVE LEAD / LAG OF THE VOLTAGE TO CURRENT.

MINUS LABELS WOULD BE INCORRECT AND MISLEADING, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A11-11.EED NO: 206X-2225 BED TITLE: POOR CONTRAST BETWEEN POINTER COLOR AND ZONE-CODING.

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: THE REACTOR WTR LEVEL METERS HAVE BEEN REPLACED.

A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT'TO DETERMINE 'THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE OTHER SCALES.

lO 1

O

.O -

O All - 4 O

i

O All-12. BED ED: 206X-2226 O BED TITLE: MORE THAN 9 GRADUATIONS BETWEEN NUMERALS ON METER SCALFS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE CDD DELTA PRESS AND CFD DELTA PRESS INDICATORS ARE REDUNDANT TO PRIMARY

'O INDICATIONS IN RADWASTE AND ARE FOR OPERATOR INFORMATION ONLY.

NO PRECISE READINGS ARE TAKEN ON THE BATTERY CHARGERS.

,0 A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE REPLACEMENT PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE PERCENT POWER AND SUPPRESSION POOL PRESSURE INDICATORS.

iO ALL OTHERS WERE DETERMINED TO BE' READABLE TO THE DEGREE OF ACCURACY REQUIRED AND OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE SCALES.

=

O All-13. BED NL: 2063-2227 BED TITLE: STROKE WIDTHS OF GRADUATION MARKS ON THE -

PERCENT POWER METERS DO NOT MEET CRITERIA:

GRADUATION MARKS ARE EITHER TOO WIDE OR TOO

NARROW.

O PRIORITY: 5

, DISPOSITION: A WORK RECUEST HAS BEEN WRITTEN TO CLEAN THE ,

METER POINTERS AND SCALE FACES WITHIN THE

, CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT WHICH'SHOULD l IMPROVE THE CONTRAST BETWEEN THE SCALE AND THE POINTER AND MAKE THE SCALES EASIER TC lO READ. -

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THE SCALES, ONCU CLEANED, WOULD BE READABLE TO THE ACCURACY REQUIRED.

!O 1

l l

l O

All - 5 O

O All-14. BED ND: 206X-2228 O BED TITLE 2 SCALE VALUES DO NOT P? OGRESS BY '1, 2, 5 OR 10.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE INDICATOR HAVE SCALES THAT ARE MULTIPLES OF 2,5 OR 10 AND ARE NOT USED IN EMERGENCY

.O OPERATIONS. ,

A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE CIRC WATER DEBRIS FILTER DELTA PRESSURE INDICATOR.

All-15. BED NO: 206X-2230 RED TITLE: METER SCALE LABELS DO NOT MEET READABILITY CRITERIA.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: EXCEPT FOR THE IMPERMANENT' LABELS ON PANEL XU-80 METERS AND THE SCALES ON THE COOLER CONDENSER GLYCOL TEMPERATURE (CCGT) METERS, THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING.THE O INDICATORS TO THE DEGREE OF ACCURACY REQUIRED. A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE XU-80 AND CCGT METERS.

O

+

All-16. BED NO: 206X-2234 BED TITLE: POINTERS ARE MOUNTED TOO FAR FROM FACE AND MAY CAUSE PARALLAX. .

!O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT ERROR INDUCED BY PARALLAX ON THESE TWO METERS, THEREFORE NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O

O I

All - 6 O

O All-17. BED NO: 2063-2236 O BED TITLE: SCALE DESIGN MAY NOT DISPLAY VALUES IN THE MOST USABLE FORM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: NEW METERS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED WITH SCALES THAT DISPLAY THE REQUIRED VALUES.

O All-18. BED NO: 2063-2238 BED TITLE: DECIMAL POINTS ARE SMALLER THAN CRITERIA ON METER SCALE FACES. ,

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS REPORT NO PROBLEMS READING THE DECIMAL POINTS ON THESE METERS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

.O ,

A11-19. BED NO: 206X-2239 BED TITLE: MANUFACTURER'S TRADEMARK IS DISPLAYED ON SCALE FACE.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: TRADEMARKS ARE SMALL AND DO NOT INTERFERE WITH THE READABILITY OF THE INDICATOR, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O All-20. BED NO: 20X1-2240 BED TITLE: ZONE BANDS ON SCALES ARE CODED DANGER INSTEAD OF CAUTION. .

lO PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A NEW ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE COhTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM O WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE ZONE CODING PROJECT.

t lo l

All - 7 O

i

O i

All-21. BED NO: 206X-2241 O HED TITLE: ZONE CODING FOR DANGER AREA / CRITICAL AREAS ON SCALES HAS FADED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A NEW ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING O TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE CONTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE ZONE

.O CODING PROJECT.

All-22. BED NO: 206X-2242 BED TITLE: HORIZONTAL TYPE METER LABELS AND SCALES DO O NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION OPERATORS REPORT NO PROBLEMS READING THE LABELS AND SCALES ON THE HORIZONTAL METERS, O EXCEPT FOR THE CFD/CDD DEEP BED DEMIN AND THE CFD/CDD FILTER DEMIN METERS ON PANEL XU-2.

THESE INDICATORS ARE USED FOR STATUS INDICATION ONLY. THE CFD/CDD FILTERS ARE CONTROLLED BY THE RADWASTE CONTROL ROOM.

THESE METERS ARE NOT USED IN EMERGENCY

.O OPERATIONS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

l A11-23.HED NO: 206X-2244 O HED TITLE: NUMERALS ARE ON SAME SIDE OF MARKS AS POINTER.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE METERS AS ALL NUMERALS CAN BE READ ACCURATELY WHEN O THE POINTER IS SUPERIMPOSED OVER THEM, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All - 8 O

O-l A11-24.HED NO: 20X5-2245 O BED TITLE: ZONE BANDS ON SCALES ARE CODED WRONG COLOR FOR CAUTION.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A NEW ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING O TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE CONTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE ZONE O CODING PROJECT.

A11-25.HED NO: 20X4-2246 HED TITLE: , SCALE VALUES INCREASE IN COUNTER - CLOCKWISE O, - DIRECTION FOR SCALES LOCATED ON RELAYS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: SCALES ARE AN INDUSTRY STANDARD. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THUSE SCALES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

!O A11-26.HED NO: 206X-2264 HED TITLE: POINTERS PARTIALLY COVER MARKS ON PROCESS CONTROLLER HORIZONTAL METER SCALES.

.O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BASED ON HEDA'f REVIsW PARTIAL OVERLAP DOES NOT HINDER ACCURATE READING.

'O - A11-27.HED NO: 206X-2265 HED TITLE: LABELS WITHIN SCALES ON PROCESS CONTROLLER METERS DO NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING l DISTANCE.

'O PRIORITY: 5 ,

DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE PROCESS CONTROLLER METER SCALES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All - 9 O

O A11-28.HED NO: 206X-2266 O HED TITLE: POINTERS ARE MOUNTED TOO FAR FROM SCALES ON PROCESS CONTROLLERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE SCALES TO THE DEGREE OF ACCURACY REQUIRED. THE

O POINTER TO SCALE GAPS RANGE FROM 3/64 TO 3/32 INCHES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A11-29.EED NO: 2063-2269 HED TITLE: MINUS SIGNS MISSING FROM NEGATIVE VALUES ON HORIZONTAL METERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HEDAT REVIEW INDICATES THAT PRIMARY USE OF O DEVIATION METERS IS TO ALIGN MANUAL AND AUTO MODES ON THE CONTROLLER OUTPUT. ZERO POSITION IS THE OPEEATOR INFORMATION CRITERIA. LEFT-RIGHT POINTER MOVEMENT DOES NOT NECESSARILY INDICATE POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE VALUES. LABELING THESE WOULD BE INACCURATE O AND MOVEMENT IS CONSISTENT FOR THE CONTROLLED PARAMETER,.THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-30.HED NO: 206X-2270 HED TITLE: PROCESS CONTROLLERS HAVE FIXED POINTER / MOVING SCALE METERS. .

PRIORITY: .5 DISPOSITION: MOVING SCALE ONLY MOVES WHEN SET POINTS ARE

'O ADJUSTED. POINTER DOES DEFLECT TO SHOW SET POINT DEVIATIONS. MOVING SCALE IS APPROPRIATE FOR THIS FUNCTION, THEREFORE THE

. HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O l

All - 10 0

O l

l l

A11-31. BED NO: 21X5-2271 '

O asD TITLE: DECIMALS PRECEDING NUMBERS ARE DIFFICULT TO SEE ON VERTICAL METERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LENSES HAVE BEEN CLEANED AND THE DECIMAL POINTS PRECEDING NUMBERS ARE READABLE AT THE

~O REQUIRED VIEWING DISTANCE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A11-32. BED NO: 20J7-2272 O aED TITLs: CALIBRATION STICKERS ARE PLACED ON THE FACES OF METERS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A PERMANENT LABEL WILL BE PROVIDED ON THE PANEL WHICH CONTAINS A STANDARDIZED PLACE FOR O THE CALIBRATION STICKERS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A11-33.HED NO: 22J5-2273 - .

O BED TITLE: MAJOR GRADUATIONS NO.T NUMBERED ON LOWER

• SCALES OF THE VICTOREEN MONITORS LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL.

4 PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MAJOR GRADUATIONS FOR THE' LOWER SCALE ARE O DETERMINED BY THE RANGE SELECTOR. FULL SCALE

. OF 10 TO 10**7 IS NORMALLY USED. WHEN MORE ACCURATE READINGS ARE REQUIRED THE LOWER SCALE IS USED WHICH SPANS ONLY FOUR. DECADES.

THE GRADUATIONS OF THE SCALE ARE DETERMINED BY THE SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION. THE HEDAT

O DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O .

t l

l

o i

All - 11 O

O  !

All-34.EED NO: 20X2-2277

'O BED TITLE: FRAME PARTIALLY OBSCURES FUNCTION LABELS ON HORIZONTAL METERS ON PANEL XU-2.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: CDD/CFD DELTA PRESSURE METERS ARE FOR OPERATOR INFORMATION ONLY. RAD WASTE CONTROL O ROOM NORMALLY OPERATES THESE FILTER CONTROLS.

THE CONTROL ROOM ALSO'HAS DELTA PRESSURE ANNUNCIATION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O THE SCALES ARE SCHEDULED TO BE REPLACED WITHIN THE DIESEL GENERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATION PROJECT.

o A11-35. BED NO: 206X-2281 HED TITLE: LABEL LETTERS ON SCALES ARE NOT SIMFLE, BLOCK STYLE AND HAVE VARYING LETTER WIDTHS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS REPORT NO PROBLEMS READING THE

-O SCALE LABELS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

All-36.HED NO: 206X-2282

.O BED TITLE: FRONT FACED TYPE METER LABELS AND SCALES DO NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA, BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HEDAT REVIEW INDICATES LABELS AND SCALES ARE READABLE AND ADEQUATE. NONE OF THESE METERS

.O ARE USED DURING EMERGENCY /OFF NORMAL OPERATIONS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO i ACTION IS REQUIRED. .

.O

O All - 12

!O

O )

l A11-37. BED NO: 206X-2283

,0 aED TITLE: CIRCULAR TYPE METER LABELS AND SCALES DO NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE

,O METERS. THE HEDAT REVIEWED ALL SCALES AND VERIFIED SCALES COULD BE READ TO ACCURACY REQUIRED AT THE REQUIRED VIEWING DISTANCE, l THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS '

REQUIRED.

1

O All-38. BED ND: 206X-2285 HED TITLE: VALUES ON DIESEL GENERATOR METER SCALES DO NOT BEGIN AT ZERO AND SCALE PROGRESSIONS ARE i

BY 0.5.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SCALES ARE SCHEDULED TO BE REPLACED WITHIN THE DIESEL GENERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATION PROJECT.

O .

A11-39. BED ND

20J2-2287-BED TITLE: GRADUATION MARKS ON CIRCULAR METER SCALES FOR METERS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE-ALL THE SAME LENGTH.

!O *

, PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE MAJOR GRADUATION'ARE MARKED WITH TRIANGLES AT NUMBERED MARKS. OPERATORS HAVE :

- NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE METER SCALES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS O REQUIRED.

I ,

! All-40.HED NO: 20J2-2289

, HED TITLE: NUMERALS ARE NOT PROVIDED ON METER SCALES FOR

O METERS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3

, DISPOSITION: METERS WILL BE REPLACED WITH DIGITAL READOUTS UNDER THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION PROJECT.

O All - 13 lO i

l io  !

l All-41. BED ND: 20J1-2291

O BED TITLE: UNITS LABEL (MR/HR) WITHIN METERS LOCATED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL ARE NOT CONSISTENT WITH OTHER METERS ON THE PANEL; SOME LABELS ARE LOWER CASE LETTERS.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE LABELS; LABELS ARE CLEAR AND EASILY READABLE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O

All-42. BED ND

20J1-2292 BED TITLE: GE MANUFACTURER'S LABELS ARE INCLUDED ON METERS LOCATED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 -

~O DISPOSITION: THE MANUFACTURE.R'S LABEL DOES NOT OBSCURE LABELS OR INTERFERES WITH THE READING OF THE LABELS ON THE COMPONENTS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

lO' All-43. BED ND: 20J1-2293 BED TITLE: METER SCALES DO NOT HAVE INTERMEDIATE

! GRADUATION MARKS FOR METERS LOCATED ON THE '

3 P-600 BACK PANEL.

'O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: ACCURATE READINGS ARE NOT REQUIRED USING

. THESE SCALES. BECAUSE THESE SCALES ARE

INDUSTRY STANDARD LOG SCALES FOR RADIATION l MONITORS, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS

REQUIRED. -

lO All-44.5ED NO: 20J4-2295 -

BED TITLE: TRADEMARK LABELS ARE ON COMPONENTS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL.

O ,

J' PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE TRADEMARK LABEL DOES NOT OBSCURE LABELS OR INTERFERE WITH THE READING OF LABELS ON THE COMPONENTS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All - 14 O

O All-45.HED NO: 20J3-2296 m HED TITLE: CALIBRATION STICKERS ARE PLACED ON THE FACES OF METERS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A PERMANENT LABEL WILL BE PROVIDED ON THE PANEL WHICH CONTAINS A STANDARDIZED PLACE FOR O THE CALIBRATION STICKERS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

q All-46.EED NO: 20J2-2299 HED TITLE: MANUFACTURER'S TRADEMARK ON METERS FACES ON METERS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE MANUFACTURER'S LABEL DOES NOT OBSCURE g LABELS OR INTERFERES WITH THE READING OF THE LABELS ON THE COMPONENTS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

'O All-47.HED NO: 206X-2348 HED TITLE: THE COLOR OF INDICATOR LIGHTS IS NOT CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: UNCLEAR COLOR IDENTIFICATION WAS DUE TO FADED g BOOTS. ALL IDENTIFIED FADED BOOTS WERE REPLACED. REPLACEMENT BOOTS HAVE BEEN MADE AVAILABLE TO THE OPERATORS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

~O All-48.HRD NO: 206X-2349 HED TITLE: THE SPLITS WITHIN THE LEGEND INDICATORS LIGHT WINDOWS DO NOT CORRESPOND TO THE SWITCH POSITION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE INCORRECT SPLITS IN THE INDICATOR LIGHTS HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AND WILL BE CORRECTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

'O All - 15

,0

.O-A31-49. BED ND: 206X-2351

O BED TITLE: SIMPLE INDICATOR LIGHTS APPEAR TOO DIM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE INCORRECT VOLTAGE / AMPERE BULBS HAVE BEEN ,

REPLACED WITH CORRECT BULBS. AN OPERATOR AID THAT IDENTIFIES WHICH BULB GOES IN EACH i O SOCKET HAS BEEN PROVIDED.

All-50. BED ND: 20SY-2352 BED TITLE: FUNCTION OF THE " VOLT" SIMPLE INDICATOR O LIGHT ON THE SWITCHYARD PANEL IS NOT CLEAR.

PRIORITY

5 DISPOSITION: THE TRAINING DEPARTMENT HAS INCLUDED THE PURPOSE AND MEANING OF THIS SIMPLE INDICATOR INTO THEIR LESSON PLAN FOR PLANT ELECTRICAL

o SYSTEMS.

All-51. BED ND: 206X-2372 BED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHTS DO NOT FOLLOW CONTROL ROOM 1 CONVENTION TO ENGRAVE INDICATOR LIGHTS.

"O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: COLOR CODING, POSITION CODING AND THE CLOSE PROXIMITY OF CONTROL SWITCH LABELS FURNISH ADEQUATE *INFORMATION TO THE OPERATOR.

. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH IDENTIFYING

g THE STATUS OF THE EQUIPMENT, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

1 All-52. BED ND: 20X5-2375 . .

O BED TITLE

INDICATOR / LEGEND LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE.

I PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THESM LIGHTS HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM THE BOARD.

!O

.O l

All - 16 I

lO

.O A11-53. BED NO: 20X5-2376

'O BED TITLE: ACTIVATION OF AUTO MODE IS NOT INDICATED IN DISPLAY.

PRIORITY: 5

, DISPOSITION: THE CONTROL HAS BEEN REMOVED FORM THE BOARD.

'O All-54. BED NO: 22X3-2389 l BED TITLE: ENGRAVED HORIZONTAL SPLIT ACROSS INDICATOR LIGHT IS NOT IN PROPER PLACE AND LIGHT IS ENGRAVED IN A NON-CONVENTIONAL MANNER.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE LEGEND LIG51T WILL BE RE-ENGRAVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

'O All-55. BED NO: 20J7-2390 BED TITLE: MISSING INDICATOR LENSES, PUSHBUTTON COVERS; INDICATOR BULB MISSING ON PANEL XU-61.

PRIORITY: 5 lQ DISPOSITION: MISSING COMPONENTS WILL BE REPLACED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

All-56. BED NO:

20X5-2405 O BED TITLE: BUILDING EXHAUST AND STACK FLOW MULTIPLE SCALE RECORDER IS CONFUSING AND DIFFICULT TO READ.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: REDUNDANT INDICATION WILL BE AVAILABLE ON

O ERFIS.

A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O .

'O All - 17

O All-57.EED NO: 20X5-2406 l O BED TITLE: SCALE DESIGN MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE FOR l INTERPRETING TURB BLDG STACK EXHAUST FLOW ON '

PANEL XU-51.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: REDUNDANT INDICATION WILL BE AVAILABLE ON O ERFIS.

A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O All-58.HED NO: 21X3-2407 BED TITLE: THE UNIT 1 STACK RADIATION MONITOR MULTIPLE SCALE RFCORDER ON PANEL XU-3 IS DIFFICULT TO READ AND INTERPRET.

'O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE RECORDER SCALE WILL BE REPLACED WITHIN -

THE CURRENT MODIFICATION PROJECT.

PARAMETERS DISPLAYED ON THIS RECORDER WILL O ALSO BE AVAILABLE ON ERFIS.

All-59. BED N0is 20X1-2408 BED TITLE: TURBINE SPEED RECORDER LOCATED ON PANEL XU-l O IS DIFFICULT TO READ AND INTERPRET.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A CLEAR AND PRECISE OPERATOR AID HAS BEEN PROVIDED FOR THIS RECORDER. THE HEDAT HAS

. DETERMINED THE SCALE IS ADEQUATE FOR THE

.O REQUIRED USE WITH THIS AID.

O O

All - 18

O

g

, All-60. BED ND: 20J4-2410 O BED TITLE: RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL

, WHICH MUST BE VERIFIED AND SERVICED BY '

OPERATORS ARE NOT LOCATED IN THE PRIMARY CONTROL ROOM AREA.  ;

PRIORITY: 3

O DISPOSITION: SERVICING THE RECORDERS IS AN OPERATOR ASSIGNED DUTY AND THE OPERATOR IS RELIEVED FROM DUTY BEFORE GOING BACK TO THE BACK '

PANEL. TECH. SPEC. REQUIRE OPERATORS TO SIGN OFF RECORDERS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

All-61. BED NO: 20J2-2412 BED TITLE: STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR RAD MONITOR ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL IS DIFFICULT TO READ AND TO O INTERPRET.

r i

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR RAD MONITORS ARE BEING REPLACED UNDER THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION PROJECT. THESE REPLACEMENTS WILL HAVE

O DIGITAL LCD READOUTS AND A BARGRAPH FUNCTION.

A11-62. BED ND ' 20X3-2413

• i BED TITLE: RECORDER DESIGN FOR SUPPRESSION POOL lO TEMPERATURE MONITORS IS DIFFICULT TO READ.

l

PRIORITY

2 l

DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE i INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O I

All-63. BED NO: 206X-2414 .

BED TITLE: DAMAGED WINDOWS AND SCALES ON RECORDERS HAVE t NOT BEEN REPLACED OR REPAIRED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: DAMAGED SCALES AND WINDOWS WILL BE REPAIRED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

O I

All - 19

O All-64.HED NO: 2061-2415 O HED TITLE: NARROW-RANGE INDICATION TO SUPPORT REACTOR WATERS LEVEL CONTROL IS NOT PROVIDED ON PANEL 601. ,

1 PRIORITY: 2 ]

DISPOSITION: THE REACTOR WATER LEVEL RECORDER HAS BEEN j

.O SCHEDULED FOR RELOCATION WITHIN THE RELOCATION OF REDUNDANT REACTOR VESSEL INDICATION PROJECT. THE HEDAT VERIFIED THAT THIS RECORDER WILL PROVIDE INDICATION TO SUPPORT REACTOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL ON PANEL 601.

O l All-65.HED NO: 2163-2416 l HED TITLE: RWCU INLET / OUTLET CONDUCTIVITY RECORDERS ON

, UNIT 1 REQUIRE FREQUENT MAINTENANCE AND O SHOULD BE REPLACED.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE ' PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A11-66.HED NO: 20J4-2417 HED TITLE: MULTIPLE CHANNEL ADS TEMP RECORDER ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL DOES NOT CAVE A CHANNEL 9 SELECT MECHANISM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A CHANNEL SELECTOR IS NOT NEEDED AS THE CYCLE TIME BETWEEN POINT DISPLAYS. ALLOWS FOR APPROPRIATE OPERATOR O RESPONSES IN THE REQUIRED TIME FRAME, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All - 20 lO

l lO All-67.EED NO: 20X5-2418 lO HED TITLE: CONDENSATE PUMP CONDUCTIVITY RECORDER FREQUENTLY HANGS UP AT THE HIGH END OF THE SCALE.

i PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE RECORDERS HAVE BEEN REPAIRED.

O All-68.HED NO: 206X-2454 HED TITLE: QUALITY OF EXPENDABLES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE FOR GRAPHIC RECORDERS.

'O PRIORITY: 3 l DISPOSITION: THE REVISED MAINTENANCE PROGRAM HAS SIGNIFICANTLY IMPROVED THE USABILITY AND READABILITY OF THE RECORDERS. OPERATOR INTERVIEWS INDICATE NO SIGNIFICANT PROBLEMS

.O WITH RECORDER READABILITY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-69.HED NO

206X-2455 HED TITLE:

POINTERS OVERLAP SCALES ON RECORDERS.

PRIORITY: 3 .

l DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT BACKUP INFORMATION IS AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE ON THE MAIN CONTROL

'O BOARD OR BACK PANELS VIA METERS, OTHER RECORDERS, AND THE PROCESS COMPUTER. THERE ARE ANNUNCIATORS FOR HI/LO PARAMETERS.

RECORDER GRAPH / SCALE PAPER CAN ALSO BE USED TO BACK UP RECORDER SCALE INDICATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS O REQUIRED.

O l

• O All - 21 O

O All-70.HED NO: 206X-2457 O BED TITLE: RECORDER SCALES AND RECORDER PAPER ARE NOT COMPATIBLE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS HAVE BEEN PUT IN PLACE TO ENSURE THAT THE CORRECT PAPER IS PUT IN lC EACH RECORDER.

STORAGE FACILITIES HAVE BEEN IMPROVED TO ENSURE AN AMPLE SUPPLY OF THE PAPER IS AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM AREA, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

All-71.UED NO: 206X-2458 BED TITLE: MORE THAN NINE GRADUATION MARKS BETWEEN NUMERALS ON RECORDER SCALES.

'O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE RECORDER SCALE IS SCHEDULED TO BE REPLACED WITHIN .THE RELOCATION OF REDUNDANT REACTOR VESSEL INDICATION PROJECT.

.O All-72. BED NO: 21X2-2461 HED TITLE: USE OF COLORS FOR ZONE CODING IS INCONSISTENT AND/OR INCORRECT ON RECORDER.

PRIORITY: 3

'O DISPOSITION: ZONE CODING HAS BEEN CORRECTED.

All-73. BED NO: 206X-2479

'O BED TITLE: LABELS ON RECORDER SCALES DO NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

l PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O All - 22 l

O

'O 1

All-74. BED ND: 206X-2484 BED TITLE: VALUES ON RECORDER SCALES DO NOT PROGRESS BY O 1, 2, 5 OR 10.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ALL BUT TWO RECORDERS HAVE SCALES THAT ARE MULTIPLES OF 2,5 OR 10.

O A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE TWO RECORDERS.

O All-75. SED no: 22J5-2486 BED TITLE: RECORDER SCALES ON RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL HAVE POOR CONTRAST.

PRIORITY: 5

'g DISPOSITION: REDUNDANT INDICATION (METER) IS AVAILABLE ON THE PANEL. OPERATORS CAN GET REQUIRED INFORMATION OFF THE METERS OR THE RECORDER $

PAPER. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THIS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-76. BED NO: 20X4-2487

~ BED TITLE: END OF SCALE ON RECORDER IS NOT NOMBERED.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: THE RECORDER SCALE WILL BE REPLACED UNDER THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

All-77. BED NO: 20X4-2488 O nED TITLE: SCALES ON RECORDERS WITH THE SAME FUNCTION ARE GRADUATED DIFFERENTLY.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SCALES ON THE RECORDER ARE DIFFERENT BECAUSE THEY ARE READ FROM DIFFERENT TYPES OF O THERMOCOUPLES. AN OPERATOR AID WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE OPERATOR AID PROJECT TO REMIND THE OPERATOR WHICH POINTS ARE READ ON WHICH SCALE.

O All - 23 0

'o All-78.EED NO: 22J6-2492 0- HED TITLE: NO INTERMEDIATE MARKS ON RECORDER SCALES FOR RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE RECORDER SCALES ARE LOG SCALES'. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THESE O SCALES. TWO OF THE RECORDER SCALES HAVE DIGITAL INDICATIONS AS THE PRIMARY INDICATION AND THE RECORDERS ARE USED FOR TRENDING PURPOSES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-79. BED NO: 22J6-2494 f BED TITLE: MAJOR GRADUATIONS ARE NOT NUMBERED ON THE

! LOWER RECORDER SCALES OF THE VICTOREEN MONITORS LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MAJOR GRADUATIONS FOR THE LOWER SCALE ARE

. DETERMINED BY THE RANGE SELECTOR. FULL SCALE OF 10 TO 10**7 IS NORMALLY USED. WHEN MORE ACCURATE READINGS ARE REQUIRED THE LOWER O SCALE IS USED WHICH SPANS ONLY FOUR DECADES.

THE GRADUATIONS OF THE SCALE ARE DETERMINED BY THE SELECTOR SWITCH POSITION. THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-80. BED NO: 22J6-2495 BED TITLE: RECORDER SCALES ON RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL HAVE POOR CONTRAST.

. PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: REDUNDANT INDICATION (METER) IS AVAILABLE ON THE PANEL. OPERATORS CAN GET REQUIRED INFORMATION OFF THE METERS OR THE RECORDER PAPER. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THIS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O 10 All - 24 O

{O l 4

All-81. BED ND: 20J4-2496

O mED TITLE

MORE THAN 9 GRADUATION MARKS BETWEEN NUMERALS ON RECORDER SCALES FOR RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THESE RECORDERS ARE NOT USED IN EMERGENCY

.O OPERATIONS. THEY ARE USED FOR TREMDING PURPOSES ONLY. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE SCALES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

'O All-82.HED ND: 22J5-2497 BED TITLE: NO INTERMEDIATE MARKS ON RECORDER SCALES FOR RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5

'O DISPOSITION: THE RECORDER SCALES ARE LOG SCALES AND ARE AN i INDUSTRY STANDARD. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO 1

PROBLEMS READING THESE SCALES. TWO OF THE RECORDER SCALES HAVE DIGITAL INDICATIONS AS THE PRIMARY INDICATION AND THE RECORDERS ARE USED FOR TRENDING PURPOSES, THEREFORE THE 10 HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

. (

All-83.EED ND: 22X3-2498 BED TITLE: THE UNIT 2 MAIN STACK RADIATION RECORDER IS O DIFFICULT TO READ AND DOES NOT CONFORM TO THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD RECORDERS.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: THE UNIT 2 RECORDER WILL.BE REPLACED WITH AN APPROPRIATE RECORDER UNDER THE CURRENT PLANT iO MODIFICATION PROJECT.

l l

i l

lO All - 25 O

O All-84.EED NO: 206X-2562 O BED TITLE: NUMERALS WITHIN COUNTERS ARE NOT GROUPED TO '.

FACILITATE READING.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO' PROBLEMS READING THE COUNTERS. THE NUMERALS HAVE SUFFICIENT O SEPARATION AND CAN BE ACCURATELY READ, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O All-85. BED NO: 20X1-2763 BED TITLE: DISPLAY FAILURE OF CLOCKS IS NOT APPARENT TO OPERATORS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CLOCKS HAVE BEEN REPLACED.

O' All-86. BED NO: 20J3-2764 -

HED TITLE: RATE OF' CHANGE OF NUMERALS IS TOO FAST ON ELECTRONIC COUNTERS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK

O PANEL.

i PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE COUNTERS ARE NOT USED IN- EMERGENCY OPERATIONS, THEY ARE USED BY E&RC ONLY. THE COUNTERS ARE STOPPED BEFORE THEY ARE READ,

O THEN SET FOR A PERIOD OF TIME AND THEN STOPPED AND READ AGAIN, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO. ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O l

O 4

O All - 26 0

'O BSRP BED SUNNARY l

'O l

LABELS Am LOCATION AIDS l i

APPRMIX A-12 O A12-1. BED ED: 20X2-1103 BED TITLE: SYSTEM USED FOR TAGGING OF RIP VALVES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE ON PANEL XU-2 i

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE RIP VALVE SYSTEM HAS BEEN MODIFIED, AND

O THE OLD STYLE RIP VALVES HAVE BEEN REPLACED BY EXCESS FLOW CHECK VALVES. THE VALVES WILL NO LONGER BE ISOLATED FROM THE MAIN CONTROL

BOARD, THEY WILL BE MANUALLY ISOLATED LOCALLY AT THE VALVE, THEREFORE THERE IS NO LONGER A

NEED TO TAG OUT THESE VALVE SWITCHES ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD.

..O

, AN' ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE HAS BEEN j SUBMITTED STATING THAT SOLENOID VALVES AND AIR OPERATED VALVES SHOULD NOT BE USED AS BOUNDARY ISOLATION VALVES.

!O i

A12-2. BED ND: ,206X-1104

RED TITLE

LABELS FOR BOP SYSTEM CONTROLS MAY NOT i

DESCRIBE FUNCTION OR IDENTIFY EQUIPMENT

.O ADEQUATELY.

I PRIORITY: 3 ,

l DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

! COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

APPROPRIATE ACTION. -

JO A12-3. BED ND: 20X5-1105

BED TITLE

CAC VALVE CONTROL POSITION LABELS LOCATED ON PANEL XU-51 ARE INCORRECT.

O

, PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTIONS PROJECT AND THE TRAINING PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O i

i A12 - 1

!O

- - . _ . . ~ - , _ =-. -_ .

O 1

A12-4. HED ED: 206X-1100 ,

O BED TITLE: NOTE AND WARNING LABEL WORDING. .IS NOT CLEAR AND DIRECT FOR INTERPRETATION BY OPERATORS.

PRIORITY: 5 ~

DISPOSITION: AI-58 HAS BEEN REVISED TO PROVIDE ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROL OF PERMANENT CAUTION lO LABELS USED ON PANELS, WHICH WILL REQUIRE RE-ENGRAVING OF ALL CAUTION LABELS PRESENTLY

~

MOUNTED ON THE PANELS. AS PART OF THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT, EACH PERMANENT CAUTION LABEL WILL BE EVALUATED FOR i

ACCURACY AND COMPLETENESS. ANY EXISTING

.O DEFICIENCIES WILL BE CORRECTED.

A12-5. BED ND: 206X-1107

. BED TITLE: NEW LABELS DO NOT CONFORM TO STANDARD COhTROL BOARD LABELING CONVENTIONS.

lO PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE LABELS WILL BE RE-ENGRAVED TO CONFORM TO THE CONTROL ROOM LABELING SPECIFICATIONS j WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING

=O PROJECTS.

A12-6. HED ND: 206X-1108 i HED TITLE: FUNCTION LA3ELS ARE MISSING FROM METER

!O SCALES.

j PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE l LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

~O l

A12-7. BED ND: 206X-1109 i HED TITLE: IMPERMANENT LABELS USED TO IDENTIFY COMPONENTS.

'O PRIORITY:

2 DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS HAVE BEEN REMOVED. A i LABELING PROGRAM IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT TO CONTROL THE CONTENT / PLACEMENT OF ANY LABEL

1. PUT ON THE CONTROL BOARD WITHIN THE LABELING ig AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

[ A12 - 2

O I

. -, ~ _ .. _ _ ._.-... _ -_ _ _ _ . - . _ , _ -

i O  !

A12-8. HED NO: 206X-1110 BED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS DO NOT IDENTIFY PARAMETERS O DISPLAYED.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: FUNCTION LABELS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED.

A12-9. HED MO: 206X-1112 BED TITLE: POOR CONTRAST BETWEEN LABEL LETTERS AND BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 3

.O DISPOSITION: LABEL COLOR WAS CHANGED WHEN COMPONENT LABELS WERE REPLACED. NEW LABELS ARE A LIGHT BEIGE COLOR WITH DARK BROWN LETTERING WHICH IMPROVED THE CONTRAST TO THE DESIRED LEVELS.

'O A12-10. BED NO: 206X-1113 BED TITLE: HIEEARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME IS MISSING ON CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12-ll. BED NO: 206X-1114 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABEL PLACEMENT IS INADEQUATE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPQSITION: COMPONENT LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE

O LABELS WILL BE PLACED IN A LOCATION THAT CONFORMS TO CONTROL ROOM CONVENTIONS.

,0 O

A12 - 3 l

'O

__ ___ _ . . _ ___ _ _ _ __ ~ _ _ . _ _ _ __-___. __ _ . _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . --

O A12-12. BED NO: 206X-1116 g HED TITLE: INCONSISTENT USE OF TERMS ON LABELING.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: ABBREVIATION INCONSISTENCIES WILL BE CORRECTED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-13.EED NO: 206X-1117 BED TITLE: INCONSISTENT EQUIPMENT / COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION LABELS BETWEEN UNIT 1 AND UNIT o 2.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LABELING DIFFERENCES WILL BE CORRECTED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-14.EED MO: 206X-1119 BED TITLE: TERMS MISSPELLED ON LABELS.

PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: LABELS HAVE BESN CORRECTED.

A12-15. BED NO: 20SY-1120 HED TITLE: SPACE BETWEEN FUNCTION LABELS AND X3ITION O LABELS IS TOO NARROW.

PRIORITT: 5 DISPOSI'FION: LABELS ARE CLEAR AND EASY TO READ THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

l O

A12-16.HED NO: 206X-1121 HED TITLE: INCONSISTENT USE OF PERIODS FOLLOWING ABBEEVIATIONS.

PRIORITY: 5

O DISPOSITION: THE LABELS WITH INCORRECT USE OF PERIODS WILL l

BE RE-ENGRAVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12 - 4 0

O A12-17. BED NO: 206X-1122

'O BED TITLE: CONTROL POSITION LABELS ARE MISSING ON CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 3

, DISPOSITION: POSITION LABELS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR CONTROL SWITCHES. POSITION LABELS WILL DE

.O PROVIDED FOR ANNUNCIATOR SWITCHES WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

A12-18. BED NO: 206X-1123 O aED TITLE: UNITS LABELS ARE MISSING FROM SCALE FACES ON DEVIATION METERS ON GEMAC CONTROLLERS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: ALL GEMACS ARE CONSISTENT. THE FUNCTION OF THE DEVIATION METER IS THE SAME ON ALL OF THE

O CONTROLLERS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NC ACTION REQUIRED.

A12-19. BED NO: 206X-ll24 O BED TITLE: MOUNTING SCREWS OBSCURE LETTERS ON COMPONENT LABELS.

1 PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: NEW LABELS ARE CONFIGURED SO THAT THE MOUNTING SCREWS DO NOT OBSCURE LETTERING.

O A12-20. BED NO: '206X-1125

, BED TITLE

POSITION LABEL PLATES ARE MISALIGNED WITH THE i

SWITCH HANDLE POSITION.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: POSITION LABEL PLATES WILL BE STRAIGHTEN, PER THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

O O

A12 - 5 i

O

O A12-21. BED NO: 2063-1126 O BED TITLES.. INCONSISTENT USE OF ZONE CODING ACROSS SIMILAR SCALES.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A ZONE CODING PROGRAM WILL BE INSTITUTED WHICH WILL INCLUDE DIFFERENT CODING O TECHNIQUES THAN THOSE CURRENTLY EXISTING ON THE CONTROL BOARD METERS. THE EXISTING COLOR CODING WILL BE REMOVED AND THE NEW PROGRAM WILL BE IMPLEMENTED. A REVIEW OF THE CONTROL BOARD METERS WILL BE CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE WHICH METERS WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE NEW ZONE .

O CODING PROJECT.

A12-22. BED NO: 206X-1128 HED TITLE: NO ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE CONTROLLING THE O PERIODIC CLEANING OF LABELS. '

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A PROCEDURES FOR CLEANING THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD ON AN ANNUAL OR REFUELING CYCLE BASIS WILL BE DEVELOPED WITHIN THE PROCEDURE O REVISION PROJECT. THE PROCEDURE WILL SPECIFY THAT AN EXTENSIVE CLEANING WILL BE REQUIRED.

A12-23.EED NO: 20X2-1130 0 HED TITLE: UNITS LABELS OR NUMBERS ARE PARTIALLY OBSCURED BY METER FRAMES.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE SCALES ARE SCHEDULED TO BE REPLACED WITHIN THE REARRANGEMENT OF DIESEL GENERATOR O CONTROLS AND INDICATION PROJECT.

A12-24.HED NO: 206X-1131 HED TITLE: LETTERS ARE DIFFERENT HEIGHTS WITHIN LABELS.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LETTER HEIGHTS NERE MADE CONSISTENT WITH NEW LABELS.

O A12 - 6 O

l

O A12-25. BED NO: 2061-1133 O HED TITIA: POWER ON LIGHT FOR TEST UNIT NOT LABELED.

l PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION WITHIN THE EQUIPMENT ,

REMOVAL PROJECT.  !

'O A12-26.EED NO: 2061-1134 BED TITLE: RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN GROUP LABELS AND RELATED CONTROLS / DISPLAYS IS NOT OBVIOUS.

O PRIOaITr: 5 DISPOSITION: GROUP LABELS HAVE BERN PROVIDED ON PANEL 601.

THE HEDAT DETERMINED THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS WITH THE CURRENT LABELS ARE BETWEEN CONTROLS AND DISPLAYS WITH THE O CURRENT LABELS ARE SATISFACTORY, THEREFORE NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A12-27. BED NO2 206X-1135 O BED TITLE: FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS ARE OBSCURED FROM THE OPERATOR'S VIEW BY SOME PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS ARE PARTIALLY OBSCURED DUE TO THE LOW

'O VIEWING ANGLE AND THE HEIGHT OF THE TOGGLE SWITCHES. THE VIEWING ANGLE WILL BE IMPROVED

, , WITH THE RAISED FLOOR. THE HEDAT DETERMINED l THAT PARTIAL OBSTRUCTION OF THE LABEL BEHIND THE TOGGLE SWITCHES DOES NOT INCREASE PROBABILITY OF INCORRECT ACTIVATION, .

O

~

THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O O

A12 - 7 i

!O

O A12-28. BED NO: 206X-1137 O

BED TITLE: LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVING DOES NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE. l PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE HEDAT ASSESSED THE CUMULATIVE EFFECTS OF  !

O THE LEGEND LIGHT HEDs AND DETERMINED THE LEGENDS WITH MULTIPLE PROBLEMS WILL BE RE-ENGRAVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-29. BED NO: 206X-1139 BRD TITLE: UNNECESSARY QUOTATION MARKS ARE USED IN SOME LABELS.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: QUOTATION MARKS WERE OMITTED IN THE NEW LABELS.

A12-30. BED NO: 20X3-1140 O BED TITLE: LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVING IS NOT ORIENTED HORIZONTALLY.

PRIOBITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE LEGEND LIGHTS' WITH VERTICAL ENGRAVINGS ARE REQUIRED BY DESIGN. THE MODULES

O REQUIRING THREE INDICATOR LIGHTS OR TWO SWITCHES HAVE VERTICALLY ORIENTED LIGHTS BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED AMOUNT OF SPACE

! AVAILABLE. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS I

READING LEGENDS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

O A12 - 8

,0 l

i

o A12-31.HED NO: 20SY-ll41 O BED TITLE: LABELS PLACED TOO CLOSE TO INDICATOR LIGHTS  :

AND CAN BE OBSCURED BY THE LIGHT BEZEL. l PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: ADEQUATE REDUNDANT CODING IS AVAILABLE.

CONTROL POSITION LABELS, POSITION OF LIGHTS O TO EACH OTHER AND THE RED-GREEN COLOR CODING FURNISH PRIMARY VISUAL CUES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12-32.HED NO: 206X-1142 BED TITLE: POSITION AND COMPONENTS LABELS ARE WHITE CHARACTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE WHITE ON BLACK COMPONENT LABELS WILL BE O REPLACED TO CONFORM TO CONTROL ROOM LABELING COLORS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE POSITION LABELS ARE ENGRAVED LABELS ON METAL PLATES. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE. LABELS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED REPLACING THE POSITION O LABELS IS NOT NECESSARY.

A12-33.HED NO: 2dX8-1143 HED TITLE: MIMIC LINES LOCATED ON THE OFF GAS PANEL

'O OVERLAP.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BECAUSE OF THE LIMITED AMOUNT OF SPACE AVAILABLE ON THE PANEL, IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO EXPAND THE MIMIC SO LINES WILL NOT OVERLAP.

'O OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE MIMIC, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

A12 - 9

O

1

~O l

A12-34.EED NO: 206X-ll45 l O BED TITLE: UNITS LABELS ARE MISSING FROM SCALES ON CHART RECORDERS.

PRIORITY: 3 l DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A12-35. BED NO: 206X-1146 BED TITLE: FUNCTION / PARAMETER. LABELS ARE MISSING FROM

-O RECORDERS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

'O

. A12-36.HED NO: 226X-1147 HED TITLE: LABEL USES SERIF STYLE INSTEAD OF THE PREFERRED BLOCK STYLE.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BLOCK STYLE LETTERING WAS USED FOR ALL NEW LABELS.

O A12-37.HED NO: 206X-ll48 HED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS DO NOT MEET READABILITY CRITERIA: STROKE WIDTHS ARE TOO NARROW, -

SPACE BETWEEN WORDS IS TOO NARROW AND SPACE BETWEEN LINES IS TOO NARROW.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LABELS WERE RE-ENGRAVED WITHIN THE 1982 CONTROL ROOM UPGRADE PROJECT.

O A12 - 10 lO

O A12-38. BED NO: 2063-1149 O BED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS ARE NOT PROVIDED FOR THE DIGITAL SELECT ROD DISPLAYS.

PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: FUNCTIONS LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O l A12-39.EED NO: 206X-ll51 BED TITLE: RELATIONSHIP OF COMPONENTS TO GROUP LABEL IS NOT OBVIOUS.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12-40. BED NO: 206X-1154 -

HED TITLE: POSITION LABELS ARE OBSCURED WHEN CONTROLS ARE BEING -ACTIVATED.

.O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: MOMENTARY COVERING OF THE POSITION LABELS DURING ACTIVATION DOES NOT INCREASE THE PROBABILITY OF INCORRECT POSITIONING OF THESE CONTROLS; THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12-41.HED NO: 206X-ll55 BED TITLE: POSITION LABELS FOR CONTROLS DO NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT.OR READABILITY CRITERIA

'O BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 5-

. DISPOSITION: HEDAT HAS REVIEWED THESE LABELS AND DETERMINED THAT THE POSITION LABELS ARE READABLE, BUT WOULD BE EASIER TO READ IF THE

.O LABEL PLATES WERE CLEANED. THE POSITION LABEL PLATES WILL BE CLEANED AND MAINTAINED PER THE CONTROL BOARD CLEANING PROCEDURE.

l THIS PROCEDURE WILL BE PUT IN PLACE WITHIN i THE PROCEDURE REVISION PROJECT.

O <

A12 - 11 O

O A12-42. BED NO: 206X-1156 j O BED TITLE: INCONSISTENT PLACEMENT OF LABELS ON THE EHC PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: EHC PANEL LABELS WERE RE-ENGRAVED AND RELOCATED. NEW LOCATIONS ESTABLISH VISUALLY O OBVIOUS CONTROL / LABEL LOCATIONS. THREE ROWS STILL HAVE LABELS BELOW CONTROLS AS THERE IS <

. NO ROOM ABOVE THE CONTROLS, THEREFORE THE l HEDAT DETERMINED NO ADDITIONAL ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12-43. BED WO: 206X-1157 HED TITLE: CONTROL POSITION LABELS ARE NOT ORIENTED HORIZONTALLY.

O ' PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: REPLACING THE POSITION LABELS WOULD REQUIRE REPLACING THE CONTROL SWITCHES, BECAUSE THE

. POSITION LABELS ARE ENGRAVED ON THE SWITCH MODULE. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE LABELS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT C DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

l A12-44.HED NO: 206X-1159 BED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS ARE MISSING ON ROTARY O CONTROLS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LABELS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED.

-O A12-45. BED NO:

206X-ll60 BED TITLE: POSITION LABELS ARE NOT CLEAR; LABELING IS INCOMPLETE.

PRIORITY: 5 O' DISPOSITION: LABELING HAS BEEN CORRECTED.

,0 A12 - 12 O

O A12-46.HED NO: 20X2-ll62 O HED TITLE: GROUP LABELS DO NOT IDENTIFY SYSTEM / EQUIPMENT ADEQUATELY ON PANEL XU-2.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT, RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE

.O THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A12-47.HED NO: 206X-1163 HED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHT ENGRAVING / LABELING MAY NOT BE.

O CORRECT OR COMPLETE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTEU WITHIN THE CONTROL l

ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

.O A12-48.HED NO: 20X2-1164 HED TITLE: FUNCTION LABEL DOES NOT IDENTIFY ALL VALVES CONTROLLED.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELING HAS BEEN Ph0VIDED THAT IDENTIFIES THE VALVES CONTROLLED BY THE SWITCHES.

O A12-49.HED NO: 206X-1166 HED TITLE: LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVING IS OBSCURED BY THE LENS BEZEL.

,I PRIORITY: 3-

'0 DI5 POSITION: THE MAJORITY OF THE OBSCURED LEGENDS WILL BE READABLE WHEN THE RAISED FLOOR IS INSTALLED UNDER THE CONTROL ROOM FURNISHINGS PROJECT.

THE LEGEND LIGHT HEDs HAVE BEEN ASSESSED FOR CUMULATIVE EFFECTS. THE LIGHTS WITH MULTIPLE PROBLEMS WILL BE RE-ENGRAVED WITHIN THE O LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12 - 13 0

O A12-50. BED ND: 20X3-1167

.O aED TITLE: UNNECESSARY PARENTHESES USED IN LABELS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: PARENTHESES WERE REMOVED FROM LABELS WHEN LABELS WERE RE-ENGRAVED.

'O A12-51. BED ND: 20X3-1168 HED TITLE: ASSOCIATION BETWEEN THE CONTROL AND THE DISPLAY IS NOT CLEAR.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: DRYWELL COOLER CONTROL INDICATORS ARE DIFFERENT BETWEEN UNITS DUE TO A ECP-5069A THAT CHANGED THE DUCT WORK ON UNIT 1 DRYWELL TO INCREASE THE HEAT REMOVAL CAPABILITY OF THE DRYWELL COOLING SYSTEM. THE HEDAT O RECOMMENDS REAL. TIME TRAINING ON LAYOUT AND CONTROL OF BOTH DRYWELL COOLERS AND TB SUPPLY FANS WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT.

.O A12-52.EED NO: 20X2-1169 BED TITLE: RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE CONTROL AND LEGEND LIGHTS IS NOT APPARENT. <

l PRIORITY: 5

! DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE 10 COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A12-53. BED NO: 2063-1170

O aED TITLE: GROUP LABELS HAVE NOT BE.EN PROVIDED FOR ROTARY SWITCHES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: GROUP LABELS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED ON THE 601 AND 603 PANELS. A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED

'O WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12 - 14 0

. 1 O

l A12-54.HED NO: 2063-1171 O BED TITLE: KEYS THAT ARE HANGING ON THE CONTROL HANDLE OBSCURE POSITION LABELS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: KEYS ARE STORED IN A KEYBOX AND KEYS ARE UNDER THE SHIFT FOREMAN'S CONTROL.

O A12-55.HED NO: 206X-1173 HED TITLE: CONTENTS IN SUBORDINATE FUNCTION LABELS ARE REDUNDANT TO CONTENTS IN FUNCTION LABELS.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE REDUNDANT INFORMATION WITHIN LABELS. THE HEDAT FEELS THIS WILL NOT CREATE CONFUSION, THEREFORE IT

. WAS DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12-56.HED NO: 206X-1174 HED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS ARE MISSING FROM LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: FUNCTION LABELS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED FOR THE LEGEND PUSHBUTTONS.

O A12-57.HED NO: 22X5-1175 BED TITLE: AOG GROUP LABELS ARE OBSCURED BY PUSHBUTTON l GUARD.

l . PRIORITY: 5

'O DISPOSITION: THE AOG PUSHBUTTON HAS BEEN REMOVED FROM PANEL XU-51.

O O

A12 - 15 O

l . . - _ . .-_ _ _ - _ . _ _ _

I O

A12-58.HED NO: 20SY-ll76 O BED TITLE: FUNCTION LABELS FOR ANNUNCIATOR SWITCHES DO '

NOT CORRECTLY IDENTIFY THE FUNCTION OF THE CONTROL.

PRIOEITY: 5 DISPOSITION: FUNCTION LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE O LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-59.HED NO: 206X-1178 HED TITLE: POSITION LABELS HAVE INCONSISTENT FORMATS AND 0 LOCATIONS.

PRIORITY: 3 DIS'JOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CGNTROL ROOM CONVENTIONS PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12-60.HED NO: 20X4-1179 HED TITLE: POSITION LABELS ARE OBSCURED WHEN CONTROLS ARE BEING ACTIVATED.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HEDAT DETERMINED THAT A MOMENTARY OBSCURING OF SWITCHES IS NOT A PROBLEM. .

!O A12-61.HED NO: 20X6-1182 BED TITLE: LEGEND PUSHBUTTON ENGRAVING DOES NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: SEVERAL OPERATORS REVIEWED THESE PUSHBUTTONS WITH HEDAT MEMBERS AND THEY REPORTED THAT THEY HAD NO DIFFICULITIES WITH READING THE, l LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVINGS AS THEY NOW APPEAR, THEREFORE THE HEDAT MEMBERS DETERMINED NO O ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12 - 16 O

O l

A12-62.EED NO: 2063-1183 O BED TITLE: LEGEND ENGRAVING ON RODWORTH MINIMIZER DOES -

NOT MEET CHARACTER HEIGHT OR READABILITY CRITERIA BASED ON VIEWING DISTANCE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE O LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVINGS ON THE RODWORTH '

MINIMIZER, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO l ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A12-63.8ED NO: 206X-1185 O

BED TITLE: TWO SIZES OF LETTER HEIGHTS WITHIN THE SAME CONTROL POSITION LABELS.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THESE O LABELS. REPLACEMENT OF THE LABELS WOULD REQUIRE REPLACING THE SWITCHES BECAUSE THE CONTROL POSITION LABELS ARE ENGRAVED ON THE SWITCH MODULE PLATES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A12-64.EED MO: 20X8-1186 BED TITLE: FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS FOR ROTARY CONTROLS LOCATED ON PANEL XU-80 HAVE NOT BEEN PROVIDED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-65. BED NO: 206X-1187 HED TITLE: UNITS LAB 2LS ARE NOT PROVIDED ON VERTICAL METERS.

PRIORITY: 3

.O DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12 - 17 O

O i

A12-66. BED NO: 206X-1189 O BED TITLE: WRONG SIDE OF SWITCH PLATE FACES CONTROL SWITCH AND CONTROL SWITCH POSITIONS ARE HAND-ETCHED INTO' METAL.  ;

1 PRIORITY: 3 l DISPOSITION: POSITION LABEL SWITCH PLATE WILL BD REPLACED O WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

A12-67. BED NO: 206X-1190 BED TITLE: PLACEMENT OF FUNCTIONAL LABELS FOR RECORDERS O IS INCONSISTENT.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LOCI. TION OF LABELS FOR RECORDERS WILL BE STANDARDIZED FOR THE RECORDERS IN THE CONTROL ROOM WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING O PROJECT.

A12-68.EED NO: 206X-1191 BED TITLE: FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS ARE NOT O PROVIDED ON THREE RECORDERS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-69. BED NO: 206X-1192 BED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR. POSITION LABELS ARE NOT FILLED WITH PAINT.

!O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS ARE BEING REPLACED WITHIN THE CONTROL itOOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

O O

A12 - 18 O

O

. 1 A12-70. BED NO: 20J1-1901 O BED TITLE: CONTINUOUS ROTARY CONTROLS LOCATED ON.THE P-600 BACK PANEL ARE MISSING DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT ARROWS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITICN: THE CONTROLS ARE NOT USED BY OPERATORS. THEY

'O ARE USED TO CHECK SETPOINTS ON ARMS, WHICH IS DONE BY E&RC ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A12-71.HED NO:' 20J1-1902 BED TITLE: GROUP LABELS HAVE NOT BEEN PROVIDED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THE LABELING AND

O RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-72. BED NO: ~20J1-1903 BED TITLE: MONITORS, LABELS AND SURFACES ARE DIRTY AND O CONTAIN ALOT OF TAPE RESIDUE ON PANEL P-600.

PRIORITY: 5

! DISPOSITION: THE PANEL WILL BE CLEANED PER THE CONTROL l

BOARD CLEANING PROCEDURE. THIS PROCEDURE WILL BE PUT IN PLACE WITHIN THE PROCEDURE O REVISION PROJECT.

A12-73. BED NO: 20J1 -1904 HED TITLE: DIFFERENT COMPONENTS LOCATED ON THE P-600

'O 7ACK PANEL HAVE IDENTICAL LABELS.

I PRIORITY:

DISPOSITIOR HE POWER SUPPLIES FOR THE ARMS WILL BE DENTIFIED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-NGRAVING PROJECT.

.O

'O A12 - 19 O

3 A12-74. BED NO: 20J1-1905 O BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT LABELS ARE USED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL AND SOME' IMPERMANENT LABELS OBSCURE THE ENGRAVED LABELS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REPLACED / REMOVED D WITHIN LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

'A1 -75. BED NO: 20J1-1906 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS ON THE P-600 PANEL HAVE POOR 3 CONTRAST; CHARACTERS ARE BLACK ON A DARK GRAY BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN c3 THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-76. BED NO: 21J4-1907 BED TITLE: FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS ARE NOT O PROVIDED ON COMPONENTS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3 .

DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THE RELABELING OF THE PANEL WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-O ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-77. BED NO: . 20J4-1908 BED TITLE: A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME HAS NOT' BEEN O ESTABLISHED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL; COMPONENT LABELS ARE APPROXIMATELY THE SAME SIZE AS CONTROL POSITION LABELS AND GROUP LABELS HAVE'NOT BEEN PROVIDED.

PRIORITY: 5 4 DISPOSITION: HIERARCHICAL LABELING WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

3 A12 - 20 g

a

O A12-78. BED NO: 20J4-1909

'O BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT LABELS ARE USED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL AND TAPE RESIDUE OBSCURES DISPLAY FACES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE O INFORMATION WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO '

PERMANENT LABELS WHERE APPROPRIATE. I

'O A12-79.HED NO 20J4-1910 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE P-614 BACK PANEL HAVE POOR CONTRAST; LABELS ARE DARK CHARACTERS ON A GRAY BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5

'o DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS. RELABELED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-80. BED NO: 20J2-1911 BED TITLE: A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME HAS NOT BEEN ESTABLISHED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL AND GROUP LABELS HAVE NOT BEEN PROVIDED.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: HIERARCHICAL LABELING WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-81. BED NO: 20J2-1912 '

O BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT L'ABELS ARE USED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL AND TAPE RESIDUE AND CALIBRATI.ON STICKERS ARE SCATTERED THROUGHOUT THE PANEL.

~

l PRIORITY: 5

! DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE

!'O INFORMATION WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO PERMANENT LABELS WHERE APPROPRIATE.

!O

! A12 - 21 l

lO

1 0

A12-82. BED NO: 20J2-1913

• O BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE OBSCURED BY MODULE FRAMES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS LOCATIONS WILL BE STANDARDIZED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-83. BED NO: 20J2-1914 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE INCONSISTENT WITH COMPONENTS WITH

O THE SAME FUNCTION.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR RADIATION MONITORS ARE TO BE REPLACED WITHIN THE CURRENT PLANT MODIFICATION PROJECT WITH DIGITAL LEDs/BAR

O CHART READOUTS. OPERATORS WILL NOT HAVE A J

PROBLEM WITH READING OR INTERPETING.THESE MONITORS. REAL TIME TRAINING HAS PROVIDED TRAINING ON THE NEW STYLE MONITORS.

IO A12-84. BED NO: 20J2-1915 BED TITLE: GROUP AND COMPONENT LABELS HAVE POOR CONTRAST; LABELS ARE DARK CHARACTERS ON A GRAY BACKGROUND.

lO PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. '

l l

o A12-85. BED NO: 22J2-1916 ~

BED TITLE: COMPONENT AND POSITION LABELS ON THE VICTOREEN MONITOR LOCATED ON THE P-604 BACK PANEL ARE LOWER-CASE LETTERS.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE i COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A12 - 22 O

O A12-86.HED NO: 20J3-1917 O HED TITLE: COMPONENTS ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL DO NOT HAVE FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS AND A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME HAS NOT BEEN INCORPORATED INTO THE PANEL LABELING.

PRIORITY: 3

.O DISPOSITION: A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME WILL BE PROVIDED AND LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE UNLABELED COMPONENTS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-87.HED NO: 20J3-1918 l HED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 PANEL ARE PLACED BELOW THE ELEMENTS THEY DESCRIBE.

PRIORITY: 5

,0 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE RELOCA'TED ABOVE THE COMPONENTS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-88.HED NO: 20J3-1919 O HED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL HAVE BEEN PLACED OVER POSITION LABELS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION:'THE CONTROLS ARE NOT USED BY OPERATORS; THEY ARE USED BY EERC FOR CALIBRATIONS PURPOSES O ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A12-89.HED NO: .

20J3-1920 .

O HED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL HAVE POOR CONTRAST;. CHARACTERS ARE DARK ON A GRAY BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY': 5 DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL O BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12 - 23 O

l O l l

A12-SO.EED NO: 20J7-1921

.O BED TITLE: A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME HAS NOT BEEN INCORPORATED ON PANEL XU-61. FUNCTION LABELS ARE BURIED WITHIN POSITION LABELS-AND SOME COMPONENTS ARE MISSING FUNCTION IDENTIFICATION LABELS .

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME WILL BE PROVIDED AND LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED FOR THE UNLABELED COMPONENTS WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-91.HED NO: 20J7-1922 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON PANEL XU-61 ARE PLACED BELOW THE ELEMENTS THEY DESCRIBE.

O PRIORITY: 5 -  ;

DISPOSITIONS . LOC ATION OF LABELS FOR RECORDERS WILL BE STANDARDIZED FOR THE RECORDERS IN THE CONTROL ROOM WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12-92. BED NO: 20J7-1923 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL HAVE BEEN PLACED OVER POSITION LABELS.

~O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS ARE NOT USED BY OPERATORS; THEY ARE USED BY EERC FOR CALIBRATIONS PURPOSES l ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT. DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O ,

A12-93. HED NO: 20J7-1924 BED TITLE: COMPONENT, LABELS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL HAVE POOR CONTRAST; LABELS HAVE DARK CHARACTERS ON A GRAY BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12'- 24 0

lO A12-94. HED NO: 20J7-1925 O BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT LABELS ARE USED ON RECORDERS AND PANEL SURFACES ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE O INFORMATION WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO PERMANENT LABELS WHERE APPROPRIATE.

A12-95. HED NO: 20J7-1926 O HED TITLE: METER FRAMES LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL OBSCURE FUNCTION LABELS FOR COMPONENTS LOCATED BEIOW THE METER.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE. COMPONENTS ARE NOT USED BY OPERATORS, Q THEY ARE USED FOR CALIBRATION PURPOSES BY EERC ONLY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED. -

O A12-96. HED ND: 22J6-1927 BED TITLE: FUNCTION AND UNITS LABELS ARE NOT PROVIDED ON RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING O AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-97. HED NO: 22J6-1928 BED TITLE: PANEL LACKS HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME.

O.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION:.A HIERARCHICAL LABELING WILL BE PROVIDED

. WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O O

A12 - 25 O

.O l A12-98. BED NO: 22J6-1929 BED TITLE: COMPONENT '4ND POSITION LABELS LOCATED ON THE

O XU-79 BACK PANEL ARE OBSCURED BY THE EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE OBSCURED LABELS ARE ASSOCIATED WITH g CONTAINMENT MONITOR FUSES AND THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR. THE CONTAINMENT MONITOR FUSES ARE USED BY IEC ONLY. THE OBSCURED LABELS ON THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE RANGE SELECTOR. IF THE OPERATOR HAS A PROBLEM READING THE RANGE

~g SELECTOR POSITION, THEY CAN VERIFY WHICH RANGE IS SELECTED, BY COMPARING READINGS ON THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR METER AND THE RECORDER, WHICH IS LOCATED BELOW THE RANGE SELECTOR SWITCH. THE RECORDER IS NOT AFFECTED BY RANGE SWITCH POSITION. IT IS A lg COMMON PRACTICE FOR THE OPERATOR TO COMPARE LIKE READINGS WHEN POSSIBLE, THEREFORE THE

~

HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

.O A12-99. HED NO: 22J6-1930 BED TITLE: ' IMPERMANENT LABELS ARE USED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL AND TAPE AND TAPE RESIDUE IS SCATTERED ACROSS THE PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 jO DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE INFORMATION WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO PERMANENT LABELS WHERE APPROPRIATE.

22J6-1931

~

A12-100.EED NO: .

HED TITLE: POSITION LABELS ARE NOT PROVIDED ON KEY OPERATED SWITCHES LOCATED ON THE XU-79 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5

• O DISPOSITION: POSITION LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

'O A12 - 26

!O ,

O A12-101. BED NO: 22J6-1932 O HED TITLE: PANEL LABELING ON THE XU-79 PANEL ARE DIFFERENT STYLES AND SIZES. LABELS ARE WHITE CHARACTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND. l PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL O BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

l A12-102.HED NO: 22J5-1933 O BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT LABELS ARE USED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL AND TAPE AND TAPE RESIDUE IS SCATTERED ACROSS THE PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5

' DISPOSITION: IMPERMANENT LABELS WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE O LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. THE INFORMATION WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO PERMANENT LABELS WHERE APPROPRIATE.

'O A12-103.HED NO: 22J5-1934 HED TITLE: FUNCTION AND UNITS LABELS ARE NOT PROVIDED ON RECORDERS LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITH THE LABELING AND O RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-134.HED NO: 22J5-1935

. HED TITLES, A HIERARCHICAL LABELING SCHEME HAS NOT BEEN O INCORPORATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL AND COMPONENT LABELS ARE PLACED BELOW CONTROLS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HIERARCHICAL LABELING WILL BE PROVIDED AND LABEL LOCATION WILL BE STANDARDIZED WITHIN O THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12 - 27 1

O

l D

A12-105. BED ND: 22J5-1936 BED TITLE: COMPONENT AND POSITION LABELS LOCATED ON THE 3 XU-75 BACK PANEL ARE OBSCURED BY THE EQUIPMENT ASSEMBLY. j l

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE OBSCURED LABELS ARE ASSOCIATED WITH CONTAINMENT MONITOR FUSES AND THE VICTOREEN 3 RADIATION MONITOR. THE CONTAINMENT MONITOR FUSES ARE USED BY IEC ONLY. THE OBSCURED LABELS ON THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR ARE ASSOCIATED WITH THE RANGE SELECTOR. IF THE OPERATOR HAS A PROBLEM READING THE RANGE SELECTOR POSITION, THEY CAN VERIFY WHICH 3 RANGE IS SELECTED, BY COMPARING READINGS ON THE VICTOREEN RADIATION MONITOR METER AND THE RECORDER, WHICH IS LOCATED BELOW THE RANGE SELECTOR SWITCH. THE RECORDER IS NOT AFFECTED BY RANGE SWITCH POSITION. IT IS A g COMMON PRACTICF( FOR THE OPERATOR TO COMPARE LIKE READINGS WHEN POSSIBLE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

3 A12-106. BED'NO: 22J5-1937 BED TITLE: PANEL LABELING ON THE XU-75 HAS DIFFERENT .

STYLES AND SIZES AND LABELS ARE. WHITE CHARACTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 3 DISPOSITION: THE STANDARD CONTROL BOARD LABEL COLOR WILL BE USED WHEN THE PANEL IS RELABELED WITHIN THT: LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. -

• A12-107. BED NO: 20F1-19.38 3 BED TITLE: COMPONENT AND FUNCTION LABELS ON CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE FIRE PANEL DO NOT MEET READABILITY CRITERIA: SPACE BETWEEN LINES IS TOO SMALL.

PRIORITY: 5 3 DISPOSITION: OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS READING THE LABELS ON THE PANEL, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A12 - 28 O

O A12-108. BED ND: 20F1-1939 O BED TITLE: POSITION LABELS ON THE ANNUNCIATOR TOGGLE SWITCH ON THE FIRE PANEL ARE NOT PROVIDED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM MAINTENANCE PROJECT.

,0  ;

l A12-109. BED ND: 20RS-1941 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LABELS ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL ARE LOCATED BELOW THE ELEMENTS THEY DESCRIBE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABEL LOCATIONS WILL BE STANDARDIZED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

h A12-110. BED NO:

BED TITLE:

20RS-1942 FUNCTIONAL GROUPING OF COMPONENTS ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL ARE NOT LABELED.

PRIORITY:- 5 DISPOSITION: FUNCTION LABELS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN TEE O LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A12-Ill. BED ND: 20RS-1943 BED TITLE: IMPERMANENT COMPONENT LABELS ARE USED ON THE

.O REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE IMPERMANENT LABELS HAVE BEEN REMOVED.

A12-112. BED NO: 20RS-1946 BED TITLE: COMPONENTS ON THE REMOTE SHUTDOWN PANEL DO l NOT HAVE COMPONENT LABELS.

l PRIORITY: 3 O DISPOSITION: UNLABELED COMPONENTS WILL BE LABELED WITHIN l

THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A12 - 29 0

'O A12-113 BED NO: 20J4-1947 O BED TITLE: COMPONENTS LABELS LOCATED ON THE PANEL P-614 ARE PLACED BELOW THE COMPONENTS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABEL LOCATIONS WILL BE STANDARDIZED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT. l O

O o

e

.O

'O 4

e

0 -

.O l

lo A12 - 30 0

1 . - . _ _ .- __ _ - - - - . . . _ _ _ _

.O O BSEP HED

SUMMARY

COMPUTER SYSTEM APPEBBIZ A-13 O

A13-1. HED NO: 22Gl-0303 BED TITLE: THE SUBSTITUTE CRT IS TOO SMALL FOR DISPLAYING OPERATOR REQUESTED DATA ON SUBSTITUTE CRT ON UNIT 2.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CRT HAS BEEN REPLACED.

O A13-2. nED mO: 20Gl-0304 HED TITLE: ON DEMAND LEGEND LIGHT FUNCTION ON COMPUTER SYSTEM IS NOT ENGRAVED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A LABEL FOR THE LEGEND LIGHT WILL BE PROVIDED O WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A13-3. HED NO: 20Gl-0305 .

BED TITLE: COMPUTER SYSTEM CRTs DO NOT DISPLAY CLEAR, O SHARP, OR STEADY PICTURE IMAGES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BOTH UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 CRTs WILL BE REPLACED WITHIN THE ERFIS PROJECT. ,

O O

O A13 - 1 0

O A13-4. HED NO: 20Gl-0306 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT COMPUTER DIALOGUE DOES O NOT REFLECT THE TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS FAMILIAR TO OPERATORS WHO USE THE SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PRIMARY USE OF THE COMPUTER IS BY THE NUCLEMt ENGINEERS. OPERATORS USE THE COMPUTER AS A O SOURCE OF SECONDARY INFORMATION. CURRENT DIALOGUE STRUCTURE REFLECTS TERMS, ABBREVIATIONS, AND ACRYNOMS FAMILIAR TO THE NUCLEAR ENGINEERS. OPERATOR TRAINING WILL BE UPGRADED ON THE PROCESS COMPUTER WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT. ADEQUATE CROSS-REFERENCE

~O MATERIAL IS CURRENTLY AVAILABLE AS AN OPERATOR AID FOR COMPUTER DIALOGUE INTERACTION.

l k A13-5. HED NO: 20Gl-0309 .

HED TITLE: REOCCURRING NUISANCE ALARMS USE UP DISPLAY SPACE ON CRTs.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: SHIFT FOREMAN CURRENTLY HAS CONTROL OVER O DELETING /STQPPING REOCCURRING COMPUTER ALARMS. SYSTEM IS REINITI ALIZED EVERYDAY WHICH BRINGS ALL THESE BACK. HEDAT REVIEW I?.OICATES THAT THIS LEVEL OF RESPONSIBILITY IS REQUIRED TO KEEP FROM PROLIFERATING DELETED SCAN POINTS.

lO A13-6. HED NO: 20Gl-0311 BED TITLE: URGENT MESSAGES ARE NOT HIGHLIGHTED TO ATTRACT THE OPERATOR'S ATTENTION ON COMPUTER O' SYSTEM CRTs.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: HARD WIRED ANNUNCIATORS CARRY ALL HIGH PRIORITY ALARMS. THE COMPUTER ALARMS ARE EITHER BACKUP OR LOW PRIORITY ALARMS, O THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A13 - 2 0

.O A13-7. BED ND: 20Gl-0312

'O aED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT TRAINING ON THE ,

COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR ROs HAS ~NOT BEEN SUFFICIENT.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SROs CURRENTLY RECEIVE MORE TRAINING ON THE PROCESS COMPUTER THAN THE RO's. THE ROs

'O RECEIVE SOME PROCESS COMPUTER TRAINING. THE TRAINING DEPARTMENT WILL BEGIN PROVIDING MORE TRAINING TO THE ROs WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT.

O A13-8. BED NO

20Gl-0313 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT COMPUTER CAPABILITIES MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE FOR REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATORS WHO USE THE SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 5

. DISPOSITION: THE SYSTEM CURRENTLY HAS: SIX TRENDS, 1 POINT ON.THE ALARM TYPER (10 SEC.), 3 POINTS ON THE

ALARM TYPER (1 MIN.), 3 POINTS ON THE CRT (15' SEC.), 1 POINT ON OPERATORS CONSOLE (5 SEC. )

AND 8 ON-DEMAND LOGS, EACH HOLDING 20 POINTS O THE HEDAT DETERMINED (160 POINTS TOTAL).

TOTAL CAPABILITY IS ADEQUATE FOR EXISTING DESIGN. ERFIS WILL UPDATE AND ADD FLEXIBILITY TO CURRENT APPROACH.

'O A13-9. BED NO: 20Gl-0315 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THAT SYSTEM PROCEDURE SD-55 IS NOT TAILORED FOR USE BY THE OPERATOR PRIORITr 5

• O ,

DISPOSITION: A QUICK REFERENCE INPUT / OUTPUT LIST FOR l OPERATORS USE WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE j PROCEDURE REVISION PROJECT. TRAINING OF l OPERATORS ON IDENTIFYlNG INPUT / OUTPUT POINTS ,

WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT. j O

O A13 - 3

O

O A13-10.EED NO

20Gl-0317 O BED TITLE: CRT DISPLAY USES WHITE CHARACTERS ON A BLACK BACKGROUND.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: COLOR CRTs WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE ERFIS PROJECT.

O A13-ll. BED NO: 20G1-0318 BED TITLE: GROUP IDENTIFICATION LABELS ARE NOT PROVIDED FOR THE " TIME", " TYPE OF ALARM" AND O " PARAMETER" COLUMNS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: COLUMN LOCATION AND CONTENT VARIES WITH THE TYPE OF ALARM INPUT DISPLAYED ON THE CRT. A PROCEDURE WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE O COMPUTER OPERATING PROCEDURE TO DESCRIBE THE INDIVIDUAL FORMATS FOR THE VARIOUS ALARMS WITHIN THE PROCEDURE PROJECT.

O A13-12. BED NO: 20G1-0320 BED TITLE 4 INFORMATION IS DISPLAYED ON MORE THAN 25% OF THE TOTAL SCREEN AREA.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SYSTEM DEFAULTS TO. THE ANNUNCIATOR O DISPLAYS, WHICH DISPLAY THE LATEST INCOMING ALARMS. LIMITING THE AMOUNT OF INFORMATION TO'25% OF THE TOTAL SCREEN AREA WOULD LIMIT THE NUMBER OF ANNUNCIATOR MESSAGES THAT CAN BE DISPLAYED. THE OPERATORS HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF CLEARING THE SCREEN OF O UNNECESSARY MESSAGES BY UPDATING THE DISPLAY.

THE OPERATOR'S HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THIS PROCESS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O .

O A13 - 4 0

O I

O BSEP HED

SUMMARY

VERIFICATION ABB VALIDATION APPENDIX A-14 O

A14-1. HED NO: 20BP-5001 BED TITLE: ANALOG SCALE DATA IS DIFFICULT TO INTERPRET.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: AN OPERATOR AID IS BEING DEVELOPED WITHIN THE O

OPERATOR AID PROJECT TO AID THE OPERATOR WITH THESE READINGS, WHICH WILL CLARIFY DATA BEING TAKEN FROM THE ANALOG SCALES. READINGS ARE l TAKEN TO VERIFY INSTRUMENT OPERABILITY AND

. ARE NOT TAKEN DURING EMERGENCY OPERATIONS.

O A14-2. HED ND: 206X-5002 EMD TITLE: THE METEOROLOGICAL TOWER DATA IS NOT EASILY ACCESSIBLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE METEOROLOGICAL DATA CAN BE ATTAINED FROM ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SOURCES:

1) CONTROL ROOM COMPUTERS

2) EERC COMPUTERS O 3) ERFIS (TO BE INSTALLED)

4) MANUALLY OFF THE METEROLOGICM, TOWER

5) CORPORATE METEOROLOGISTS

6) NATIONAL WEATHER SERVICE IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT IF THE METEOROLOGICAL

.O TOWER IS OUT OF SERVICE TWO METHODS (5 AUD 6)

REMAIN FOR OBTAINING METEROLOGICAL DATA.

O O

A14 - 1 0

i O

A14-3. HED NO: 20X3-5003 .

O BED TITLE: AUXILIARY BOILER INDICATORS, NOT REQUIRED FOR l USE BY OPERATORS REMAIN ON PANEL XU-3.

I PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EQUIPMENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION. l A14-4. HED NO: 20X5-5004 HED TITLE: UNLABELED INDICATOR, NOT REQUIRED FOR USE BY O OPERATORS REMAINS ON CONTROL BOARD -

PANEL XU-51.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EQUIPMENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-5. BED NO: 206X-5005 BED TITLE: G E. PROCESS CONTROLLERS DISPLAY DEMAND O INFORMATION AND ARE NOT LABELED AS SUCH.

PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: PHYSICAL LOCATION OF DEMAND METERS IS CONSISTENT WITH OTHER PROCESS CONTROLLER DEMAND METERS AND THERE IS APPROPRIATE SYSTEM

O RESPONSE FEEDBACK IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO EACH

, , PROCESS CONTROLLER, THEREFORE THE HEDAT

. DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

!O A14-6. HED NO: 2061-5009

, BED TITLE: SCALE DESIGN MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE ON RHR l SYSTEM A (B) FLOW INDICATORS ON PANEL 601.

PRIORITY: 3 DXSPOSITION: PROCEDURE HAS BEEN CHANGED TO INSTRUCT O OPERATORS TO ADJUST FLOW TO A VALUE WHICH CAN BE READ ON THE CURRENT SCALE.

O A14 - 2 tO

l

'O l

A14-7. HED NO: 20X5-5010

'O BED TITLE: COMPARISON OF THE SUPPRESSION POOL LEVELS IS ,

IMPO'SSIBLE BECAUSE INDICATORS CANNOT BE READ TO THE ACCURACY REQUIRED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O- PROCEDURE REVISION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-8. BED NO: 2061-5011

O BED TITLE

RHR AND CORE SPRAY FLOW INDICATORS MAY BE TOO SENSITIVE FOR OPERATORS TO ACQUIRE ACCURATE READINGS ON PANEL 601.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE PROCEDURES WILL BE REVISED WITHIN THE O PROCEDURE REVISION 'P ROJ E CT TO INSTRUCT OPERATORS TO READ PLOW TO A VALUE WHICH CAN BE READ ON THE CURRENT SCALE.

O A14-9. HED NO: 20X5-5012 BED TITLE: OPERATOR UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN-OXYGEN MONITORS REQUIRES ADDITIONAL OPERATOR TRAINING. ,

PRIORITY: 5

'O DISPOSITION: A LESSON PLAN WILL BE DEVELOPED AND THE OPERATORS WILL BE TRAINED ON THE PROPER USE OF THE MONITORS WITHIN THE TRAINING PROJECT.

'O A14-10. BED NO: 2063-5013 .

BED TITLE: REACTOR WATER LEVEL SCALE DESIGN IS INADEQUATE FOR THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OPERATORS.

i PRIORITY: 3

.O DISPOSITION: THE METER HAS BEEN REPLACED WITH AN ANALOG METER.

O A14 - 3 0

1

O i

A14-ll.EED NO: 20X5-5015 I O BED TITLE: RECORDER DESIGN FOR THE CONDS PUMP l DISCH/ SUCTION CONDUCTIVITY IS INADEQUATE FOR '

THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OPERATORS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE SCALE IS A NON-LINEAR (EXPANDED SEGMENTS)

O SCALE WHICH CAN READ TO THE REQUIRED ACCURACY. THE SCALE IS DIVIDED INTO 0.2 INCREMENTS TO 5 UMHOS/C

M. PROCEDURE

S REQUIRE THAT ACTION BE TAKEN AT 0.3 UMHO/CM WHICH CAN BE READ ON THE SCALE. A TICK MARK WILL BE ADDED AT THE 0.3 UMHO/CM POINT ON THE SCALE O TO HIGHLIGHT THE LIMITING VALUE WITHIN THE ZONE CODING STUDY.

THE PARAMETER WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE ON ERFIS.

'O

O 9

O

'O

.O ,

O l A14 - 4 IO

O A14-12.HED NO: 20X8-5018 HED TITLE: OFF GAS OUTLET FLOW RECORDERS ARE FREQUENTLY O '

OUT OF SERVICE AND ARE NOT RELIABLE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: I&C TECH SUPPORT HAS BEEN TASKED TO DETERMINE THE OPERABILITY OF THE STEAM JET AIR EJECTOR DISCHARGE FLOW RECORDERS WITHIN THE OFFGAS O FLOW INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT.

A14-13.HED NO: 2063-5019 -

O HED TITLE: LABELING FOR CORE PRESSURE ON CORE PRESS AND FLOW RECORDER MAY BE CONFUSING OR INACCURATE.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O INDICATOR UPGRADE PRQJECT ' TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O

,0 O

i l

A14 - 5 O

O l

A14-14. BED NO: 20X8-5021 O BED TITLE: REFRIG COMPR TEMP AND PRESS RECORDERS LACK THE INFORMATION REQUIRED TO USE THE VALUES ON THE SCALES.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY WILL BE CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O INDICATOR UPGRADE PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-15. BED NO: 2063-5022

• g HED TITLE: DESIGN OF FEEDWATER FLOW CONTROLLERS MAY NOT BE ADEQUATE DURING STARTUP AND SHUTDOWN EVOLUTIONS.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: IMPROVED MAINTENANCE AND THE REPLACEMENT OF

'O WORN COMPONENTS HAVE GREATLY IMPROVED THEIR j

, OPERABILITY, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED ,

I 1 NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

4 0 A14-16. BED NO: 20B0-5023 RED TITLBs. AN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE ASSIGNING CONTROL OF SHARED EQUIPMENT MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

. PRIORITY ' 5 O DISPOSITION: HEDAT HAS DETERMINED SHARED EQUIPMENT IS ADEQUATELY COVERED IN OPERATOR'S PROCEDURES.

s A14-17. BED NO: 20X2-5027

'O BED TITLE: SCALE DESIGN MAY BE INADEQUATE ON DIESEL GENERATOR SCALES, AND SCALES ARE TOO SMALL TO READ.

PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: THE SCALES ARE SCHEDULED TO BE REPLACED i

g WITHIN THE REARRANGEMENT OF DIESEL GENERATOR CONTROLS AND INDICATION PROJECT. I

! l l0  !

A14 - 6

!O

O A14-18. BED MO: 2063-5028 O BED TITLE: COLOR-CODING OF IRM RANGE SWITCHES MAY ENHANCE OPERATORS ASSOCIATION WITH IRM RECORDER SCALES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE ODD NUMBERS WILL BE FILLED WITH RED O PIGMENT AND THE EVEN NUMBERS WILL BE FILLED WITH BLACK PIGMENT FOR THE RANGE SELECTOR SWITCH PLATES TO ENHANCE THE ASSOCIATION WITH THE RANGE WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

O A14-19. BED NO: 20X4-5029 BED TITLE: OPERATORS REPORT THE TASK OF ACQUIRING READING AND CALCULATIONS FOR GENERATION AND VOLTAGE REPORTS INTERFERES WITH OTHER CONTROL O ROOM DUTIES.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THIS TASK IS CONSIDERED A LOW PRIORITY TASK AND IS NOT ALLOWED TO INFERFER WITH ANY CRITICAL OR HIGH PRIORITY OPERATOR O ACTIVITIES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT HAS DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A14-20.EED NO: 20X2-5030 O BED TITLE: RIP PUSHBUTTON CONTROLS CAN BE REPLACED IN PANEL BACKWARDS, THESE THEN OPERATE IN REVERSE.

PRIORITY: 1 DIhPOSITION: THE SWITCH DESIGN HAS SEVERAL MECHANICAL iO .

INTERLOCKING MECHANISMS TO PREVENT THE SWITCH MECHANISM AND LEGEND LIGHT FROM BEING REPLACED INCORRECTLY. THE CONTROL SWITCHES MENTIONED IN THIS HED HAVE BEEN CHECKED FOR THE OPERABILITY OF THE INTERLOCKS. ONE RIP VALVE CONTROL WAS REPLACED BACKWARDS BECAUSE

,O THE INTERLOCKS WERE BROKEN. THE SWITCH HAS l BEEN REPLACED. THE HEDAT HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PROBABILITY OF A REPEAT OCCURANCE OF ALL INTERLOCK FAILURES IS REMOTE THEREFORE, NO FURTHER ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A14 - 7 O

O l A14-21. BED ED: 20X1-5031 O BED TITLE: INDICATION FOR ISOLATION VALVES NOT ARRANGED IN NUMERICAL SEQUENCE.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: ARRANGEMENT REFLECTS ACTUAL PHYSICAL ARRANGEMENT OF VALVES, i.e., IV1 & IV3 ARE IN O PARALLEL AND IV2 & IV4 ARE IN PARALLEL, i THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

'O A14-22. BED NC: 20X3-5032 BED TITLE: METERS ARE NOT IN LOGICAL SEQUENCE AND SEQUENCE DIFFERS BETWEEN UNITS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BDING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE O COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-23. BED ND:

206X-5033

!O BED TITLE: METERS IN CORRESPONDING LOCATIONS ON BOTH UNITS HAVE DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING. CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE g APPROPRIATE ACTION.

l A14-24. BED ND: 20X3-5034 BED TITLE: EQUIPMENT NEEDED TO SELECT RANGE ON DUAL

'O SCALE OFF GAS RAD MON RECORDER IS MISSING IN CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 3

• DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

.O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14 - 8 lO t

. . - - , , . - - . . - , , . , ,r_,._,__ . , _ , . _ , - . _ , , . , , . . . . , ,,,,_-.,_,,._,..._..,.___.n,~,

O A14-25.EED NO: 2063-5035 O HED TITLE: CONTROL / DISPLAY RELATIONSHIP IS NOT OBVIOUS THROUGH LABELING.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: LABELING HAS BEEN CORRECTED.

O A14-26.HED NO: 206X-5036 BED TITLE: COMPONENT LOCATION DIFFERENCES ACROSS UNIT 1 AND UNIT 2 O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-27.HED NO: 2063-5037 HED TITLE: FUSUBUTTON SEQUENCE DIFFERS BETWEEN UNITS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: 'I , OIFFERENCES BETWEEN UNITS IS ONLY THE O LOCATION OF ONE PUSHBUTTON. ON ONE UNIT THE PUSHBUTTON IS TO THE RIGHT OF A BLANK MODULE AND THE OTHER IS TO THE LEFT OF A BLANK MODULE. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE LOCATION OF THE PUSHBUTTON, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A14-28.HED NO: 206X-5038 HED TITLE: INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN DIRECTION OF MOVEMENT OF CONTROL AND CHANGE IN LEGEND LIGHT DISPLAY O

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O i

l l

'O l

A14 - 9 0

'O

A14-29. BED MD

206X-5039 10 BED TITLE: CORE SPRAY SYSTEM "A" VENTILATION CONTROLS ARE NOT GROUPED WITH THE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CORE SPRAY "A" VENTILATION CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON THE XU-3 WITHIN O THE VENTILATION SYSTEM CONTROLS WHICH IS THE PREFERRED FUNCTIONAL LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

'O A14-30. BED MD: 206X-5040 BED TITLE: RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL "A" VENTILATION CONTROLS ARE NOT GROUPED WITH THE RHR SYSTEM.

! PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM VENTILATION

O CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON XU-3 WITH THE VENTILATION CONTROLS WHICH IS THE PREFERRED FUNCTIONAL LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

'O A14-31.EED NO: 2061-5043 BED TITLE: RHR TO RADWASTE COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED. ,

PRIORITY: 5

.O DISPOSITION: THE TWO RHR TO RADWASTE VALVE CONTROLS ARE l LOCATED WITH THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT l ISOLATION SYSTEM COMPONENTS. THIS IS THE PREFERED LOCATION FOR THESE VALVES DUE TO THEIR AUTOMATIC PCIS FUNCTION DURING A TRANSIT.

A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE 1

COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

.i APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE RADWASTE *

TEMPERATURE INDICATION.

O 1

O A14 - 10

'O

O f

A14-32. BED ND: 206X-5045 BED TITLE: CORE SPRAY "B" VENTILATION CONTROLS ARE NOT O GROUPED WITH THE CORE SPRAY SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: CORE SPRAY VENTILATION CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON XU-3 WITH THE VENTILATION FANS WHICH IS THE PREFERRED D FUNCTIONAL LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A14-33. BED ND: 206X-5046

. O BED TITLE: RESIDUAL HEAT REMOVAL SYSTEM "B" VENTILATION CONTROLS ARE NOT GROUPED WITH THE RHR SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 5 i DISPOSITION: THE RHR SYSTEM VENTILATION CONTROLS AND INDICATIONS ARE LOCATED ON XU-3 WITH THE E. VENTILATION CONTROLS WHICH IS THE PREFERRED FUNCTIONAL LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A14-34. BED No: 206x-5048 BED TITLE: REACTOR WATER CLEAN UP SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE SYSTEM GROUPED WITH THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT

. ISOLATION SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 5

,O DISPOSITION: THE TWO INBOARD AND OUTBOARD ISOLATION VALVES ARE LOCATED WITHIN THE PRIMARY CONTAINMENT ISOLATION SYSTEM WHICH IS THE PREFERRED FUNCTIONAL LOCATION, FOR THESE VALVES DUE TO

, .THEIR AUTOMATIC PCIS FUNCTION DURING A TRANSIT. THEREFORE, THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO O ACTION REQUIRED. -

O O

A14 - 11 i

O l

O A14-35.EED ND: 206X-5051 O BED TITLE ' REACTOR LEVEL SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-36. BED MD: 20X2-5052 BED TITLE: CONDENSATE OUT OF DEMINERALIZER COMPONENTS O NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION. -

O A14-37. BED ND: 20X2-5053 BED TITLE: HEATER DRAIN SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14-38. BED ND: 206X-5054 BED TITLE: MAIN TURBINE GENERATOR CONTROL COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED. .

O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: EHC PUMPS, TRANSFER PUMP AND TANK HEATERS &

FAN CONTROLS ARE FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED WITH TURBINE SUPPORT SYSTEMS, WHICH IS THE PREFERRED LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O O

A14 - 12 O

o A14-39.HED NO: 20X2-5056 O nED TITLE: 480 VOLT SWITCH GEAR COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED. .

PRIORITY: 5 .

DISPOSITION: COMPONENTS ARE GROUPED BY PLANT SITE AND CASWELL BEACH SITE, WHICH IS THE PREFERRED O LOCATION THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A14-40.HED NO: 206X-5057 BED TITLE:

CONDENSATE SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY O GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 i

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE~

COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

.O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-41. BED NO: 206X-5060 HED TITLE: REACTOR BUILDING CLOSED COOLING WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE -

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O

! A14-42.HED NO: 20X5-5061 HED TITLE: SUPPRESSION POOL LEVEL COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED O PRIORITr: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O 1

O l A14 - 13 i

i O

-._ . _ - . _ . - - . . . . . . _ _ , . _ . - _ - . . . . _ _ _ ~ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - . . - - . - . _ _ . . . _ . _ _ . . _ . . _ . . _ . _ _ _ - _ . _ . . _ - . - - _ _ _ _

O A14-43. BED NO: 20X2-5062

'O BED TITLE: OFF GAS SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: THE OFF GAS SYSTEM COMPONENTS ARE NOW FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED ON PANEL XU-80, OFF GAS O PANEL, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A14-44.HED NO: 206X-5063 O BED TITLE: EDISTURE SEPARATOR REHEATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

f A14-45.HED NO: 206X-5064 HED TITLE: MISCELLANEOUS VENTS AND DRAINS COMPONENTS NOT O FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS B,EING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMII;F THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14-46.HED NO: 20X2-5065 HED TITLE: SERVICE WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

, COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O O

A14 - 14 O

O A14-47. BED NO: 20X2-5066

~O BED TITLE: CIRCULATION WATER SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT '

FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: DISCHARGE AND INTAKE PUMPS ARE LOCATED TOGETHER WITHIN A GROUP, WHICH IS THE

O PREFERRED LOCATION, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A14-48. BED NO: 20X3-5068 O BED TITLE: AUXILIARY BOILER SYSTEM COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 5 -

DISPOSITION: ALL THE COMPONENTS EXCEPT THE AUX BOILER HOUSE EXHAUST FAN CONTROLS HAVE BEEN REMOVED

.O ON UNIT 2 AND WILL BE REMOVED ON UNIT 1 WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT. A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION FOR THE AUX BOILER HOUSE EXHAUST FAN CONTROLS WHICH EXIST IN UNIT 2 lO ONLY.

i A14-49.HED NO: 206X-5069 HED TITLE: TURBINE BUILDING VENTILATION COMPONENTS NOT O FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

'O A14-50.HED NO: 20X3-5070 HED TITLE: AUGMENTED OFF GAS VENTILATION COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

'O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE l

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14 - 15 O

O M4-51.HED NO: 20X3-5071 O HED TITLE: DRYWELL VENTILATION COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-52.HED NO: 206X-5072 HED TITLE: REACTOR BUILDING VENTILATION COMPONENTS NOT O FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE l

COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROFRIATE ACTION.

O A14-53.HED NO: 206X-5073 HED TITLE: CONTROL BUILDING VENTILATION COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

lO A14-54.EED NO: 206X-5076 HED TITLE: PROCESS MONITORING INSTRUMENTATIdN COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 5

! DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE i COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O O

A14 - 16 l

10 l

a _. - _ _ _ _ - _ - - _ - . - _ _ . - . --.

O A14-55. BED NO

206X-5078 O BED TITLE: CONTAINMENT ATMOSPHERE CONTROL COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.-

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-56'BRD . NO: 20X5-5079 BED TITLE: AUGMENTED OFF GAS COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY O GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IE BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-57. BED NO: 20X5-5080 BED TITLE: CONTAINMENT ATMOSPHERE DILUTION COMPONENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY'IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14-58. BED NOt 206X-5081 BED TITLE: SERVICE AND INSTRUMENT AIR SYSTEM COMPOFENTS NOT FUNCTIONALLY GROUPED.

O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O O

A14 - 17 O

l O l l

A14-59.HED NO: 206X-5082 O HED TITLE: INDICATOR LENS DIVIDED HORIZONTALLY ARE NOT CONSISTENT WITH VERTICALLY DIVIDED LIGHTS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-60.HED NO: 20X2-5083 HED TITLE: DEEP BED AND F'.uT DEMIN CONTROL SWITCHES ARE O NOT IN LOGICAL SEQUENCE, DIFFER BETWEEN UNITS.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-61. BED NO: 20X2-5085 HED TITLE: CONTROL MODULES AND INDICATOR LIGHTS ARE O DIFFERENT FOR SAME CONTROL ACROSS UNITS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE

• COMPONENT RELOCATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14-62.HED NO: 20F1-5088 HED. TITLE: VERTICAL METERS ON FIRE PANEL ARE NOT USED OR WIRED IN.

!O PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COMPONENT REMOVAL PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE .

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O

.O A14 - 18 O

O A14-63. BED NO: 20X4-5090 BED TITLE: RECORDERS DO NOT DISPLAY BANK NUMBERS FOR O POINTS PRINTED.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO IDENTIFY SINGLE POINTS ON THE ARM RECORDERS FOR BOTH UNITS. THE RECORDERS CONSIST OF THREE BANKS, EACH WITH O 12 POINTS. AN OPERATOR AID IS BEING DEVELOPED WITHIN THE OPERATOR AID PROJECT TO IDENTIFY SINGLE RECORDER POINTS AND A CROSS REFERENCE TO AREA RADIATION MONITORS. ONCE THIS REFERENCE AID IS IN PLACE THE OPERATOR WILL BE ABLE IDENTIFY AND TREND A POINT THAT -

'O IS IN AN ALARMING CONDITION. THE RECORDERS, AS DESIGNED HAVE THE ABILITY FOR SINGLE POINT

SELECTION, THIS WILL ALLOW THE OPERATOR TO ~

TREND A SINGLE ARM IF DIRECTED IN AN'EOP.

THE REACTOR BUILDING RADIATION AREA MONITOR

O WILL BE AVAILABLE ON ERFIS.

A14-64.HED NO: 206X-5091 O BED TITLE: OPERATORS HAVE DIFFICULTY VERIFYING GROUP ISOLATION VALVE CONTROL POSITIONS WHEN RESPONDING TO ALARMS.

PRIORITY: 2' DISPOSITION: A CHECK OFF LIST OF THE VALVES IN THE O ISOLATION GROUPS WILL BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE

, PROCEDURES PROJECT. THE GROUP ISOLATIONS l WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED WITHIN THE ERFIS PROJECT.

O A14-65.HED NO: 206X-5092 BED TITLE: SECONDARY CONTAINMENT TEMPERATURE INDICATION FOR ALL AREAS IN THE REACTOR BUILDING IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM AS REQUIRED IN THE EOPs.

O PRIORIrr 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO' DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14 - 19 O

l O

206X-5093 A14-66. BED NO:

'O aED TITLE: PRIMARY CONTAINMENT WATER LEVEL INDICATION IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE  !

I

O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

T A14-67.EED NO: 206X-5094 BED TITLE: AREA TEMPERATURE INDICATION NEAR INSTRUMENT O REFERENCE LEGS IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE

O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-68.EED MO . 206X-5096 HED TITLE: POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING SYSTEM DOES NOT ALLOW

!O FOR OBTAINING SAMPLES AT LEVELS REQUIRED IN EOPs.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A14-69.HED NO: 206X-5097 BED TITLE: PRIMARY CONTAINMENT HYDROGEN / OXYGEN' ANALYZERS

.O CANNOT OBTAIN SAMPLES AT PRESiiURE ABOVt 30 i PSIG AS REQUIRED IN EOPs.-

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O l -

lO A14 - 20 lO

---#~ -

. . - , - - . _ - - _ , y . , _ . . , _ , . ~ . _ _ . - -.___ _ . . , _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ , , _ . . _ . , _ _ . , _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . .

~

l

. 1 O l l

A14-70.HED NO: 206X-5099 n* HED TITLE: A POSITION INDICATION OF CONTROL ROD POSITION

- CANNOT BE DETERMINED IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING A SCRAM AS REQUIRED IN THE EOPs.

PRIORITI: 2 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE EOP

.O INSTRUMENTATION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A14-71.EED NO: 206X-6001

! HED TITLE: TRENDED INFORMATION FOR SUPPRESSION CHAMBER O PRESSURE IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: TRENDED INFORMATION FOR SUPPRESSION CHAMBER O PRESSURE WILL BE AVAILABLE WITHIN THE ERFIS PROJECT.

A14-72.HED NO: 206X-6002

O BED TITLE: TREND INFORMATION FOR DRYWELL AVERAGE TEMPERATURE IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE CONTROL ROOM.

l PRIORITY: 2 I

DISPOSITION: TRENDED INFORMATION FOR DRYWELL AVERAGE

TEMPERATURE WILL BE AVAILABLE WITHIN THE

'O ERFIS PROJECT.

A14-73.HED NO: 206X-6004 .

BED TITLE: A DEDICATED ADS REACTOR PRESSURE INDICATION

.O IS NOT AVAILABLE IN THE AUTOMATIC DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: REACTOR PRESSURE INDICATION IS AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD WITHIN THE HPCI AND

' O RCIC SYSTEM. THESE INDICATIONS ARE LOCATED IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO THE ADS CONTROLS.

l REACTOR PRESSURE WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE l WITHIN THE ERFIS PROJECT, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O A14 - 21 lO

A14-74.HED NO: 206X-6006 g HED TITLE: AN EOP CALLS FOR DETAILED INFORMATION FROM THE " AIR DRYER TROUBLE" ANNUNCIATOR.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PROCEDURE WILL BE CHANGED TO ELIMINATE CONFUSION WITHIN THE PROCEDURE PROJECT.

a l

A14-75.HED NO: 206X-6011 HED TITLE: THE CONTAINMENT SPRAY VALVE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT CALLED FOR IN EOPs IS NOT LABELED ON 3 THE CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: THE PROCEDURE WILL DE MODIFIED WITHIN THE '

PROCEDURE REVISION PROJECT TO INCLUDE THE LABEL THAT IS ASSOCIATED WITH CONTROL AND l INDICATOR LIGHT. IT IS A BSEP CONVENTIONS TO l PROVIDE ONE LABEL FOR A CONTROL SWITCH AND ITS ASSOCIATED INDICATOR LIGHT.

m A14-76.HED NO: 206X-6012 BED TITLE: TERMINOLOGY USED IN EOPs IS NOT CONSISTENT WITH CONTROL PANEL LABELING.

PRIORITY: 3 -

, DISPOSITION: THE BRUNSWICK EOP IS STRUCTURED SUCH THAT IN g SOME CASES AN SRO WILL READ AN INSTRUCTION FROM THE EOP AND THE RO WILL PERFORM THAT ACTION ON THE CONTROL PANEL. THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE WRITTEN IN COMMON USAGE TERMS TO FACILITATE THE TRANSFER OF VERBAL INFORMATION BETWEEN THE RO AND THE SRO AND O MAY NOT REFLECT THE EXACT TERMINOLOGY AND ABBREVIATIONS USED ON THE CONTROL BOARD LABEL.

WHEN A PROCEDURE FROM THE EOP REQUIRES THE OPERATOR TO READ AND PERFORM THE ACTION AT g"' THE CONTROL BOARD; THE CONTROL BOARD LABELING AND THE PROCEDURE TER! INOLOGY WILL BE MADE CONSISTENT WITHIN THE PROCEDURES REVISION

. PROJECT.

O A14 - 22 O

O A14-77.HED NO: 206X-6014 BED TITLE: PROCEDURE CALLS FOR INDIVIDUALLY ADJUSTING O THE RBCCW TO DRYWELL VALVES. THE VALVES ARE CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE SWITCH WHICH DOES NOT ALLOW FOR INDIVIDUAL ADJUSTMENTS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PROCEDURE WILL BE CORRECTED TO INCLUDE THE O CONTROL BOARD LABELING WITHIN THE PROCEDURES REVISION PROJECT.

A14-78.HED NO: 206X-6015 O nED TITLE: THE AUXILIARY SURGE TANK LEVEL METER REQUIRED FOR READINGS IN EOPs IS FEET AND THE PROCEDURE CALLS FOR GALLONS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: PROCEDURE WILL BE CHANGED WITHIN THE O PROCEDURES REVISION PROJECT.

A14-79. HED NO: 206X-6017 HED TITLE: AN E BUS VOLTAGE INDICATION IS NOT AVAILABLE O ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: NUMEROUS INDICATIONS OR METHODS ARE AVAILABLE TO THE OPERATOR TO DETERMINE E BUS STATUS INDICATION. EOPs ONLY REQUIRE THE OPERATOR O TO DETERMINE THE E BUS STATUS, NOT VOLTAGE.

I O

'O lO A14 - 23 O

O A14-80. HED NO: 206X-6018 )

O BED TITLE: LERs WRITTEN ON TORUS LEVEL EVALUATION 1 PROBLEMS INDICATE OPERATORS HAVE PROBLEMS  !

WITH THE TORUS LEVEL SYSTEM.

PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: A PLANT MOD WAS DONE TO IMPROVE THE DESIGN OF O THE TORUS LEVEL MONITORING SYSTEM THAT GIVES THE OPERATOR GREATER ACCURACY. ALSO A REQUIREMENT WAS ADDED TO ALL PROCEDURES THAT REQUIRES ONE OPERATOR BE DEDICATED TO MONITOR TORUS LEVEL WHEN PERFORMING AN EVOLUTION OF 1 INCREASING OR DECREASING TORUS LEVEL. THE I O HEDAT DETERMINED THAT THESE MODIFICATIONS HAVE ADEQUATELY ADDRESSED THAT TORUS LEVEL PROBLEMS. THERE HAVE BEEN NO LERs ON TORUS LEVEL SINCE 1983, AFTER THE MODIFICATIONS WERE MADE.

O A14-81. BED NO: 20J4-6019 i HED TITLE: LER WRITTEN WHEN HPCI WAS ISOLATED ON A STEAM LEAK DETECTION, BECAUSE THE OPERATOR PUT TWO STEAM LEAK DETECTION MONITOR SWITCHES IN THE

'O " READ" POSITION AT THE SAME TIME.

PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: A WARNING LABEL HAS BEEN PROVIDED TO REMIND THE OPERATORS THAT ONLY ONE STEAM LEAK DETECTION MONITOR SWITCH CAN BE PUT IN THE

O " READ" POSITION AT A TIME.

A14-82. BED NO: 20J3-6020 BED TITLE: LERs'WERE WRITTEN WHEN THE DRYWELL OXYGEN

O MONITOR WAS FOUND INDICATING HIGH, BECAUSE THE SAMPLING PUMP MOTOR SWITCH WAS FOUND TURNED OFF.

PRIORITY 1 DISPOSITION: A NEW DRYWELL OXYGEN MONITOR HAS BEEN

O PROVIDED ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD. THE NEW SYSTEM PROVIDES CONTROL OF THE SAMPLING PUMP MOTOR . THERE HAVE BEEN NO LERs ON DRYWELL OXYGEN MONITORS SINCE THIS MODIFICATION.

O A14 - 24

O

-O A14-83. HED ND: 206X-6022 10 HED TITLE: LER WAS WRITTEN WITH THE DEMINERALIZED WATER STORAGE TANK LEVEL WAS FOUND TO BE LOW.

PRIORITY: 1 DISPOSITION: AN INDICATION FOR DEMINERALIZED WATER STORAGE TANK LEVEL HAS BEEN PROVIDED IN THE CONTROL O ROOM.

O O

O O

O O

O A14 - 25 O

O O BSEP HED SUNNARY CONVENTIONS APPENDIX A-15 O

A15-1. HED NO: 20X2-1301 HED TITLE: INCONSISTENT ARRANGEMENT AND LABELING ON COND DEMIN TRAIN FILTER CONTROLS AND ASSOCIATED INDICATOR LIGHTS.

O PRIORITY: 2 DISPOSITION: LABEL HAS BEEN PROVIDED THAT CLARIFIED THE ASSOCIATION BETWEEN THE CONTROLS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS.

O.

A15-2. HED NO: 20X2-1302 -

HED TITLE:- LEGEND LIGHT ENGRAVING IS INCONSISTENT WITH OTHER ENGRAVING IN CONTROL ROOM.

'O PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A15-3. HED NO: 206X-1303 HED TITLE: INCONSISTENT USE OF COLOR CODING WITHIN THE POSITION LABELS.

. PRIORITY: 5

g DISPOSITION: THE STOP POSITION IS RED TO SERVE AS A "THINK BEFORE ACTION" REMINDER TO THE OPERATOR. THE COLOR CODING IS CONSISTENTLY APPLIED TO ALL BOP 4160V MOTORS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

lO

'O A15 - 1 0

l _ _ _ . _ . _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - .

O A15-4. HED NO: 206X-1304 HED TITLE: USE OF COLOR CODING FOR INDICATOR LIGHTS IS

'O INCONSISTENT.

PRIORITY: 5 ,

DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL i ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE '

APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A15-5. HED NO: 2063-1305 HED TITLE: INCONSISTENT USE OF COLOR CODING FOR CONTROL 0 POSITION INDICATION.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STdDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM' CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A15-6. HED NO

206X-1306 BED TITLE: INDICATOR LIGHT ENGRAVING IS NOT CONSISTENT ACROSS UNITS.

PRIORITY: 3 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE CONTROL ROOM CONVENTION PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A15-7. HED NO

206X-1307 HED TITLE: CONTROL KNOB SHAPES ARE NOT CONSISTENT FOR CORRESPONDING CONTROLS ACROSS UNITS.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: BOTH ARE STANDARD FINGER-OPERATED KNOBS.

UNIT 2 KNOBS HAVE A SLIGHT EXTENSION.

OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE SWITCHES, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O O

A15 - 2

.O

.O l

A15-8. HED NO: 20SY-1309

.O HED TITLE: ANNUNCIATOR SWITCH ON THE SWITCHYARD PANEL IS NOT LOCATED AT THE FRONT OF THE BENCH BOARD.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE ANNUNCIATOR SWITCH LABEL IS COLOR CODED TO IMPROVE VISUAL LOCATION / RECOGNITION, O THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A15-9. HED NO: 20X3-1312 O HED TITLE: LEGEND LIGHTS HAVE DESIGN AND COLOR CODING INCONSISTENCIES.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE LEGEND LIGHTS INDICATE THE STATUS OF THE

, EQUIPMENT. THE SUPPLY / EXHAUST FANS AND O DAMPER OPERATIONS ARE CONTROLLED FROM ONE CONTROL SWITCH ASSOCIATED WITH THE AREA VENT IT IS SERVICING. THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE LEGEND LIGHTS REFLECT THE ACTUAL EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT IN THE PLANT. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE LIGHTS, THEREFORE THE O HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

A15-10.HED NO: 20SY-1313 HED TITLE: UNIT 1 & UNIT 2 SIDES OF SWITCHYARD PANEL ARE O PARTIALLY MIRROR-IMAGED.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE SWITCHYARD PANEL MIMIC ACTUALLY MIMICS THE SWITCHYARD. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO

. . . PROBLEMS WITH THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE PANEL,

'O THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

l O

i A15 - 3 0

o 1 A15-ll.HED NO: 20J1-1315 n HED TITLE: RESET PUSHBUTTONS LOCATED ON THE P-600 BACK PANEL ARE RED WHICH DO NOT CONFORM TO COLOR )

CODING CONVENTION CRITERIA.

PRIORITY: 5 l DISPOSITION: THE PUSHBUTTONS ARE CLEARLY LABELED TO g' INDICATE THEIR FUNCTION. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE BUTTONS, THEREFORE THE I HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

'o A15-12.HED NO: 20J3-1321 HED TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE STOP, START AND RESET PUSHBUTTONS ARE NOT g USED BY THE OPERATORS. THEY ARE USED BY E&RC ONLY. THE OTHERS ARE CLEARLY LABELED TO INDICATE THEIR FUNCTION AND THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE PUSHBUTTONS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A15-13.HED NO: 20J3-1322 HED TITLE: INDICATORS LOCATED ON THE XU-55 BACK PANEL DO NOT FOLLOW COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE INDICATORS ARE CLEARLY LABELED TO '

INDICATED THEIR FUNCTION. OPERATORS HAVE A REDUNDANT INDICATION (ANNUNCIATOR) ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD. OPERATORS HAVE NO

'g PROBLEMS WITH THESE I!1DICATOR LIGHTS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETEEMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O O

A15 - 4

~O

l O l l

A15-14. BED NO: 20J7-1323 O BED TI'tLE: RECORDER LAYOUT ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL DOES NOT FOLLOW LEFT TO RIGHT CONVENTION.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE THREE RECORDERS ARE CLEARLY LABELED FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION. OPERATORS HAVE NO O PROBLEMS WITH THE LAYOUT OF THE RECORDERS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A15-15. BED NO: 20J7-1324 BED TITLE: CONTROLS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL DO NOT MEET COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5

. DISPOSITION: THE CONTROLS ARE CLEARLY LABELED FOR EASY O IDENTIFICATION. THEY ARE NOT USED IN EMERGENCY OPERATIONS. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE CONTROLS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED. -

A15-16. BED NO: 20J7-1325 BED TITLE: INDICATORS LOCATED ON THE XU-61 BACK PANEL DO NOT FOLLOW COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 O DISPOSITION: THE INDICATORS ARE CLEARLY LABELED TO INDICATE THEIR FUNCTION. OPERATORS HAVE A REDUNDANT INDICATION (ANNUNCIATOR) ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD. OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THESE INDICATOR LIGHTS, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION g REQUIRED.

O l

A15 - 5 0

O A15-17. BED NO: 22J6-1326 BED TITLE: "ON" INDICATOR LIGHT LOCATED ON THE XU-79 O BACK PANEL IS CODED GREEN WHICH DOES NOT CONFORM TO COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THE INDICATOR LIGHT IS CLEARLY LABELED AND THERE IS AN ANNUNCIATOR AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN O CONTROL BOARD TO INDICATE A POWER FAILURE OF THE PANEL. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE LIGHT, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

O A15-18.HED NO: 22J5-1328 HED TITLE: "ON" INDICATOR LIGHT LOCATED ON THE XU-75 BACK PANEL IS CODED GREEN, WHICH DOES NOT CONFORM TO COLOR CODING CONVENTIONS.

O PRIORITr 5 .

DISPOSITION: THE' INDICATOR LIGHT IS CLEARLY LABELED AND THERE IS AN ANNUNCIATOR AVAILABLE ON THE MAIN CONTROL BOARD TO INDICATE A POWER FAILURE OF THE PANEL. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THE LIGHT, THEREFORE'THE HEDAT O DETERMINED NO ACTION REQUIRED.

A15-19.HED NO: 206X-1330 BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR ORANGE AS A MEANS OF C) COLOR CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: THERE ARE'ONLY TWO APPLICATIONS FOR THE COLOR ORANGE: A CONDITION TAG AND A MIMIC LINE.

O THE CONTEXT AND CONSISTANCY OF THIS' APPLICATION MAKES THIS DUAL MEANING ACCEPTABLE AS THE OPERATORS HAVE NO PROBLEMS WITH THEIR MEANINGS. THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

A15 - 6 O

..,.i..... n

O -

l A15-20.EED ND: 206X-1331 O BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR WHITE AS A MEANS OF -

COLOR CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: WHITE AS AN INDICATOR LIGHT COLOR IS USED TO INDICATE GENERAL EQUIPMENT STATUS. THE ONLY 9 OTHER APPLICATION OF WHITE IS USED FOR THE RWCU INBOARD AND OUTBOARD ISOLATION VALVE CONTROL HANDLES ON PANEL 601. THESE HANDLES ARE WHITE TO AID IN THE LOCATION AND TO DISTINGUISH THE SWITCHES. OPERATORS HAVE O FOUND THIS' LEVEL OF CODING TO BE HELPFUL AND THE HEDAT FEELS THAT THE CONTEXT AND CONSISTANCY OF THIS APPLICATION MAKES THIS DUAL MEANING ACCEPTABLE, THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.-

o A15-21.EED ND - 206X-1332 BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR GREEN AS A MEANS OF COLOR CODING IS' INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: GREEN AS AN INDICATOR LIGHT COLOR IS USED TO INDICATE A SAFE CONDITION OR DE-ENERGIZED.

THE ONLY OTHER APPLICATION OF A SIMILAR COLOR IS THE OLIVE GREEN USED FOR THE DW FLOOR O DRAIN ISOLATION VALVE AND THE DW EQUIPMENT ISOLATION VALVE CONTROL HANDLES ON PANEL 601 AND THE MIMIC LINES ON THE XU-80 PANEL. THE HANDLES ON THE 601 PANEL ARE OLIVE TO AID IN LOCATION AND TO DISTINGUISH THE SWITCHES.

THE GREEN MIMIC LINE MEANS AIR AND IS ALSO LABELED AS SUCH. THE OPERATORS HAVE NO O PROBLEMS WITH THIS LEVEL OF CODING AND THE HEDAT FEELS THE CONTEXT AND CONSISTANCY OF THESE APPLICATIONS MAKE THE DIFFERENT USES ACCEPTABLE. THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED NO ACTION IS REQUIRED.

O O

A15 - 7 O

3 A15-22. BED NO: 206X-1333 BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR AMBER AS A MEANS OF 3 COLOR CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COLOR CODING CONSISTENCY PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

A15-23. BED NO: 206X-1334

, BED TITLE: THE USE OF TEE COLOR BLUE AS A MEANS OF COLOR J CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: BLUE HAS THREE DIFFERENT MEANINGS: MIMIC LINES ARE CODED BLUE FOR WATER (AND ALSO

• O '

LABELED AS SUCH), PART OF THE RODWORTH MINIMIZER INDICATOR LIGHTS ARE CODED BLUE (SPLIT LENS STYLE), AND THE INBOARD AND OUTBOARD ISOLATION VALVE CONTROL HANDLES FOR THE RHR TO RADWASTE AND REACTOR HEADSPRAY ARE CODED BLUE. ' OPERATORS REPORT THAT THEY HAVE O FOUND THESE. CODING APPLICATIONS HELPFUL AND MEANINGFUL. THE CONTEXT AND CONSISTANCY OF THESE APPLICATIONS MAKES THESE MEANINGS ACCEPTABLE; THEREFORE THE HEDAT DETERMINED THAT NO ACTION IS REQUIRED FOR THE ABOVE. ,

O BLUE DYMOTAPE LABELING WILL BE REMOVED WITHIN THE LABELING AND RE-ENGRAVING PROJECT.

A15-24.EED NO: 206X-1335 O BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR RED AS'A MEANS OF COLOR CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITION: RED IS MAINLY USED TO INDICATE OPEN, TRIPPED O OR ENERGIZED. A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COLOR CODING CONSISTENCY PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O A15 - 8 O

O-A15-25. BED NO: 206X-1336 BED TITLE: THE USE OF THE COLOR YELLOW AS A,MEANS OF U,,

COLOR CODING IS INCONSISTENT THROUGHOUT THE CONTROL ROOM.

PRIORITY: 5 DISPOSITIOB: A STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED WITHIN THE COLOR CODING CONSISTENCY PROJECT TO DETERMINE THE O APPROPRIATE ACTION.

O O

5 O

O O

O O

A15 - 9 O

4 . - -

O o

O

'O O

APPEamIX a SAMPLE TASK PLAN O .

l O

O l

l O

O 6

0

O TP-3.1 May 1, 1983 i

O

• l O

. I O i EMAN FActCRS TAE P!JGI .

O rea tub ABEO CU M E SYSTWI REVIEf .

O

'O i

l

O O

9 0

O

O TP-3.1

""" 8HREE May 1, 1983 lin00sio m Invrsrass

O BunJh. mer. nate e,ip%

l

.O i

O

O ,

,O .

l e

~

,O t 6 O .

1

O 1

i i

O I

i l0 i .. . - - -

o e -3.1 nammu r rmurm .,,:., . May 1, 1983

o -

e m omm Emot 1.0 QUBCrIVES 1

'O 2.0 REVInt TEAM SEIACTIC16 AIS RESPQuernnTTIES 1 3.0 OtITERIA 1 4.0 PynmundtS 1 0

4.1 General Instructions 1 4.2 Data Collection 2 4.3 Analysis .

2 O

, 5.0 EQUIMENr/ FACILITY BBQUIRBENTS 3 6.0 Deurs Am Dm FOIWS -

3 7.0 OUTPors Ale RESuurs 3 O

8.0 FIGulES AIO TABLES 4 9.0 PROCEDURE EXCEPTIONS 5 O

APRGEICES A. CRITERIA -

O B. DATA F0888 C. CRITE!:IA MATRIX D. TNE PIAN CRITIQlE O

8 O

O M

_ - __ _ = - . ._ __~ - _ _- .- _ - . _ - . _ _ . . . .

O TP-3.1 ammar mm gggggg May 1, 1983

, 1.0 W JacfIVEB O

a. Tb assess to what degree the annunciator system conforms to the

. criteria in NWWG-0700.

b. Tb ihi4 and document any features in the annuncistor system i design that do not confona to the criteria in NWWG 4700.

.O 2.0 REVIBf TEAM SELECTION Ale IEEOstrartTTIES 1

i a. A human factors specialist to conduct the data collection and analysis and to prepare the task report.

b. A client nuclear operations specialist to supply plant systess information concerning alarm parameters and alarm response procedures.

c. A client plant engineer /opertor to assist in identifying relevant O . plant systems information. .

3.0 CRITERIA l

l The criteria are from NWWG-0700; paragraphs 6.3.1.1; 6.3.1.2a through

'O d(2); 6.3.1.3a through di 6.3.1.4a and b; 6.3.1.5a through b(3);

6.3.2.la through is 6.3.3.la through b(2); 6.3.2.2a and b; 6.3.3.la through c(3); 6.3.3.2a through f(2); 6.3.3.3a through f; 6.3.3.4a

through dp 6.3.3.5a through d(6); 6.3.4.la *h=$ d(2); 6.3.4.2a i through c; 6.3.4.3a and b; 6.5.1.6a through c(2) and e(1) through .

3(3); and 6.6.6.2a,' b, and c (see Appendix A).

4.0 PIOCEDWWS Ganaral Instructiona 4.1 l0.

4.1.1 Preparation and Conduct of Procedures

a. Prior to conduct of this task, ensure that all required data forms, plant hmtation, engineering drawings, equipment, and satorials are . available. Ensure that permission has been obtained for all required aooses to the control room or other plant areas.

, O

b. Rooord all exceptions, deviations, or changes to these procedures i in Section 9.0 of this Task Plan. Ituber each entry sequentially, starting with 1. Include an esplanation (technical justification) l as to why the asception, deviation, or change was made.

O 4.1.2 Task Plan Critique I

%cn completion of this task, fill out the Task Plan Critique contained in Appendix D. Sutuait the coupleted critique to your supervisor or project manager.

O 1

i O

TP-3.1 nummurum 333333 May 1, 1983 4.2 . nata an11 action

a. Data are collected using various methods and procedures consisting of measurements, cheervations, interviews and -- ^ i---- = ires, and docesant reviews. Appendix c illustrates the distribution of the criteria for the various methods.

O b. Measurements and observations should be ande for all items contained on the Measurement data forms and meervations checklists contained in Appendix B.

c. Se operator interviews (Appendix B) should be administered to. a sipificant rumber of the licensed reactor operators for the plant.

O Administration may be conducted singly or in a group, but should be proctored or monitored.

d. S e results of the System Function and Task Analysis. tasks should be reviewed for annunciator-relevant data in reference to NUREG4700 O

guidelines 6.3.3.li 6.3.1.4a; 6.3.3b and d(2); 6.3.3.4a and c; 6.3.4.3a; and 6.6.6.2a(1), (2), and (3).

e. In addition to the review results from d, above, plant documentation abould be reviewed to verify the items listed in the Document Review Checklist in Appendix B. The required plant doceents include O

1. Annunciator Response Procedures

2. Administrative Procedures relevant to ' annunciators.

4.3 Analgaia ~

O

. a. All deviations from the criteria shall be recorded on Raman hgineering Discrepancy (m) reports (Appendix B) . Recorded information shall include the instrument or instruments involved (e.g., auditory alara horns, specific light tiles, etc.), a -

dmocription of the problem including the 0700 paragraph number of O the criteria, and a reocumended solution.

b. Data collection method (s) shall also be recorded on the BID fona (see Appendix B). Where data from two or more sources are contradictory, resolution of the conflict through data review and

"" ' 'll * '

O

c. Use the analysis aids from Appendix B for all data reduction and analysis. tpon completion of all analyses, ensure that the criteria in A are properly annotated (as specified in the analysis O d. autenit the ocupleted task plan to your ismediate supervisor for review. t@on project management approval, initiate Task asport 3.1.

O 2

O TP-3.1 aurarrmrm geret May 1, 1983 o 5.0 EQUIPMENF AIC FACILITY IWQUDBENES l

a. Access to the control room.

b. Sound level meter.

O c. Protractor and tape measure.

d. Flash comparator.

6.0 DEUFS AE DhTA FONIS O

a. Annunciator Response Procedures

b. Annunciator Administrative Procedures

., . c. Cbspleted Task Reports for O '

1. System Function and Task Analysis

2. Labels and Iocation Aids

3. Maintainability - -

O

d. Criteria Lidt (Appendix A)

e. The following from Appendix B:

1. Measurements Data Fcans

2. Interview Fonus

3. Cheervations Oncklist

4. Documentation Review Q wcklist 10

5. Analysis Aids

6. IED Report Fonus

f. Criteria Matrix (Appendix C)

g. Task Plan Critique Form (Appendix D) 7.0 OUnvrs Ale Resours lo a. Coupleted HEDs

b. Coupleted Task Report.

O n'

1 TP-3 1 N May 1, 1983

O 8.0 FIGURES A m m lene O

O O

O O

9 0 0

0 0

8 O

n

O TP-3.1

- SERIBE May 1, 1983 O

'*U "*""

The following esceptions, deviations, and char.ges were made to these proce&lres during conduct of the task (include a statement of justification on each item):

O O

O -

O ,

O O

O -

O O

5 ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

O TP-3.1 aumrurr m m May 1, 1983 Ammon A O CRmRIA

)

O 1 I

i O

O l

0 lO O

O O

O i

O.

i TP 3.1

- BRME lemy 1,1983 i

APPE EIX A

0 citITERIA -

IVA YEB 14 0 030SEr5 i

O 6.3.1.1 GEIElmL SrsTst DESIGai l Annunciator warning systems are the

primary control room interface to I . issnediately alert the operator to out-of-tolerance changes in plant O condition. Annunciator warning systes 1 consist of three major subsystassa (a) j an auditory alert subsystem, (b) a visual

! alarm subsystem, and (c) an operator response subsysta (see Exhibit 6.3-1).

Together, these three subsystems should

O

be designed to provide a preferred -

operational sequence for annunciator l warnings as indicated in Exhibit 6.3.2.

4 6.3.1.2 ALMet PARMMER SEEacrICII iO a. suisonas 'the limits or setpoints

] for iniH*ng the annunciator warning I system abould be establimbed to uset l rae following goals:

! (1) Alarms should not occur so

O frequently as to be considered ,

a nuisance by the operators.

] (2) Ilowever, setpoints should be -

established to give operators 4

! adequate time to respond to the

O warning condition before a j serious problem develops.

1 b. misimL AIAletB - ,

(1) Alares that require the control O room operator to direct an

auxiliary operator to a given i plant location for specific j . -

information should be avoided.

i

! (2) If general alares sust be used,

O they should only be used for j

conditions that allow adequate time for auxiliary operator i

action and ed-- mt control room operator actions.

iO

{ A-1 ,

O TP-3.1 Jumrmrrautet nrsmut May 1, 1983 i

APPEICIX A O CRITERIA WA YES 10 030Et@S O 6.3.1.2 (cont'd) c.

ME2IQUMEL OR SHARED AURIS -

(1) Annunciators with inputs from

more than one plant paraseter O setpoint should be avoided.

M11ti-input alarms that summarize single-input annunciators elsewhere in the control roca I are an exception. .

l . .

~

.O (2) wuere multi-input annunciators '

must be used, an alarm printout capability should be provided.

The specifics of the alarm should be printed on an alarm

, typer with sufficient speed and

O buffer storage to capture an alare data.

(3) A rarlamh capability should be provided to allow subsequent alarms to activate the auditory 10 alert mechanism and reflash the

• l visual tile even though the I

first alarm may not have been cleared.

d. MburI-Ut(IT AURIS -  !

O (1) Alarms for any shared plant systems should be duplicated in all control rooms.

(2) When an item of shared equipannt lO is being operated from one I

ocntrol roce a status display or sipal should be provided in all other control rocus which could potentially control this equipment.

O A-2

.O TP-3.1 Namar rugt srstigt May 1, 1983 APPEEIX A O, g

.O 6.3.1.3 FIRST OUT AttOCIATORS $ YES E N

a. REACIOR SYSTEM -

(1) A separate first out panel should be provided for the O reactor systen.

(2) The first out panel should consist of separate annunciator l

tiles for each of the automatic O react e trip functions.

(3) In the event of a reactor trip, the tile associated with the event should 111taninate, and no other. ,

O-

b. TURBINE-GENEMICR SYSTEM - A separate first out panel, similar in function to the reactor system panel, is rN. -

O c. POSITION - First out panels should be located directly above the main control work station for the system. .

d. APPLICATION - First our annunciators l should conform to the general auditory, visual, and operator O response guidelines of this section.

6.3.1.4 PRIORITIZATION

a. LEVELS OF PRIORITY -

O -

(1) Prioritization should be accom-plished using a relatively

=nall (2-4) number of priority levels.

O l

O 1

l A-3

O TP-3.1 MENEN W M JMHegE May 1, 1983 APPEICIX A i

.O CRITERIA l

1(/A YES 10 030ENr5 LO 6.3.1.4a (cont'd) i (2) Prioritization should be based on a contimam of importance, .

severity, or need for operator .

action in one or more dimensions,

O e.g., likelihood of reactor trip, release of radiation.

Exhibit 6.3-3 prwides an example ,

, of prioritizatiori based on three levels of prioritization.

O b. PRIORITY CODIlE -

(1) Some method for coding the visual sigrals for the various

priority levels should be employed. Acceptable methods O for priority coding include

color, position, shape, or symbolic coding.

(2) Auditory signal coding for priority level is also

{O appropriate.- see Guideline 6.2.2.3 for recomunended coding -

techniques.

6.3.1.5 CIElWED AIJRES

!O a. AUDITORY SIGNAI. - Cleared alaans should have a dedicated, distinctive

audible signal which should be of finite duration.

b. VISORL SIGNht. - The individual tile O should have one of the followings j (1) A special flash rate (twice or one half the normal flash rate

) . is preferred, to allow discrimi-l nation),or

O (2) M M brightness, or l

\

{

P i ^d

i

'O l W 3.1 l aimmar mma grates Nay 1, 1983 )

l t APPEE IX A O CRITERIA l 1

14/A YES 10 G30ERES

,0 6.3.1.5b (cont'd)

(3) A special color, consistent with the overall control roca color coding h, produced 3 by a differently colored bulb

O behind the tile.

6.3.2.1 SIGIRL DETECTICli

a. INTENSITY - The signal should be such that operators can reliably

-:0 discren the signal above the ambient 4 control zoca noise. A nominal value of 10 dB(A) above average ambient noise is generally adequate.

b. CONTROL - Signal intensity, if

O adjustable, should be controlled by administrative procedure.

c. LINITS 'Ihe signal should capture the operator's attention but should not cause irritation or a . startled

,O reaction.

d. DETECTIOtt - Each auditory signal should be adjusted to result in approximately equal detection levels .

at normal operator work stations in O the Primary operating area.

e. RESET - The annunciator auditory alert mechanism should automatically

• reset when it has been silenced.

O f. IDENFIFICNFION - The operator should be able to identify the work station or the system where the auditory alert signal originated.- Separate auditory signals at each work station within the primary operating area  :

O are r-v===nded. '

i O

A-5

]

TP-3.1 AIEEECDt1Gt MNReg May 1, 1983 APPEtOIX A D CRITERIA '

Iq/A YES 10 C30eES O 6.3.2.2 AIDITOIE CODING

a. IOCALIEMPION (1) Auditory coding techniques should be used when the operator O work station associated with the alarm is not in the primary operating area. -

(2) Coded signals from a single audio source should not be used O .

to identify individual work stations within the primary operating area.

b. PRIORITIZNFION - Coding may be used to indicate alarm priority. (See O mMaline 6.3.1.4.)

6.3.3.1 VISUAL ANNutCIATOR PANEIS .

a. IOCNrION - Visual alarm panels should be located above the related controls O and displays which are required for corrective or diagnostic action 'in response to the alarm. (See Exhibit 6.3-4.)

b. tamme -

O (1) Each panel should be identified by a label above the panel.

(2) Panel identification label height should be consistent O with a subtended visual angle of at least 15 minutes when viewed from a central position within the primary operating area.

O O

A-6

)

F 3.1 ammeurramm anest May 1, 1983 3 APPEtDIX A carmtIA IVA YES 10 G30 BEES 3

6.3.3.2 VISUAL ALAIWL IIB 00G ARD IDENE

a. FLASHING - The specific tile (s) on an annunciator panel should use F1 --MM illusaination to indicate an 3 alarm condition.

b. FLASHIUG'E - Flash rates should be from three to five flamham per second with approsisately equal on and off times.

D

c. FIABBER FAILultE - In case of flasher failure of an =1= =ad tile, the tile abould 111taminata and burn standily. ,

d. GREERAST DETECNBILITY - There should 3 be high enough contrast between alarming and stamW tiles, and betmeen illisminated and nonilluminated

. tiles, so that operators in a normally - -

illuminated control room have no problem discriminating alarming, 3 steady-on, and steady-off visual tiles.

e. "Dh35t* AIGMCIJGOR PAIEEE - A " dark" annunciator panel concept should be used. This means that under normal D operating conditions no annunciators would be illuminated; all of the visual tiles of the annunciator panels would be " dark." -

f. EXTEBCED DUIUfFION ILLGtDGtrION - If 3 an annunciator tile sust be "CN" for an extended period during normal operations (e.g., during equipment repair or rel= d.), it should bes (1) Distinctively coded for positive D recognition during this period, and (2) Controlled by administrative procedures.

D

. . . . . . w __ - __ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

O TP-3.1 murum grargg Nay 1, 1983 1

APPEEIX A O CRI'rERIA -

Iq/A YES NO CDBENTS O 6.3.3.3 AammaneurCFVISUALALMWtTILES

a. MMRIX ORGANI5ATI0tt - Visual alanus should be organized as a matrix of visual alarm tiles within each

'O ann N iator panel. .

b. FtBCPICMhL GROUPING - Visual alarm tiles abould be grouped by function .i or system within each annunciator l panel. For example area radiation l i

O alarms should be grouped in one l panel, not spread throughout the '

control room,

c. IABELING OR AXES -

'O (1) The vertical and horizontal axes of annunciator panels should be labeled with alphanumerics for ready ,

coordinate designation of a .

parH-1=r visual tile.

10 (2) coordinate designation is

. preferred on the left and top sides of the annunciator penei.

(3) Letter height for coordinate O desipation should be consistent

- with a subtended vim angle of at least 15 minutes as viewed from'a central position within the primary operating area.

O d. PATTElti REQXiNITICBI -

(1) The number of alarm tiles and the matrix density should be kept low (a amminnan of 50 tiles per natrix is suggested).

O (2). Tiles within an annunciator panel matrix should be grouped by subsystem, function, or other logical organization.

O i

P-_._. . . _ _ _ _

O TP-3.1 Maser m mtavenug May 1, 1983 APPEE IK A O CRITERIA l

Iq/A YES 10 CXNBES O 6.3.3.3 (cont'd)

e. OUTHP-SERVICE ALARMS - Cues for prompt recognition of an out-of- '

service annunciator should be designed into the system.

f. SEJM: TILES - Blank or unused annun-clator tiles should not be illumi-l nated (except during annunciator l testing).

'O 6.3.3.4 VISunL TIIa IaGemS

a. DNAMBIG000S - Annunciator visual tile legends should be specific and ,

unambiguous. Wording should be in concise, short messages.

b. SINERARITY - Alanus 4W refer the operator to another, more detailed annunciator panel located outside the -

primary operating area should be minimiend.

O

c. SPECIFICITY - Tile legends should address specific conditions; for example, do not use one alarm for BIGi-IN, TEMPERMURE-PRESSWtE.

• iO 6.3.3.5 VISonL TIIa REannsILITY

a. DISTANCE - The operator should be able to read all the annunciator '

tiles front the position a' t the work station where the annunciator

O acknowledge control is located.

(1) Intter height ahmM subtend a minimum visual angle of 15 t

minutes, or .004 x viewing distance. The preferred visual

,O angle is 20 minutes, or .006 x viewing distance.

.0 3_9 .

O l TP-3.1 MERER'mm SE3 Egg May 1, 1983 i 1

\

l APPEICIX A I O - CRITERIA  !

IVA YES 10 CX30ENES

'O 6.3.3.5a (cont'd)

(2) Intterheight should be identical  ;

l for all tiles, based on the '

maximum viewing distance.

Separate calculations should be O made for stand-up and sit-down work stations.

b. TYPE STYLE 'I6e size and style of lettering should meet the following:

O (1) Type styles should be sisple.

(2) Type styles should be consistent on all visual tiles.

(3) only upperm type should be O used on visual tiles. ,

c. LBGEIO CONTRAST - Legends should provide high contrast with the tile background.

O (1) Imgends should be engraved.

(2) Imgands should be dark lettering on a light background.

d. INTER DIMENSICHS AIO SPACING -

O (1) Str A e N W rf*

ratio should be between 1:6 and 1:8.

(2) Letter width-to-height ratio O should be between 1:1 and 3:5. ,

(3) Numeral width-to-beight ratio shrm1A be 3:5.

(4) Minima space between characters O should be one stroke width.

l l

A-10

O TP-3.1 AIEEEK2MGt ETHfEBE May 1, 1983 O APPEtOIX A CRITERIA IVA YES 10 CDOElWS O

6.3.3.5d (Cont'd)

(5) Minimum space between words should be the width of one character.

O (6) Minimum space between lines shouldoneone-half thecharacter height.

6.3.4.1 QML'KIA (see Exhibit 6.3-5).

O

a. SILENCE -

(1) Each set of operator response controls shouldincin5e a silence control.

O (2) It should be possible to silence an auditory alert sigral from any set of annunciator response controls in theprimary operating area.

'O

b. A G NONEEDGE (1) A control should be provided to terminate the flashing of a -

visual tile and have it continue O at scendy illumination until the alarm is cleared.

(2) Acknowledgement should be possible only at the work station where the alarm originated.

.O

c. leser (1) If an autcentic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to O reset the system after an alarm has cleared.

O rm

O TP-3.1 namsserattEt BTNrum May 1, 1983 1 APPEICIX A

O -

currERIA Iq/A YES NO CDGEINPS

!O 6.3.4.1c (cont'd)

(2) The reset control should silence any mwHhle sigial indicating clearance and should exti n iinh

.O tile illianination. '

l (3) The reset control should be

, effective only at the work -

station for the annunciator panelwhere the alarminitiated.

O d. TEST (1) A control to test the auditory sigal and M-hing illianination of all tiles in a panel should lO be Prwided.

(2) Periodic testing of annunciators should be required and controlled

, by administrative prar=4we.

l 6.3.4.2 cau mco sEr osSIGN lO

a. POSITIORENG OF REPITITIVE GROUPS -

Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same arrangesent and relative location at

'O different work stations. This is to -

facilitate " blind" re ing.

b. CXNEISCL c2ING - Annunciator response controls should be coded for easy recopsition using tWi == t such as:

O (1) color M ing: .

(2) color shading the group of' annunciator controls; (3) Demarcating the group of O annunciator controls; or I (4) Shape coding, particularly the i silence control. (See Exhibit l 6.3-5, Example 2.)

O A __ _ _ ___ _

_.-._ _ -12 __ ._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

O TP-3.1 parurTMEGt S!! MIN May 1, 1983

)- APPDDIX A CRITERIA N/A YES K) COWENTS 6.3.4.2 (Cont'd)

c. 10 0EFEATABLE CONHOLS - Annunciator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control. Per 3 exangle, some pushbuttons used for annunciator silencing and acknowledgement can be held down by inserting a coin in the ring around the p=Multton. This undesirable design feature should be elindnated.

6.3.4.3 ANNUNCIATORRESPCNSEPROCEDURES

a. AVAILABILITY - Annunciator response procedures should be available in the control room.

O

b. INDEXING - Annunciator response procedures should be indexed by panel. identification and annunciator tile coordinates.

3 6.5.1.6 00EIR CODING

a. REDUmhNCY - In all applications of -

color coding, color abould provide redundant information. That is, the pertinent information should be 3 available from some other cue in addition to color.

b. NGBER CF COEDRS -

(1) The rumber of colors used for 3 coding abould be kept to the minimum needed for providing sufficient information.

(2) The number of colors used for coding should not exceed 11.

O O

A-13 _ .

'O TP-3.1 JMEEK2JutGt SIstat Nay 1, 1983

!g APPL!EIX A CRFDEIA 1

, IVA YES NO CDGENES 6.5.1.6 (Cont'd)

c. samme e otxces -

(1) The meaning attached to a O Particular color should be narrowly defined.

4 (2) and, green, and amber (yellow) should be reserved for the following uses:

'O and: unsafe, danger, innadiate operator action required or an indication that a critical parameter is out of tolerance.

!O Green: safe, no operator action required, or an indication that aparameter is within tolerance.

(yellow): ' hazard Amber (potentially unsafe), caution, attention required, or an  :

'O indication that a marginal value or parameter exists.

d. PRINCIPIES & CCEcR SELETIOff O (1) The primary principle which should be applied in selecting colors for coding purposes which do not have the immediate safety implications of red, green, and amber is to ensure o that each color is r-i-ad as different from any other.

7 O

O l

. _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ , _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _A-14 _ _. '

I O

TP-3.1 AIEEM:DittEt semmt May 1, 1983 O "H A CIETERIA BVA YES 10 CX30Et@S O

6.5.1.64 (Cont'd)

Exhibit 6.5-7 lists 22 colors of maxianna contrast. Each successive color has been

O selected so that it will contrast maximally with the color just preceding it and satisfactorily with earlier colors in the list. The first 9 colors have '

been selected so as to yield

~o satisfactory contract for redsreerM5eficient as well as color-normal observers. The zusaining 13 colors are.useful onlyfbe color-normalobservers.

O (2) colors selected for coding should contrastwellwith the background on n ich they appear.

(3)' Ambient lighting in the area in d ich color coding is used will -

O M uence the apparent color of the coded element (especially for surface colors). Each -

color selected for coding should be evaluated under all illumination conditions under o nich it is used.

6.6.6.2 DEMMCNFI0tt l a. IEE - Lines of demarcation can be i

used to:

'O (1) Enclose functionally related displays.

i (2) Enclose functionally related 1 controls.

'O (3) Group related controls and MTlays.

I l

0

_ - __ .___. . . - - -_ - M

'O sP-3.1 m urur m m e nrnrist May 1, 1983 APPE2 DIX A

.O carrigiza It/A YES 10 039GES O 6.6.6.2 (omt'd)

b. C00mtAST - Lines of demarcation should be visually destinctive from the panel background.

O c. PERMANENCE - Lines of demarcation should be permanently attached.

O O

O

'O G

.O

O O

h"16 _- - _ _ _ - . . . .. - - . _ - .

~- _ ~

D TP-3 1 May 1, 1983 p StBl5R  ;

I 3p #ygeIX A }

o .

i D

AUDIT 0gy ALEnTSU l s/

2 O s j j

ALARM W W"\

visual O # #"

n oesnATon W TOI) MW I

I O '

\ pM

..,?'

(! . -

a

'; gg ~

/-

\

o ,

)

O \

\

3 6.3-1 Exhibit O ~

p intor Warn W @ "

. _ - = . . - - - . . _ _ .. _ _ _ . - . - - . .. . .

1 0

'IP-2.1 my 1, is33 N4Lat menes i O

jyyllacIX A )

ouwandA ,

l

O a 9 l- m

't --,

L " I I I_W,."'"".".,.* J L-

,O

. E,

. . . l I

a ,aan l f L

..w:

v.=* ***

'.."' T J

*~~'""~~ A

')

• ".4l::ll*l " .f.~."l""lll:'""'

O

%". :l" :::::"" -se t.uo - '

i

.,,u.,.. ==.1w==,a=

% .m "6 n_< mg=

I a _, e a g -- i

,o 1 E=P.52 Jlllll.

I

! t" '7" - -~j

! b '".*-. 'Z. I, ~

Y w me vY DO'O

. O. .

~

• • *"".1lllllll O r same e lia.s,ega l C"l3.

M a

4 e i ; a*=*

!O Exhibit 6.3-2 tional Sequence t

lO Annunciator Systen Preferred Opera i 1 l l

'O TP-3.1 AIREECDEEGt sment May 1, 1983 O " " ^

CRITIMA O

O PIRST PRIORITY ALARMS e Piet shut eleon (seester trip, natine trial e Ramseien rotsene e Piet senehtscas vehieh, if not servested immedesoiy,

'g umi vesuit in metomeele plant shuteenen er remoeien esiaans, or valil respeise manuel plant eiweedemon.

SSCONO PRIORITY ALARMS e Teehaled spesifieselen viesselens suNeh N not eenesend unlit esedre piant shutaisuun e Pient eenmeisne suhleh, N not eenested, may lead to O pisai that ess un er remoeien seie====

THIRD PRIORITY ALARMS e rient eenmeens e a eniene peemen= (as, sweewn emeredselent suhich eneet pient opereWitty het Men en w not imod a pasas shvide-a, remeden i

"""#~

lO

O

.O

!O Exhibit 6.3-3

'three-Inval Annunciator Prioritization Itzample

O

_ . _ _ _ _ _ .___ ___. _ _ _ ___ _A-19______ _ _

!O 4

TP-3.1 N W R SEBIBt May 1, 1983

.O APPacIX A cmmrA visual O ========== - )

~

atana

_ _ ; ._ i , ._ i *  ; .__,,, ! -

.; . j-j_; -

. r . l - --l

,O

@ (g * ,' *;' -

,===w-- ====r

-= = r - .=. i .. . . .1 r-  :- - e. i r r 'ni I

O ,  ! l

. ELATED

-l l _ x _

i ,.. m 1 i , - m  :: i ,.

m. I i DISPLAYS E6 hA a

O mammad I C C mummmmed In' C mummmed C

, vn= rn= rn~ rn-ll ll ll ll mm es mm as mm as mm as -

x - _- _

~ l-

. . g RELATED Sa f6 6

==

s p.'

._ ... 0'=

6- m 3 g ,

a a gm IRi m g e.

=

w u, -

.O 1

,_ w ,_ _. ,_ _

gh ~  !

• 67 '

6 --

a D a,

.an .

. ._y- -

Rs O

Exhibit 6.3-4 Visual Alarms Iocated Above The Related Controls And Displays (From Seminars et al., 1979)

O

O TP-3.1 6 Snmet May 1, 1983 O APPDOIX A CRITERIA

O Example 1

~

O .

I l '

SILENCE l ACKNOWLEDGE I

) .

RESET TEST ,

l t l lO Example 2 O di.;.MhEN#'ENEM5M :-  !!!!D  !

. 8s:i .

SLBem ACK RESET TEST O ..

. .ii  ::ji:i.:9'

!O 1O Exhibit 6.3-5 Annunciator Response Cbntrols O

rum

O s -3.1 JIIM M:UtlGt SEBIBE May 1, 1983 O APPD OIX A OtITERIA l

.O  :

r O

Ceter Sortal General ISCCMSS E 88 teusemel renotation of er estosteen soler sentroid name ISCCWSS Centroid number name number (ehkrev6ssient Ceter 1 ausehe 383 gehies 2APS 8.5/0.2 2 hisek 357 bisek N OX

,O 3 ,s e., 82 v.Y 3.3Y Smi4.3 4 purple 218 sp SAP 4.3/S.2 5 erange 48 v.O 4.1YR S.5I15.0 S NWit hous ISO vJA 2.7PS 7.04.0 l 7 sed 11 v.R - S.OR 3W15.4 I' e8 huff 80 gr.Y 4AY 7.2/32 S p, 385 sned. Gy 3JGY s.4/0.1

!O ----_______-_--

i 19 peon 130 v.O 3JG 4E11.1 j 11 surselsh pink 347 s.pp t S. M P S.8/5.0 12 hous IM s2 2APS 4.1/10.4 l 13 yellemsteh pink 3B esyPk S.4R 7.SPSA .

I 14 udslet 307 aN 82 3.7/10.1 l 19 erunge yeessur SB v.OY SAVR 7.3/15.2 purselsh red 255 Q 18 puunish voltour 97 ssR vp 7.3RP 4.4/11.4 17 S.1Y 8.2f12.0 18 sedesh fareuen de e rer SJYR 3.1/9A '

18 yelleur peon 116 v.YG S.40Y SW11.2  ! '

30 vedtousish treuen 78 seems yte SAYR 3.1/5A 21 sedesh erunge 34 vr0 SAR SN143 ,

II eleve yeen 138 d.OtG S.0GY 2.2/3A '

,0 0 -

O ErMhit 6.5-7

'hsentyh Colors Of Maximum Omtrast "

(FroStKelly, 1965)

O TP-3.1 JumrurrW R Smtet May 1, 1983 l

O AP M IX B tm rumeS Taar2 or otMrENES

'O Enea B1 - MCASONSGNP DPEA PONES Bl.1-1 Bl.1 Linear Measurenants Bl.1-1 O Bl.2 Sound Measurements Bl.2-1 Bl.3 Light Measurements Bl.3-1 B2 - CHOUGOR INEERVIN B2-1 O

B3 - GISERVNFION CBBCKLISf B3-1 54 - DOCDENENPION REVIN CBBCKLISP B4-1 O

B5 - ANALYSIS AIDS B5.1-1 B5.1 Linear Measurements Analysis B5.1-1 lO B5.2 Sound Measurements Analysis B5.2-1 B5.3 Light Measurement Analysis 35.3-1 B6 - CPERATOR INTERVIN ANALYSIS B6-1

O B7 - CBSERVRFION CBB3 LISP ANALYSIS B7-1 B8 - DOCUMENERFION REVIN CBBCKLIST ANALYSIS B8-1 O

B9 - SAMPLE BED REPORP PONt B9-1 i

l0 t

O rwt _ _ _ _ - - . - _ ._ . _ - _ _

O TP-3.1 aamumenem grarget May 1, 1983 O

APPinoIx a ImrA PCMS I

1 O

O t .

(

'O O

O

!O l

l l

O O

O

.: 0

'rP-3.1 asernr'ra g m 3 33 3g May 1, 1983 O

APPEEIX Bl.2 IEASGtIDENrS DMA i

2. 80tBC :s ' n: (AIDIBLE SIGIMA)

'O 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alazas - 6.3.2.la.

Measure the sound level in. S(A) for each annunciator audible alarm at each of the following operator positions: ,

O -

TRIEJL2 l

l Alarm Safety syntans Beac Turb Elec Rad Mon Op's

.IdML. EDL1 EDL2 Q2DL C Dial cananla K

'O 1.

2. -

3.

O 4.

5.

iO t

O 2.2 Data Reduction and Analysis O

ror data reduction and analysis, obtain the appropriate analysis aids from Appendix B5 (ref. B5.2).

O l

10 l

'O TP-3.1 m w=mnin stEEEE May 1, 1983

.O Arra cIx al.3 wasutonnes nnen 1

3. LIGER MEASWtBENES (TII2 FIASB GARACNRDRICS) - 6.3.5b(1) and 6.3.3.2b

O 3.1 using the Flash Comparator, imensure the flash rate of tiles in alam and in clear. Record the rates.

1 1 Ala m Flash Rate i c eared Flash Rates-

'O 3.2 using the Flash Ocmqparator, measure the on-off ratio for the alam flash rate and cleared flanh rate.

Qt-Off Ratio (Alam):

• O '

on-off natio (ceared):

I O

i .

4

.O i

i  !

lO

!O i

O l

l lO

O TP-3.1 parurnegg grarmt May 1, 1983 O APPD DIX B2 CPENER INPERVIP*

O INSTRDCTICIES O

1. Reed the following to the operators before starting interviews

a. The following are questions concerning the general layout, functional organization, and operational considerations in your control room, nost of the questions will require a YES 'or NO answer, with same O additional information.

b. Please unntion any issues you feel relevant to this zwiew when you think about them, you do not have to wait for a question on the subject. -

O c. If you do not understand a question, please ask for clarification,

d. All of your answers and your biogrWa=1 information will be kept in the strictest confidence and will be used to aid in the performance of the detailed control room design review.

O PutASE BBGIN O

O O

O m2-1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .

O TP-3.1 nammur u m stenut May 1, 1983 O APPEICIX B2 minuata INTERVIEN BIO 3APHICAL IRm

.O Ges: Beight: Neight:

Current Positio M ritle O 1. Do you have a current reactor Wyrator's license? YES NO l 2. Amount of licensed experience at this. plants

3. Total enount licensed experience:

O

4. anlated experience and amount (example: operator 4rainee, Hodge WP thiti 1, 1 year):

,0 0 5. asucation: .

a. Highest level attained:

, b. Specialized Schools or courses (list):

'O

O

6. Military experience:

O O

52-2 . - _ _ _ . . - . .

'O TP-3.1

- SIBEEE Nay 1, 1983 O Amen B2 CPERMOR INtERVIEM/QGCSTIORERIRE i

1. Do you have a first out annunciator panel where only the tile YES NO {

associated with the reactor trip event illiainates and all 1

O subsequent alarms on that panel are " locked out"?

l 1

' o 2. Do you know of any autcentic reactor trip functions that do not YES NO have a separate annunciator tile on the first out panel (either missing or shared with other functions)?

4 ll

-O .

3. Are the annunciator panels in the control race identified by a YES NO label above each panel? .

O 4.. Frca your primary operating area, can you read all annunciator YES NO

panel Inha1= with a minism of effort?

'O .

, 5. Is tho' annunciator system priority coded by color, position,' YES NO lO shape, or syd elic coding of the tiles?

.o

6. If color wtag is used, are there more than eleven colors used YES 10 for coding the panels?

O

7. If color coding is used, is the amaning redundant, as an example, YES NO if priority coding uses color, does it also use tile position?

O t

_ , _ _, - --~ ,-- - - - -

O 1

TP-3.1 amururrawn w.. .

May 1, 1983 O APPsteIx B2 '

CFsRMOR INEERVIN/QGISTICtGRIRE ,

8 Is there only one meaning at*M to each color used for Mlag YES 10 the tiles?

.O l

,. 9. Are all meanings attacha to arrf color coded tiles standard to YES 10

-O those color mirc= thraPA your control room?

I l -

O 10. por color coded tiles is: YES ND

a. red always used for unsafe, danger, inundiate operator action required, or as an indication that a critical i parameter is out of tolerance?

O i

j l b. green always used for safe, no operator action required, YES ND or as an indication that a parameter is within tolerance?

lO l*

c. amber (yellow always used for hazard (pokantially unsafe),

l YES NO

O caution, attention required, or as an indication that a marginal value or parameter exists?

O

11. Do you know of any unnecessary color coding on the annunciator YES ND i tiles or panels?

1 1

IO l 12. For colors used in tile coding, are any difficult to tell apart? YES NO O

w

. - - = . .- .. . _ . .- . ._-- .. -

'O i

TP-3.1 I

- m m anna May 1, 1983 l

'O APPateIx B2 OPERMOR DEERVIBf/QUESTI0teRIRE

13. Are auditory signals priority coded by pulse, frequency change YES NO (warbling), intensity, or different frequencies for different

-O sipals?

O 14. If you have separate alam horns, can you easily identify the YES NO work station or systemi where the auditory sipal originated?

~O

15. Do you have different alam horns. for work areas not at the YES NO amin control board?

O

16. If the auditory alam sipal has only one source, is the sound YES NO coded te direct you to different work areas?

O --

, 17. Do any of the alam horns startle or irritate you? YES NO O

18. If you have different alarsi horns, do any of thout sound too YES NO loud or too soft in comparison to the others at your normal LO work station? ,

O 19. Do you have a silence control with each set of response controls YES NO in your primary operating area?

iO i

- - - - - - - - - - - . ..-.. . - -----_ - - .- .-- - -- -. - . ~ _ - - . - - . . .

0 1

TP-3.1 mureranna grangs May 1, 1983 4

O APPe m Ix B2 '

CPERNtCR INEERVIBf/QGCSTI0teRIRE i

20. Is a control provided which terminates a M--hias visual tile, YES NO but allous a steady illundnation util the alar = is cleared?

.O l

1 t

i

21. Can you acknowledge an alarm from sore than one response control YES NO jO um?

i i

. 1 O 22. If cleared alarse do not reset automatically, do you have a YES NO control to reset them yourself?

- i r

l0

23. Does the reset control silence the auditory signal as well as YES 10 i

==+ 4a=*i=h the illtadnation?

?

l O

l 24. Does the reset control operate from more than one response YES NO control area?

!O i

25. Can you defeat any of the annunciator controls, such as locking YES ND out the mMihle alarm or locking < bun the acknowledge control?

P i

4 i

25. Can you test the auditory and flashing illumination sicpals of YES NO all tiles for each panel?

O i

10 i

1

.- _-_ .-,*v- r

- - , - - - - . _ _-_r.-....----,,,-zv--------v-

O TP-3.1 amrarruma germs Nay 1, 1983 O APPEtcIX B2 CPElWSOR INEERVIEN/GESTICNRIRE

27. Is there an administrative procedure that controls the periodic YES NO testing of all annunciators?

I

28. Are all tiles dark on annunciator panels when no alaua is YES 10 O in(icated?

1 0 29. Can you easily tell'if a tile is normally on for an extended YES NO duration during normal operating conditions?

'O

30. Are you inmediately amare if an annunciator tile is out of YES NO service?

i

'O l 31. Can you i==amately deterndne when the flamber.of an alarm tile YES 10 fails?

'O

. 32. Do you know of any alarms that occur so frequently that you YES NO i consider them a rudmance?

P

33. Do you know'of any alarms that do not give you ample time to YES ND respond to a warning condition? ,

,O

. ~ - _ - _ _ . _ m_

i 9

1P-3.1

! mesurrawn arsissa Nay 1, 1983 O APPMen B2 i CPEIUECR INNRVIBf/QGISTIOMihIRE j l 34. Men rWing to an alarm tile, can you readily locate the YES NO

! controls and dirlays required for corrective or diagnostic

O action?

i i

'O 35. Do you have access to annunciator response procedures in the YES NO control room?

O

36. Do you know of any alarms which require you to obtain additional YES NO information from a source outside the control room area?

O

37. Are there too many alarum which require additional information YES N0 from panels outside your operating area?

O

38. If alarum are used that require information outside the control YES NO room, do they allow you ample time to respond?

O

39. Are alarms provided for shared equipment in all control rooms? YES NO O

40. If there a status display or signal provided for shared equipment YES NO O in all control rooms which indicates that the equipment is currently being operated?

O rua

O

'IP-3.1 aussar men 333n3g May 1, 1983 maen s2

O WEIUGOR INHRVIN/QUESTICtiNhIRE

41. Do you have any tiles with dual unssages such as HIGII-IDrl YES NO O

42. Does the multi-input alam have a reflash capability that YES NO O reclambas the visual tile after an auditory alert event if the first ala m has not been cleared?

O

43. Do uniti-input annunciators provide you will an ala m printout? YES NO

!O

44. Does the multi-input ala m typer have sufficient speed to print YES NO the alam data fast enough for your needs?

!O

45. Does the ala m typer ever skip o'r loose information, or garble YES NO Dais up) the printing?

O O

O l r e t __- - _ _ _ - - - __ - . . - - - . - - - - _

l.

.O TP-3.1 MurNN MTRME May 1, 1983

O APHtcIX B3 WSERVMI0tB CEKILISI

.O IlenDctTots

1. Using the att M checklist, unke all the noted cheervations.

O

2. Record all necessary infoamation in the ocuments column to justify an WA l

i-check and to detail a 10 check.

3. Ensure that all ccaments for ND checks include cagonent, instrument, panel, equipment, etc., identification and location infonnation, j

4. Initiate EllD reports on all 10 checks per the directions contained in the checklist analysis aids.

O O

O

'O i

'O O

m

O .

TP-3.1 aassarrmrim - May 1, 1983 O MPeteIx.n3 CBSERREICES CEKILISP ,

IVA YES 10 CulOENES

.O

1. A separate first out panel should be provided for the reactor systan

- 6.3.1.3a(1) .

>o .

2. A separate first out panel is roommanded for the turbine-generator system that is functionally similar O to the reactor system panel -

6.3.1.2.

O

3. First out penals shrm1A be located above their main work stations -

6.3.1.3c.

O 4. All first our panels should conform to the general auditory and visual items in the rest of this check-list - 6.3.1.3d.

.O

5. A small neuber (2-4) of levels of

priority coding are used -

6.3.1.4a (1) .

O

6. Priority Mig of color, position, shape, or symbol is used for visudi

O * ~

• • • (

l l

O

O TP-3.1 pararrugt avsmet May 1, 1983 APPEEIX B3 O CBSERVXrIONS GB3 LIST Iq/A YES NO C019ENPS O 7. Any color used on tiles are on AIB panels should contrast with the control board color - 6.5.1.6e(1).

l l

O

8. Any color used for tile coding should be recognizable from all ot: hor tile code colors for all illum-ination conditions - 6.5.1.6e(3).

lO

9. Auditory signal priority coding may be used - 6.3.1.4b(2) .

.O

10. If more than one, each auditory sigral should sound at apprnrhtely

,O equal loudness at normal work stations in the primary operating area - 6.3.2.1d.

l .

O 11. An auditory signal should capture the operator's attention but should not irritate or cause a shrtled reaction - 6.3.2.lc.

[

lO l

12. &Tarate auditory signals at each i work station within the primary operating area are recommended -

O 6.3.2.H.

iO L _ _ _ -

B3-3 __ _

\

1P-3.1  !

ammaar rmrm A May 1, 1983 l

'O apanexx B3 casumwrIcus cmKILL9r ,

IVA YES ND G39BES 1 0

13. The operator should be able to identify the work station or area l

where the auditory alert originated

- 6.3.2.lf.

.O

14. The auditory signal should automatically reset when silenced -

g 6.3.2.le.

~

15. lenen an alarsi clears (or is cleared) there ehr=1 A be a dedimtad, distinct

.O audible sigial with a finite duration

- 6.3.1.5a.

lO 16. Auditory alert signal's, if adjustable, should be controlled by ahdnistrative procedure - 6.3.2.3b.

O -

17. The specific title (s) in an AIB should vinna11y flash to indicate an alazzi condition - 6.3.3.2a.

O -

18. In case of flasher failure, an alamirig tile should 111tminate and burn standily - 6.3.3.2c.

O l

O

O

'rP-3.1 aummarrama SMEst May 1, 1983

'O APPEE R B3 m SutvarIcts cmKxLIsr Iq/A YES NO G30EttrS iO

19. Contrast between tiles should present no problea discriminating between ala=%g, ."@i, and steady off conditions - 6.3.3.2d.

(O

20. thder normal (nopalamed) conditions no annunciator tiles should be illundnated - 6.3.3.2e.

O ,.

21. If a tile must be on for an extended period &aring normal operations it

O should be distinctively coded for positive recoptition during this period (see also 6.3.3.2f(2), item ac on the Docissant asFiew thr* list)

- 6.3.3.2f(1).

0

22. Cleared. tiles should have either a special flash rate, a reduced brightness, or a special, color -

'O 6.3.1.5b(1) through b(3). ,

23. All tiles associated with a given

,0 acknowledge control should be readable when cperating that control

- 6.3.3.5a.

O O

- . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ . _ _ . . _ -______________m -

3

'IP-3.1 pasmr rWR stenut May 1, 1983 3 APPL!2OIX B3 -

WSEEMIOtB QECKLIST IVA YES NO Q)MENIS e 24. Qiaracter style on all tiles should be simple - 6.3.3.5b(1).

D

25. Qiaracter style should be consistent on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(2).

26. Onaracter' style should be uppercase

• on all tiles - 6.3.3.5b(3) . ,

O

27. Tile legends should have high contrast with the tile background -

6.3.3.5c.

O

28. Tile legends should be engraved -

6.3.3.5c (1) .

O s

29. Tile legends should be dark and opaque on a light and transluant background - 6.3.3.5c(2) .

O

30. Tile legends should be specific, unaabiguous, concise, and short -

6.3.3.4a.

o  ;

i 1

O a3-6  ;

.O-TP-3.1 ammrumm am sesens Nay 1, 1983 l

'O mn B3 l CBSERWerIcts narruar 1

_. I IVA TES NO CCISENES O 31. Tile legends shr=1 A address specific conditions, HIGI TEMP, or IDI PIESS, not HIGHat TEMP-PRESS - 6.3.3.4c.

lo  ;

, 32. Tiles should be organized as a matrix within each Ata - 6.3.3.3a.

IO ,

33. The vertical and horisontal ames of the Atas should be alpha-numerically labeled for tile designation coordinates - 6.3.3.3c(1).

.O

34. Coordinate desipators are preferred at the left and top sides of the O Atas. -

35. Character height for the coordinate O 1 h la should be the same height as

• those used in tile legends - .

6.3.3.3c (3) .

O 36. The neber of tiles in an Ata should be kept low, with a ===4== of 50 tiles per ALB suggested -

6.3.3.3d(1) .

O O

B3-7

O

'rP-3.1

, -uma sment May 1, 1983

'O mu B3 ,

, WSERVMFI0tB (mmTRT WA YES NO COBOENTS I

O 37. Case for Proept recognition of an out-of-service anunciator should be designed into the systa - 6.3.3.3e.

O

38. Blank or unused tiles should not be flit =iuted except durire annunciator testing - 6.3.3.3f. -

O

39. Demarcation lines any be used to ,

enclose functionally related tiles

- 6.6.6.2a(1) .

.O

40. Demarcation lines any be used to group tiles with their related

~'

~O controls and/or dis 6.6.6.2a(1) through a(3). plays. -

! 41. If used, demarcati n lines should

~O be vi==11y distinctive from the panel background - 6.6.6.2b.

O 42. If used, demarcation lines should be permanently attached - 6.6.6.2c.

O l

l O

_ _---._- --.-.._- - _ _ __ r%n

lO TP-3.1 maner r4REL - May 1, 1983 O APPilten B3 M Q6 (1HrTT.TNf IVA YES 10 035EINES O

43. ALBS ahtm1A be located above the controls and displays required for corrective or diagnostic action d en they alarm - 6.3.3.la.

.O

44. Each AIB should be identified by a label directly above it -

6.3.3.1b (1) . '

O .

45. Each set of annunciator controls .

should include a silence control -

O 6.3.4.la (1) .

l

46. An acknowledge control should be O- provided that tecninetes the F1--Wg and causes the tile to continuously

• illuminate until it has cleared -

6.3.4.lb (1) . .

O .

47. If an automatic cleared alarm feature is not provided, a control should be provided to reset the system after an alarm has cleared -

O 6.3.4.1c (1) .

O O

rea

O TP-3.1 murer'rasta avant May 1, 1983

'O N3 B3 -

mSERVRIONS GB3 LIST IVA YES 10 030ENES O

48. A control to test the auditory aime= and the f1=Wg illumination of all tiles in a panel (i.e.,

in one or more ALBS) should be provided - 6.3.4.2d(1).

,0 '

I

49. Repetitive groups of annunciator controls should have the same o arrangement and relative location at different work stations - 6.3.4.2a.

O 50. Annunciater controls should be coded differently than other panel controls either by color, demarcetion, or shape - 6.3.4.2b(1) through b(4).

O

51. Riape coding is preferred for the silence control - 6.3.4.2b(4).

O

52. Annunciator control designs should not allow the operator to defeat the control operations such as inserting O a coin into a control guard ring -

6.3.4.2c.

O 53. Annunciator response procedures should be available in the control room - 6.3.4.3a.

• O

\ _ __-----_ rem -_ -

O TP-3.1 ammaarmm avner May 1, 1983

O APPD CIX B4 DocL=marION REVIEW QEGLI&f

O IlenDCTIcts Collect the following documents and review them for the information contained O in the attar *=9 r har Ir11st:

1. Jkhinistrative Procedures concerning anrrJnciators

2. Annunciator Response Procedures O 3. musults fremt the following task reports:

a. Convention airvey

b. SystantFunction Task Analysis O c. Labeling airvey

4. Ensure that all comments for ID checks include ' , instrument, panel, equipent, etc., identification and location saation.

5. Initiate EED reports on all No checks per ,the directions contained in the

.O '*=*11st analysis aids. '

9 J

l

O .

t O

1 l

l O

O m:rt . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _

= __ .- .- . - _ _ _ _ - . - _ - . . - - - . _ _ . . . . - . - . .- .-

O w -3.1 ammmer m e anunus May 1, 1983 l

O APPBCIX 84 '

j axxanNarrow anvIs, < warm.rar IVA YEs ND 03sENES t

0 1. assaacIJsst assIOR Permmen i i

. a. Response procedures should be indsmed by panel I.D. and tile  ;

l coordinates - 6.3.4.2. >

!O '

b. Annunciators with irguts from more then one plant parameter set point should be avoided -

O (multi-input alarms that summarise single-imput alams

, alhre in the control room

are an emosption - 6.3.1.2c(1) .'

!O I

2. PIANE ADHDEISMEIVE PanNama i

• l a. Periodic testing of annunciators O " " **'**************1 **

by administrative i procedures-6.3.4.Id(2) .

O b. If audible alarm intensity is  !

cperator- adjustable, it should ,

be controlled by administrative '

procedures - 6.3.2.lb.

O '

i

c. Nun annunciator tiles must be en for an estanded period during normal operations, it should be ontr 11ed by administrative O procedures (see also 6.3.3.2f(1),

item 19 on the Observations .

! Checklist) - 6.3.3.2f(2).

1 l

lO

..__ _ _ _ _ , ___ 54-2.___ _ _ _ ___ _ U

._ _ __ _ _ _ _ . _ _ ___ _.__ . _ _ . . _. _ . _ - _ _ _ _ - . _ . . - ~ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ - . _

O TP-3.1

-- EEMBE Nay 1, 1983 iO APPBDIX B4

xxxxamnarrou anvInw <= war

IVA YES ID (X3OWEES

!O

3. e m anvInt muscar l

l a. 'the annunciator warning alsta abould be designed as the pr; mary alerting interface with the

,0 operator for out-of-tolerance conditions. It should consist 1 of three major subsystems: j i auditory alerts, visual alarm, l

! and operator response. These ,

three subsystems should function  ;

0

- to provide a preferred J

operational sequence for -

l annunciator warnings - 6.3.1.1.

f f

O '

b. Visual alarm tiles abould be -

grouped by function, system, I subsystem, or other logical i organisation within AL8s -

6.3.3.2 and d(2) ..

i l

l c. Prioritisation of annunciators .

abould be based on a continuum -

i.O of importance, severity, or need for operator action in one or more dimensions such as, the likelihood of a reactor trip or the likelihood of a release of radiation - 6.3.1.4a(2).

l l

10 0

~

O TP-3.1

- 3554E May 1, 1983 i APPIIICII B4 0 .

D00(BENMFICII REVIN Nmm IVA YES 100 CC3 BENES *

,O d. Tile legends should address specific conditions rather than i

a range of conditions an#or

! parameters. As an example, -

separate tiles should be used

,O to indicate temperature-low, -

• tasperatur s gh, pra== re-law, and pressure-high, rather than a single tile with the legend HIGi-Eat TEMM9ESS - 6.3.3.4c.

O

e. If used, demarcation lines enclose functionally rela.te groupsof tileseitherseparately or with their related controls O

ogia s - s.s.6.2a(1),

c _

e

'O ,

l 1 .

-p iO l

'O 1 e

l O

. _ _ - _ ~ _ _ _ . . _ _ __. _ _ _ _ ._ ._._ a4 _-4

O -

TP-3.1 aumenrramru s m tat May 1, 1983

'o APPacIX B5.1 MASONDEDR5 ANWISIS

1. LDEAR ssASONSElG (IABELING)

'O 1.1 Aus ammary Labels - 6.3.3.Ib(2).

a. If there are no summary labels, check N/A for criterion 6.3.3.Ib(2) in Appendix A.

b. If there are summary labels, calculate the visual angels for

.O each label for the operator positions listed in Table 1.Ib.

1 Taar2 1.lb i

I O .

Ara anfaty syntam Emac Turb Elec and Mon Op's

M BIL1 Bas 2 Quak A DiEL conanla K

1. '

O 2. -

3. .

! 4.

O i

5. . .

6.

l

• ~

l 7.

1 0 Calculations (use estra shoots, as needed):

.O ,

O O

ruca

O l TP -3.1 nammmmramru grgget May 1, 1983 O APPE WII B5.1 masumauers AnnLYsIs i '

c. If all visual angles in Table 1.Ib are 15 minutes of are or i

greater, check YES for criterica 6.3.lb(2) in Jlppendix A.

O d. If there are visual angles in Tluble 1.Ib less then 15 minutes of i '

arc, record on an Em r rt form the position (s) and label (s) d are this is so. Inc1 the code number TP-3.185.1.1 in data collection description. For criterion 6.3.3.lb(2) in Jlppendix A, check the ID colian and record the IED report number and the lO

• ** U m3.W.I.1 h the M colan.

1.2 Tile Labels - 6.3.3.51(1) and d(1) through d(6).

1

! , a. Calculate the visual angles for each character height at its farthest left and farthest right location for each work station O

in Table 1.2a,.below..

l 1 mar 2 1.2a em 1 __m1. 2. __ ** 3 *= 4 *= 5 nW

!o oir

R A 1 1 1 1.3L 1 1 1 1 O'

i O .

r l

Calculations (use estra sheets, as required):

!O l

i lO u

,O F4%R

c l

,O

TP-3.1 p m m BIREmi lemy 1, 1983 l

l

~O APM m n B5.1 IWASLEEBENES AIGCYSIS l

b. If all visual angles in Table 1.2m are 15 minutes of arc or greater, check YES for criterion 6.3.3.5a(1) in Jlppendia A.

1 0

c. If any visual angles in 'Duble 1.2m are less then 15 mimtes of i

arc, record on an IED report form the position (s) and tile legend (s) dure this is so. Include the code rouber TP-3.185.1.2 in the data collection description. For criterion 6.3.3.5a(1) i in Jlppendix A, check the ND coltan and record the IED report

'O number and the code rumber, TP-3.155.1.2, in the 030ENES coltam.

d. Compare the character dimensions and legend measurements for each character height recorded with criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) through d(6) . .

O -

e. If all character heights and legends meet the criteria, check ,

the YES coltan for these criteria in Jlppendix A.

f. If all character dimensions or legend maneurements fail to meet the criteria, record on an IED report frcm the tile coordinates, j character height implicated, and a descrip*iaa of the failure.

O . Include the code nuber TP-3.185.1.2 in the data ' collection descr Y 1on. For criteria 6.3.3.5d(1) *h=$ d(6) in Jlppendix j A, check the ND coltaan and record the JED report number and the i code number TP-3.155.1.2, in the C3eENES coltan.

I -

1 0

4 e

O O ,

O O

rnJwn ~

O TP-3.1

- mme argens May 1, 1983 APPSDIX B5.2 O seNIGtilMENES ANAUSIS

2. 80tBC MASURDENES (AIDIBIJC SIGBIES)

O 2.1 Annunciator Audible Alanas - 6.3.2.la.

a. Stain the average ambient noise level in &(A) fremi the Ambient

! Moise Airvey Task Report (TR-1.6) and record below:

1 Average noise levels ,

&(A)

O b. Based upon che below adjustment factors, reduce each measured annianciator alarm level and record in Table 2.Ib.

Absolute Difference Between Rabtract This Amount Fraut Measured Imvel (Ia) And Mansured Imvel (Im) And O' W *" " ""' ***"'" * *

4 2.2 5 1.7

. 6 1.3 7 1.0

'O

^

8 .8 9 .6

, 10 .4 11 .3 l -

12 .3 i 13 .2

' O 14 .2 15 .1 TRBM 2.h

,0 m

i Alarm safety syntama Beac Turb Elec Bad Mon Op's i IdML EDL1 Bis 1 Qink. GmL_ Qiat_ cananla K 1*

iO --

l 2.

3.  !

O 4'

. 5.

O i

-- , . - . - - . . . . - . - - - - - .,- --- - Q - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

O.

2 -3.1 N a n argtml May 1, 1983 O APPENDH B5.2 IEASGtBENES ANM2 SIS

, c. Caspare all adjusted S(A) levels in Table 2.1h to the average noiset level.

d. If all adjusted audible alam levels are at least 10 S(A) above the average noise level check the YES column for criterion 6.3.2.la in Jlppendia A.

e. If any adjusted alam levels are less than 10 S(A) above the

'O average noise level, record each occurrence on an 'IED report form. Include the code number W3.185.2.1 in the data collection descrif iaa. Per criterion 6.3.2.la in JIppendix A, check the NO colunut and record the IED report number aru'. the code number,

. W 3.135.2.1 in the CGOENES coltan. .

O

O e

'O i

l

'O

.O .

O O

rw

O TP-3.1

- m EERIBE May 1, 1983 O APPEleIX 35.3 sensumamers AnsorsIs

3. LICEF IEARReetrS (TII2 FIASS CBhlWCEEltISTICS)

.O 3.1 Alamed Flash Characteristico - 6.3.3.2. ,

s. From the recorded data, detemine if the alamed flash rate is -

between 3 to 5 flashes per second and that the on-off ratio is approximately 1:1.

O

b. 'If both parameters unet the criteria, check the YES colun for criterion 6.3.3.2b in Appendix A. ,

c. If either parameter fails to uset the criteria, record the

, discrepancy on an IED report form. Include the code number TP-3.135.3.1 in the data collection description. For criterion 0 -

6.3.3.2 in Appendix A check the no colm and record the tuo neber and the onde number, TP-3.la5.3.1, in the 030ENr8 column.

3.2 Cleared Flash mate - 6.3.1.5b(1).

a. From the recorded data, detemine if the cleared flash rate is O approminately double or 1/2 the alarmed flash rate.

b. If the cleared flash rate passes the criterion, check the YES coltant for criteria 6.3.1.2(1) in Appendix A.

c. If the cleared flash rate fails to aset'the critation, record O the discrepancy on a am report form. Include the code neber TP 3.la5.3.2 in the data ' collection description. Por criterion 5.3.1.5b(1) in Appendix A, check the MD colan and record the ED' nuber and the code raaber, TP-3.135.3.2, in the (I3estes coltst. -

O O ,

O O -

mm---------------------------------------------------- - - - - -

O TP-3.1 apm e me33m May 1, 1983 APPE CIX 5.6

.O CPautron InrEnvIm Anm.YsIs

1. emenL l l

O *

a. Review all -y 'i-free for ampleteness of biographical inforastion and question responses.

i

b. Delete i m lete and unusable questionnaires freet the data base. If required by contract reschedule these interviews for  !

correcticev' completeness. l

,0 c. When the data base M 1y is complete perforsi the analysis, below.

l 2. MCGImPEICAL DNFA

\ .

a. Assestne biogr e i=1 data and dete mine ranges and distributions for

all relevant dimensions. l

.O

b. Using appropriate statistics, detemine the distribution (or its approsisation) for this data.

} 3. m DNEA O

l a. hrise all responses and detemine percent frequency response for l'

j each negative answer.  ;

b. etain the control copy of Appendix A - Criteria from the conventions l l ,

Essk Plan (TP-8.1) for use in the nest steps. l

c. he each positive answer, check the YEs column for that criteria in Appendia A of this task plan. Do the sese in the conventions Task t

Plan Appendia A for criteria 6.5.1.es(2) and c(2). l l

l d. Also add the data collection code number, TP-3.ladn (with n the  !

question nuber), in the annus colm of the conventions Task Plan IO Appendia A.

i

e. Por each negative answer, initiate Preliminary EEDs (PMDs) for discrepancy review. Rooord response frequency data, 0700 criteria nuber, and data collection code naber on each PEED.

h

f. The 0760 criteria nebers are contained in List 2. ,

! g. Por each negative answer, check the m column and record the data  !

l collection code naber and Pm naber in the Emunts column for the r l

riate criteria in Appendix A of this task plan. Do the same  ;

O 03nventions Task Plan Appendia A for the criteria listed in [

e, above. j

h. htunit all Peas to your lamediate supervisor. l

1. Subsequent verification, validation, and disposition of all PMDs O will be annoucted per TP-10.1 (en Review Procedure). ,

88-1 __

O TP-3.1

- mme - May 1, 1983 O ayPaseIx a6 '

WWWtt0R INTERVUBf ABULYSIS o M

1. 6.3.1.3a(3) 15. 6.3.2.2a(1) 30. 6.3.3.3e

2. 6.3.1.3a(2) 16. 6.3.2.2a(2) 31. 6.3.3.2c 3 6.3.3.lb(1) 17. 6.3.2.1c 32 6.3.1.2a (1)

4. 6.3.3.Ib(2) 18, 6.3.2.M 33. 6.3.1.2a(2)

O 5. 6.3.1.e(1) 19. 6.3.4.la(1) a (2) 34. 6.3.3.la

6. 6.5.1. e (2) a e(1) 20. 6.3.4.Ib (1) 35. 6.3.4.3a

7. 6.5.1.6a 21. 6.3.4.Ib(2) 36. 6.3.1.2b (1) -

s. 6.5.1.6c (1) 22. 6.3.4.1c (1) 37. 6.3.3.e O

9. 6.5.1.6c(2) 23. 6.3.4.1c(2) 38. 6.3.1.2b(2)

10. 6.5.1.6c(2) 24. 6.3.4.1c (3) 39, 6.3.1.2d(1)

11. 6.5.1.e(1) 25. 6.3.4.2c 40. 6.3.1.2d(2)

12. 6.5.1.6e(1) 26. 6.3.4.2d(1) 41. 6.3.3.4c.

i

, 13. 6.3.1.e (2) a 27. 6.3.4.2d(2) 42. 6.3.1.2c(3)

'g 6.3.2.2b 2s. 6.3.3.2e 43. 6.3.1.2c(2) l 14. 6.3.2.lf 29. 6.3.3.2f 44. 6.3.1.2c(2)

45. 6.3.1.2c(2)-

O O

i e

'O i

,0 O

O TP-3.1 ammeurmm , , . . nay 1, 1933 O APPEEIX 87 CBSERUNrIC25 ANM2 SIS I

1. Mr each checklist ites checked YES, also check the YES column for that  !

criteria in Appendix A and enter the date collection code numbec, TIN.183.n

.O (where n is the checklist item resuber) in the CX30ENr8 column.

2. he each checklist item checked NO, initiate an B report. Enter the BRD report rumber in the CGOWNES column of the checklist for that item. i Include all necessary information on the BED report concerning l identification of the discrepancy and the criteria (checklist itam) not amt. i O

3. Find the appropriate criterion or criteria in Appendix A from the reference number in the checklist item. Check the N0 coltan and enter the IED runber and the data collection code rumber in the CX30ENr8 coltan for that criterion or criteria.

O i

'O l

,O  !

O l .

O O

O ,

~

O m 3.1

- WWWE May 1, 1983 1

'O m e n as

, nnm===rrou mEVIN AIEWr8IS -

l l 1. Mr each dock 11st item checked YEB also check the YES column for the

! appropriate criteria in Appendix A. titer the data collection code number lo 194.334.n (n is the check 12st item nisher) in the 03 emes onlioni.

2. For each ched11st item decked 2, initiate an a report. titor the e i report neiber in the asemes onlinn of the checklist for that item.

Include all necessary information on the BED report concerning identification of the discrepancy and the criteria (checklist item) not met.

'O

3. Find the appropriate criterian or criteria in Appendix A from the reference rauber in the dioaklist item. Oneck the le column and enter .the IED nimber and the data collection code mober in the C3emps colisen for that l criterian or criteria.

O 4. When zwiewing task report data, do not initiate duplicate IED reports.

I tenen an m et has alres% been initiated for a specific discrapency

daring the of another task, igdate that a report with the relevant information from this task data. Also iodete and croshence the i criteria lists in Appendia A of both sets of task docimientation.

4

o 6

1 0

b .

i e .

l

O i

l l0 O

! m )

[

O TP-3.1 asernrmna gratet Nay 1, 1983 APPEteIX B9

,0 IDIAN EIGDEERDG DISCREPARCY (BED) REPORP l

PLANT /tBET O CNtIGDRIGts E 10. 3 VALIDNEE BY: DME:

l

O a) aED TITLE:

M b) ITBS INYMNED:

4 i

.O l

1

'c) PNBIAM DESCIEPTION Am 070' 0 PARh. IOSER:

'O O ,

d) DNEA (YrJWON DESCRDTION Ale (IIE Nt3BER:

O e) WECIFIC IMIAN EIWOR(s):

'O 1

l I

O nF1

O TP-3.1 N e m SIstBE May 1, 1983 O APPENDIX B9 BE REPORI' (00te' dub)

IED 10.

O f) SUGGESTE BACIFIT:

l .

.O IO REVIBf ADD DISPOSITI(BI

,o O

<O .

1 O

O m

..as 4 -.- - ~ w _. ..w . _ _- -6 m- a - 4 -m _ .- m a_

_ _ _ _ a_

O TP-3.1 ammmurraen - May 1, 1983 APPEICIX C

.O CRITEltIA MA55tIX

~O 1

'O

.O ' .

4 1

O I

d

.O i

!O f

10 i

l io 1

i l

O c-1

'O e -3.1  !

aimmens SEEEEE May 1, 1983 l APPB WIX C O - CRITEstIA MNistIx Criteria Distrih*M Across Data Collection Methods O mates:

1. 'the following codes apply to the matriz coltums: '

N- Measurement (instnaments and or measuring devices required)

O o - anservations (observation notes taken)

I- Interview ,

D- Document Review (doctamentation review to include engineering

O drawings, O es, etc.)

A- Auditory Criteria V - Visual Criteria

'O C - controls Criteria (physical characteristics) -

L 'LWim/ Arrangement P- General Physical O F- Functional Criteria (usually requires some operational data for verification)

Data sources listed are suggested. Alternatives should be used then

those listed are not availahle or are not adequate.

iO

!O I

b

!O i

- - - _ , - _ - . - - --C-2 _._ ___

,0 TP-3.1 ammaarramm greggt May 1, 1983 O APP 5CII C CR mERIA N WtIX l

s. _. a ISER. QXZacrIm REtRG-0700 Crit N SOGESTED O para

• tam E Q. I D. n mLsamcas neunrn 6.3.1.1 F X SFTA Ept also in IIP-9.0 (SFTA) 6.3.1.2a(1) F X Ops a(2) F X Ops b(1) F X Ops O b(2) F X Ops c(1) F X Ann Resp Procs c(2) F X Ops c (3). F X Ops d(l) F X Ops O 6.3.1.3a(1) PF X Pnl '

a(2) PF X Ops a(3) PF X (Jps -

b PF X Pnl c' PF 'I -

Pnl' d PF WA All see text para. 4.2a 6.3.1.da(1) PF X Pnl a(2) PF X SrTA It2 also in RM.0 (SFTA) b(1) F X. X Pnl .

b(2) F I Pnl O F X Pal F X X Pnl F X Pnl .

b(3) F X Pnl 6.3.2.la F X CR O b F X X CR, Admin Procs c F X X CR, Ops d F X X CR, Ops e F . X CR f F X X CR, Ops O 6.3.2.2a(1) PF X Ops a(2) F X Ops b F X Ops 6.3.3.la P X Pnl b(1) P X Pnl O b(2) P X CR c(1) P WA in TP-1.8 (Maint) c(2) P WA in TP-1.8 (Maint) c(3) P WA in TP-1.8 (Maint)

O

_ _ - - _ - . _ - _ _ _ _ __ m

O TP-3.1 am m e ra n ave nus May 1, 1983 i

APPDDIX C O - CRITERIA MATRIX s..-= Ivan caumcTIcu MEEG-0700 Crit urmmst mmratnTED 8"'" " D E E 1 E "" ""

O 6.3.3.2a F X Pnl b F X Pnl, Coup Spc c F X Pnl d P X Pnl O

e w X M , ops-f(1) PF X X Pnl, Ops f(2) PF X Admin Proces

" 6.3.3.3a P X Pnl b PF X SETA E[t also in RP-9.0 (SETA)

O c(1) P X Pal c(2) P X Pnl c(3) P X Pnl also inTP-6.1 (Idels) d(l) P X '

Pnl d(2) N 'X SPTA 42 also in TP-9.1 (SrTA) e F X Ops O f F X Pnl 6.3.3.4a P X X Pnl, SFTA also in RP-9.0 (SPm) b PF X Cps

'c PF X X X Pnl, Ops, also in RP-9.0 (SETA) arTA Ept O 6.3.3.5a P X Pnl a(1) P X Pnl a(2) P X Pnl b(1) P X Pnl b(2) P X Pnl O b(3) P X Pnl c P X Pnl c(1) P X Pnl

. c(2) P I Pnl d(l) P X Pnl d(2) P X Pnl O d(3) P 1 Pnl d(4) P X Pnl d(5) P X Pnl d(6) P X Pnl O

O

, C-4

_.e

.O SP-3.1 mmeurrawn msmet m y 1, 1983

~O APPEEIX C CRITERIA MM5tIX

..._.a IggA mrrmvICE IEElBG-0700 Crit umm surrm83TED

.o para matar t3ga E Q. I. D, num stnicits meumre 6.3.4.la(1) P X X Pnl, Ops a(2) PF X X Ops b(1) F X X Pnl, Ops b(2) F X Ops

'o c(1) F X X Pnl, Ops c(2) F X Ops c(3) F X Ops d(1) F X X Pnl, Ops d(2) F X X Ops, Admin Procs -

o 6.3.4.2a P X Pnl b(1) . P X Pnl b(2) P X Pnl -

b(3) P Z Pnl b'(4) .P X Pnl' c P X X Pnl, Ops

O 6.3.4.3a P X X X CR, Ops, also in RP-9.0 (SFTA)

SF'm Ept 6.5.1.6a F X Ops (see Ete 1) b(1) P X Ops (see Itte 1)

o b(2) P X Ops (see htes 1 and 2) c(1) F X Ops (see 2te 1) c(2) F X Ops (see 2tes 1 and 2) .

6.5.1.6d (1) P WA ' in TP-8.1 (Cone) d(2) P WA in TP-3.1 (Cony) o d(3) F WA in TP-8.1 (Cony) e(1) P X Ops (see Ibte 1) a(2) P X Pnl (see h te 1) l ,

e(3) P X Pnl (see 2te 1) 6.6.6.2a (1) F X X Pnl,SFTA Ept also in IM.0 (SFTA)

O a(2) F X X Pnl,SPM 15t also in RP-9.0 (SPTA)

I a(3) F X X Pnl,SETA19t also in RP-9.0 (SFTA) b VC X Pal also inTP-6.1 (Imbals) c P X Pnl alsoinTP4.1 (Iabels)

O O

O TP-3.1 m StBEnt May 1, 1983 9

APPEICIX C

O carfERIA ETRIX lorHS:

1. These criteria also in the following task plans:

TP-4.1 Controls survey TP-5.1 Displays Survey TP-6.1 Tahala 22rvey

! TP-7.1 W hers Systen R wiew l

RP-9.0 SFTA (in TP-9.9, CR Function Validation).

'O

2. mana criteria also in 'IP-6.1, conventions.

O O

O O

O l

O C-6

m a - -

O TP-3.1

""'" 8HEBE May 1, 1983 l

APPIDOIX D  !

O TNK PLAN CRITIQUE O

'O O .

i e

0 O

4 O

~~

e e

O

!O l

O

O

i i

O~

sP-3.1 assrurann grargg May 1, 1983 APPINEX D O TnSK PUM CRmQUE

D BE E CTIcts O

1. Attach a copy of section 4.0.

, 2. Fill in the required information and answer all questions.

3. Explain all ND answers in detail.

4. Man complete, turn in to your immediate supervisor.

O

1. Mene of Bospondent: -

i

2. Itsee of Plant:

1

3. Date of airvey:

4. Were all of the criteria correct and repriate.for this task YES 10 (do not 7 =in criteria that were 1 har*= $== System /CR did not have that design feature)?

O

5. Did the task plan instructions present the easiest and best YES ND

. methodology for performing the ma====narit?

O

6. h re the data collection forms adequate? YES NO -

O O

O l l

i D-1 l

m,, m-- _.m,,

.m -

O

O O

O

.O APPENDIX C RESUMES OF THE REVIEIf TEAM O

.O l

'O

O l

'O O ,

, _.m ._

'O Michael G. Beck O

EDUCATION M.S. Nuclear Engineering, North Carolina State University, 1978.

O B.S. Physics, Appalachian State University, 1975.

PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS Sigma XI (Research Society of North America)

.O American Nuclear Society WORK HISTORY 1985 to Present

!O On assignment to Brunswick Steam Electric Plant for Horace Cofer Assoc., Inc.

Consulting Engineer, Operations Special Projects. Provided technical support in developing Rev. 4 Emergency Procedure

O Guideline (EPG) based Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) including plant specific calculations and engineering support. In addition,' developed radiation release control and secondary containment control procedures and assisted in the development of the EOPs. Currently providing technical i support in the area of ERFIS/SPDS display, identifying

O additional required inputs, providing plant specific inputs e

for GE displays, and providing support to group developing modifications for ERFIS/SPDS inputs. In addition, lead l

responsibility for developing Rev. 4 EOP based SPDS displays. Preliminary displays have been developed and additional _ plant inputs identified for additional

'O information required to support execution of Rev. 4 based EOPs.

l Provided support for CRDR program by providing expertise in the areas of instrumentation and control and nuclear engineering and being a member of the Brunswick Human O Engineering Discrepanc'y Assessment Team (HEDAT).

Responsible for resolving identified human engineering deficiencies as a member of the HEDAT.

O IO

O Michael G. Beck Page 2 of 3 l

!O 1 1983 to 1985 l On assignment to Brunswick Steam Electric Plant for United Energy Services Corp.

O Assistant to Manager TS, Engineering Supervisor., Su rt.

Involved in various regulatory issues suchasTMI,7alem ATWS response, nuclear service water technical specification requirements, emergency operating procedures technical issues, hydrogen recombiners (combustible gas control) and instrument air system requirements. Performed a review of O the plant TMI-related commitments for status and compliance.

Also included in assignment was responding to TMI-related issues. -

Coordinated plant Salem Responses and authored a report with recommendations based on a review of all the Salem ATWS

'O issues. Supported the . validation of the plant emergency operating procedures and evaluated the primary containment pressure limits and provided other technical support as required.

Developed an action plan and implemented a program for

O completing a large backlog of outstanding regulatory and high priority engineering department-work. Included in this assignment were

a review of all outstanding engineering work, compiling targeted work items, and organization of task force to complete identified work.

O

.1978 to 1983

'On assignment to Catawba Nuclear Station for Duke Power Company,

O Primary System Coordinator. Directed the group responsible for the coordination of activities for system turnover, start-up and functional testing for NSSS and safe.ty related cooling water systems. Responsible for coordinating the resolution of various problems in system design, testing, and operation prior to their impacting project milestone

O dates. This position required a close interface with Construction, Design Engineering, and Nuclear Production departments.

Associate Engineer, Performance Section.

O Temporarily worked as part of the Corporate Management staff as Special Assistant to the Manager of Nuclear Production Department. This assignment involved interface with operating plant staff and corporate management.

10 l

\

Michael G. Beck Page 3 of 3 Developed the pre and post installation test program for containment isolation valves. Performed reviews of all plant systems for the ASME Section XI pump and valve compliance submittal.

O Developed the Plant Preoperational Test Manual, compiling all regulatory requirements and FSAR commitments for Preoperational and start-up tests. Updated test abstracts and. answered NRC questions on the preoperational test program. Developed on and off line computer programs to perform primary and secondary heat balances and RCS flow O calculations. In addition, responsible for the development of the Hot Functional Testing Controlling Procedure and Program. As a member of the Plant Operations Review Committee reviewed maintenance, periodic tests and operating procedures. In addition, provided technical support for initial fuel loading, zero power physics and power O escalation testing at McGuire Nuclear Station.

System responsibility included the Solid State Protection System, Incore and Excore Detector Systems, fuel handling systems and the Inputs and Design Review of the test patch panel used to provide various test variables for all types O of testings.

1977 to 1978 On assignment to Oconee Nuclear Station.

Assistant Engineer, Performance Section. Responsible for implementation of Unit 2 ASME Section XI Pump and Valve .

Testing, ILRT and LLRT programs. In addition, functioned as a Section Outage Coordinator during refueling and maintenance outages where he was responsible for supervising O and coordinating outage support activities. Became familiar with post refueling, zero power physics testing and primary and secondary thermal efficiency monitoring. Provided technical support to the plant operations group.

O yngg,gcargong

" Sorption and Diffusion of Iodine in Concrete and Containment Uptake," (Co-authored), Transactions ANS, 1978.

" Status of Catawba Nuclear Station." Transactions ANS, O 1982.

O

O Denna M. Beith LO Education University of California Santa Barbara B.A., Psychology - 1976 O

Affiliations Human Factors Society, Member O

Work History 1985 to Present RMS Associates, Inc. - Director, Human Factors Services Currently managing the (NUREG-0700) Control Room Design Review for Carolina Power and Light Company at the H. B. Robinson, Brunswick, and Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plants. Duties include Task Analysis, Verification and' Validation, SPDS Review, Control Room Surveys, HED O evaluation, preparation of Final Reports, and assistance in implementation of control room modifications. Authorized the program plan for the operating plants and the summary report for Shearon Harris.

1980 to 1985~

O ESSEX CORPORATION Staff Scientist. Participa'.ed in the Control Room Design Review for Virginia Electric Power Company at the North Anna, Units 1 and 2 Nuclear Power Plant and the Surry, Units O 1 and 2 Nuclear' Power Pla'nt. Duties included conducting an operating experience review which consisted of writing operator questionnaires, interviewing operators, data reduction and a document review of plant documentation; such as License Eveht Reports. Also assisted in the writing of the VEPCO program plan and the photographing for control O panel photo mosaics.

O O

O Danna M. Beith Page 2 of 3

-O Research Scientist. Directed the on-site data collection for Toledo Edison's Control Room Design Review for the Davis-Besse Nuclear Power Station. Duties included an

O operating experience review, the conduct of control room surveys, an SPDS review, and a human factors review of 4

upgraded EOPs. Also assisted in photographing and i construction of a control panel photo mosaic, data reduction ,

and preparation of final reports.

l 0 Research Scientist. Performed the human factors evaluation l of the South Texas Project main control panel and control i room for Bechtel/ Houston Lighting and Power (subcontract '

through Torrey Pines Technology) . Activities included an evaluation of a full-scale, three dimensional mockup prior to fabrication of the operational system and the setup of a

>O computer program for sorting and reporting data. -

Research Scientist. Project manager for the development and production of approximately 300 nuclear power plant surveil-lance / test procedures for South Carolina Electric and Gas Company. Work involved technical review.and editing of

O developed procedures, technical direction of all project staff, and coordination of the production of the procedures for initial writing through final word processing.

l Responsible for the technical work and personnel affairs of I a staff composed of 6 to 8 technical writers, two editors, two nuclear plant operations specialists, and 8 word

O processors.

Research Scientist. On-site supervisor for the rewriting / formatting of nuclear power plan't emergency, normal and standard operating procedures at South Carolina

. Electric and Gas Company's Virgil C. Summer Nuclear O Station. Procedure formats were reviewed using criteria.

concerned with readability, legibility, and consistency.'

l Research Scientist. Directed the Human Factors evaluation of the on-site data collection for the Commanche Peak 1 Nuclear Power Plant control room. This evaluation included lO criteria specified in NUREG/CR-1580 and NUREG-0700. Duties also included documenting and identifying Human Engineering discrepancies and backfits.

O 1

l O

O l

Danna M. Beith Page 3 of 3 O

4 Research Associate. Participated in the (NUREG/CR-15 80)

Human Factors evaluation of three Nuclear Power Plants for Carolina Power & Light. One plant evaluation included a

'o control board assessment of engineering drawings for a plant under construction. Duties consisted of procedures developed for control room evaluation and identifying,

reporting and suggesting suitable backfits for Human Engineering Discrepancies found in the control room.

'O 1878 ~ 1980 XEROX CORPORATION Associate Human Factors Desianer. Support to the Human Factors Department,in the Business Machine and o Copier / Duplication Divisions. Duties included control system d o s.i g n , behavioral testing and new product  ;

assesements. Also, wrote machine operating procedures and l

. developed dialogues used for operator assistance.

1978

O CANYON RESEARCH GROUP, INC.

Assistant Researcher. Contract research assistant to Xerox Corp., Industrial Design / Human Factors Department. Support to the Human Factors Department in the Business Machines

O Division. Duties consisted of control system design and behavioral testing.

1976 - 1978 BIO TECHNOLOGY, INC. .

10 Field I n v e's t i a a t o r . Northern California and Northern Nevada. Conducted a "Large Truck Accident Study" for the Federal Highvay Administration of the Department of Transportatior . Supervised Field Investigators conducting interviews with truck owners, drivers and California Highway

'O Patrol officers and analyzed accident sites and accident reports. Conducted highway surveys involving road

characteristics, traffic density and speed data using remote control cameras and radar equipment.

l O

O

O Ernest Alan Bishop

.O EDUCATION B.S. Nuclear Engineering, North Carolina State University, 1973 O

Senior Reactor Training, Carolina Power & Light Company, 1984 PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS O

American Nuclear Society American Society of Mechanical Engineers Licenred Senior Reactor Operator, North Carolina EIT - North Carolina MORK HJSTORY .

1/74 to Present Carolina Power & Light Company O o Junior Engineer - Nuclear Plant Engineering Section --

1/74 o Nuclear Engineer - 7/74 o Engineer II - 9/75 o Engineer III - 1/76 O Senior Engineer - 12/77 o Project Engineer - 6/79 o Project Engineer - Nuclear Steam Supply System - 1/81 o Engineering Supervisor - Nuclear - 4/81 o Manager. Technical Support - 6/82

o Assistant to General Manager - 12/84

O Manager-Operations - 10/85 .

.O O

O

l

~O Michael A. Boggi O

aIGnLIGHTS Experienced in both Task Analysis and Emergency Task Analysis, and the NRC regulatory guidelines.

-O EDUCATION North Carolina State University, M.S. candidate Industrial IO Engineering Minor: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering and -

s Environmental Sciences and Engineering.

LaSalle University, B.A., Psycology, 1981 EXPERIEECE 1985 to Present RMS Associates, Inc.

i Scientist', Team Leader for verification and validation segments f the control Room Design Review for Carolina

'O Power and Light's Shearon Harris, H. B. Robinson and Brunswick Nuclear Power Plants.

Responsibilities include planning and implementing the verification and validation. Responsibilities also include lending expert assistance to the development.and O implementation of the Brunswick task analysis. Also assisted in the development of the data base management system.

. 1983 - 1985 O Advanced Resource Development Corporation Staff Enaineer, Task Director in charge of Task Analysis for Commonwealth Edison's LaSalle County Nuclear Power Plant, Control Room Design Review.

O Responsibilities included planning and implementation of the

Task Analysis. Assisted in operator survey and control room surveys. ,

10 O

l lO Michael W. Chiasson, P.E.

O EDUCATION Pennsylvania State University, Continuing Education Professional Engineering Review, Mechanical, 1984.

Westinghouse Nuclear Training Services Senior Reactor Operator Certification, 1982.

O B.S. Nuclear / Mechanical Engineering, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1981.

. PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS O American Nuclear Society, Public Education Committee speaker Birthright, Personnel Vice Chairman, crisis telephone counsellor, tutor -

Community College of Allegheny County, substitute trigonometry instructor Triangle Fraternity, Treasurer, Senior Committee Chairman O

NORK BISTORY 11/84 to Present O Carolina Power and Light Company, Nuclear Generation Group Coordinated the implementation and maintenance of technical and managerial programs for the nuclear projects.

O 3/84 to 9/84 Westinghouse Nuclear Services Integration Division Maintenance Engineer. Outage and maintenance planning, scheduling, and coordination. Worked as Salem outage o coordinator and developed shortened refueling methods.

6/81 to 3/84 Westinghouse Nuclear Services Integration Division O

Training Engineer. Taught classes in many aspects of nuclear plant operations and refueling activities for operators and engineers. Developed operator training material. Received Senior Reactor Operator certification.

O O

O Michael W. Chiasson Page 2 of 2 0

3/80 to 9/80 ,

Westinghouse Nuclear Services Division Field Service Engineering (Co-op Student) . Inspection,

.O testing and modification of NSSS components. Worked as shift supervisor and platform manager for steam generator inspection ar.d testing.

3/79 to 9/79 Westinghouse Technology Division Nuclear Safety Analysis (Co-op Student). Transient analysis of postulated plant accident. conditions. Worked on FSAR's, TMI, and,the Steambreak Protection System.

6/77 to 9/78 Westinghouse Nuclear Equipment Division

,0 Refueling Equipment Design (Co-op Student) . Design and structural analysis. -Designed, developed and expedited the production of the equipment and procedures used for the replacement of o' ring grooves in the Rapid Refueling PWR.

.O ,

\

l 4

O i

O

^O O

O Eugene O. Eagle, Jr.

O. EDUCATION M.S. Nuclear Engineering, North Carolina State University, 1972 B.S. Nuclear Engineering, North Carolina State University, 1965

.O PROFESSIONAL ORGANISATIONS American Nuclear Society Process Computer User's Group O

MORK HISTORY 2/82 to Present O Carolina Power and Light, Brunswick Nuclear Project o Project Specialist - Computer - Nuclear Operations Department - 2/82 o Project Engineer -

Computer -

Nuclear Project O Department - 3/83 3/72 to 2/82 Nuclear Generation Section O

o Nuclear Engineer -

Bulk Power Supply Department (Raleigh) - 2/72 o Nuclear Engineer -

Bulk Power Supply Department (Brunswick) - 6/73 -

o Engineer III - Bulk Power Supply Department (Brunswick)

O - 12/75 o Senior Engineer - Generation Department (Brunswick)-

11/77 7/64 to 7/70 North Carolina State University o Language Lab Assistant and Manager - Department of

., Modern Language - 7/64 o Laboratory Assistant -

Department of Nuclear

O Engineering - 6/65 o Teacher / Demonstrator - School of Engineering *7/67 0

O 4

N. L. Edmonds O aIGaLIqsrs Twelve (12) years experience in the nuclear power industry.

Participated in startup, remodification, and refueling outages at E.I. Hatch as a Licensed Operator.

O Development Plant Specific EOPs and Flowcharts for a High Pressure and Low Pressure 3-loop Westinghouse PWR Nuclear  ;

Plants.

Surveilance Co-ordinator for ASME Section X1, Fire

O Protection, and Technical Specifications surveilance procedures.

Startup testing.

Performing Plant' Specific Task Analysis for two Westing-

O House 3-Loop PWRs and one General Electric BWR.

l EDUCATION Nuclear Operator Training Program, Basic Nuclear Theory; BWR

'O Technology, Balance of Plant Systems; GE Reactor Startup Qualification Course

General Physics Requalification Training Courses O LICEMBE , ,

Licensed Reactor Operator at E. I. Hatch Nuclear Power Plant

. WORK HISTORY

.d 6/85 - Present RMS ASSOCIATES, Cary, N.C.

Engineer developing Task Element Tables and co-ordinating Task Analysis for General Electric Owners Group ERGS, Plant Specific Technical Guidlines and Plant Specific Emergency O Operating Procedures.

jo o

'O M. L. Edmonds Page 2 of 2 LO 11/82"-h/85 RMS ASSOCIATES, Cary, N.C.

. Engineer - Coordinated the development of Flowcharts for Plant Specific EOPs for CP&L's Shearon Harris and H. B. Robinson Nuclear Power Plants from development of plant specific writers guide through plant acceptance.

.O Assisted in development and performance of all plant verification / validation testing for Emergency Operating Procedures, Emergency Action Levels and Abnormal Operating Procedures.

1983 - 11/82 Quadrex Corporation, Grand Gulf Nuclear Station Senior Service Engineer located at Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. Expedited surveillance procedures through the i

^

review and approval process. Prepared new surveillance procedures to comp.ly with the latest revision in the Technical Specifications. Also incorporated the ASME Code

.O Section XI pump and valve program into these procedures.

Reviewed the Fire Protection System and wrote procedures to cover the American Nuclear Insurer's Requirements in conjunction with Tech. Spec. Requirements. Also acted as Operation Superintendent in the review cycle for all surveillance procedures. Served as Surveillance Coordinator

O to ensure surveillance procedures where issued, approved and performed.

1981 Quadrex Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma Senior Service Engineer assigned to Tulsa Operations.

!O Performed review of operating surveillance program for Grand Gulf Nuclear Station. This included identification of applicable ASME Boiler / Pressure Vessel codes and ensuring compliance with the present Technical Specifications 1974 - 1982 Georgia Power Company, E. I. Hatch Nuclear Plant Involved in plant operations as a Licensed Reactor Operator

[ during all operating modes including initial criticalities, heatup, and pressurization. Prepared and reviewed procedures and lesson plans for training and operations.

Assisted General Electric and Bechtel engineers in 1:0 implementing design changes. Prepared and altered preoperational test procedures to conform to these changes.

1973 Georgia Power Company Yates Fossil Plant Operator performing surveillance tests and maintaining

,O auxiliary equipment not operable from the control room (five unit plant) . Participated in stattup testing and warranty runs for two additional 350 MW Units.

!O

0 l

Marianne Grannan 0 aducation The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 4

B.S. Industrial & Systems Engineering, June 1986 Concentration in computer science and human factors

.O Affiliations

Institute of Industrial Engineers National Society of women Engineers

o work aistory June 86 - present RMS Associates, Inc.

.O Cary, North Carolina Industrial Engineer. Engineering and Human Factors consulting for the power industry. Assisting in the control room design reviews for two nuclear power plants, which

'O include data IUput and debugging of a task analysis data base, control room surveys, data an.alysis and the

[ documentation of human engineering discrepancies.

August 85 - September 85

O Milliman & Robertson, Inc.

Consulting Actuaries Radnor, PA Actuarial student assistant. Performed statistical analysis and forecasting for automotive insurance and medical

'O malpractice insurance clients.

July 84 - September 84 State of Ohio Disaster Services Agency O worthington, Ohio l

Co-op Engineer. Federally certified as a Shelter Survey Technician. Evaluated buildings in Northern Ohio for possible use as radioactive fallout shelters. Performed

O structural and feasibility analyzes on commercial and public buildings. Worked independently, responsible for all documentation; assigned a State Vehicle.

J

o

O James Robin Harrell 9

EDUCATION M.S. Nuclear Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, 1983 g B.S. Nuclear Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology, 1982 PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS .

.O IEEE - Power Engineering Society American Nuclear Society National Society for Professional Engineers NORK HISTORY O 4/84 to Present Carolina Power & Light Company Brunswick Nuclear Plant o Emergency Response Capability Lead Engineer O o Plant Modification Engineer 1/84 to 4/84 -

Department of Energy O o DOE Fellow - Practcum Research Office of Civilian Radioactive Waste Management Washington, DC - 1/84 to 4/84

.O O

.O .

O

O Mark S. Haynes EDUCATION A.A.S. Instrumentation Technology, Cape Fear Technical Institute, 1976 Pre-Engineering, University of North Carolina at Wilmington, 1974 John T. Hoggard High School, 1973

)

PROFESSIOMM, ORGANIIATIONS Instrument Society of America O

NORK BISTORY 11/81 to Present Brunswick Nuclear Project Department

)

o Technician I - Maintenance - 11/81 o IEC Foreman - 6/83 o Senior Specialist -- Electrical - 1/86 O

8/76 to 7/79 Brunswick Nuclear Generati'on Section o IEC Technician III - Generation Department - 8/76 o IEC Technician II - Generation Department - 7/77 o IEC Technician I - Generation Department - 7/79

.O 5/75 to 7/76 Dupont, Leland NC i

o Technical Aide

)

9/74 to 12/74 Timme Corporation - Wilmington, NC o Floor Hand -

9/73 to 5/75 Ramada Inn - Wilmington, NC o Houseman i

'O

+ e-.

l

'O Mark S. Haynes Page 2 of 2 1 l

.O  !

I 9/71 to 6/73 '

i New Hanover County - Wilmington, NC l O o Bus Driver l l

1 O

.O O

.O O

,0 O

O Greg W. Hill O aducation Ph.D. Candidate in Psychology, North Carolina state

University, anticipated completion date May 1988.

.... P.,c,o1o9, .., 19 8. , .o rt, c. rom. . at. ..ive rsit,.

B.A. Psychology, 1982, University of North Carolina at Charlotte.

g Affiliations f Human Factors Society, student affiliate, 1983-1986.

Graduate Association of Students in Psychology, Ergonomic Representative, 1984-1986.

O NCsu student chapter of Ergonomics, Member, 1985-1986.

J 1

Work Ristory* e July 1986-present

[O North Carolina Stat? University, Raleigh, N.C.,

Research. Assistant - Full responsibility for research project on spatial perception & aging. Project funded by National Institute of Health.

4 1

August 1986-present I

National Institute Of Occupational Safety & Health, g Apprenticeship - stipend provided for completing a minimum j number of courses safety related in occupational research orientation. safety and for having a May 1986-present iO ***' **********' ****' "'**

Research Assistant - Assisted in the Human Factors Control

' Room Design Review of H.B. Robinson Nuclear Project and the Brunswick Steam and Electric Power Plant, Unit 1& Unit 2.

Responsible for data collection and generation of Human

!O En91neerin9 Di8 rePancy Reports (BEDS).  !

O

.O Greg W. Hill Page 2 of 3 August 1985-February 1986 Profile Associates , Raleigh, N.C.

O Lab Manager - responsible for laboratory equipment and set-up, data collection, and supervision of on-staff nurse.

Project funded by NIAAA for the development of a- divided attention computer task used for the assessment of 4

behavio'ral impairment due to low doses of alcohol.

O January 1985-May 1986 l North Carolina State University , Raleigh, N.C.

Instructor, Psychology 300 (Perception) - Responsible for 3 sections of approximately 25 students each. Introduction to IO basic anatomy and physiology of major sensory systems, their relation to central structures, and basic problems in.

psychophysics. The major emphasis is on visual and auditory spacial perception.

August 1983-May 1985 O

North Carolina State University , Raleigh, N.C.

Teaching Assistant - Psychology 200 Introduction Psychology, Assisted sutdents outside of class, proctored exams, O

tabulated grades, and as'sisted in general course maintenance. .

, May 1983-September 1983 ,

' North Carolina State University , Raleigh, N.C.

O Research Assistant - Responsible for lab set-up and data collection. Investigated effects of viewing distance of CRTs on visual fatique and oculomotor function (funded by Systems Research Corp.).

l August 1981-May 1982 University of North Carolina , Charlotte, N.C.

1 Research Assistant - Responsible for lab set-up and data collection. Investigation of variables that would assist

,O older adults' remembering (funded by NIA).

O

we

.O l

Greg W. Hill

O Page 3 Of 3 l August 1980-May 1982 University of North Carolina , Charlotte, N.C.

O _

Lab Instructor - Taught 7 sections with an average class size of 30 students. Discussed experimental design and l superived students conducting experiments.

g January 1980-December 1980 University of North Carolina , Charlotte, N.C.

Teaching Assistant - Psychology 240 (Research Methods in Experimental Design). Assisted students in conceptualizing IO experimental methods and conducting experiments.

O '

I O

!O l

O l0 .

l lO

l O

l Kenneth F. Born O IIDUCATION Senior Reactor Operator Training, Carolina Power & Light Company, 1980 Reactor Operator Training, Carolina Power & Light Company, 1978

() Nuclear Power School / Power Plant Operations, United States Navy, 1970 Architectural Engineering, University of Mexico - 1969 PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS O

Licensed Senior Reactor Operator, North Carolina Licensed Reactor Operator, North Carolina -

NORK HISTORY O

1986 to Present Brunswick Nuclear Plant o Operations Coordinator for the Control Room Design O Review. Responsible for the dispositions of HEDs and the coordination of HEDs fixes.

1981 to 1986 Brunswick Nuclear Plant

!O o Operations Shift Foreman l

l 1980 to 1981 Brunswick Nuclear Plant

.O o Senior Control Operator - SRO 1978 to 1980 o Control Operator - RO O

1976 to 1978 o Auxiliary Operator 1969 to 1975 O

o United States Navy - Nuclear Power Program 33 i

O Stephen L. Mischke O EDUCATION B.S. Physics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis BWR Simulator Training Class - SRO Certification Nuclear Power School Nuclear Power Plant Prototype - EOOW Certification O BWR Refueling Equipment & Undervessel Training Class Weld Inspection Class NDT Methods Class Lead Auditor Class Kepner-Tregoe SRO Certified on Black Fox BWR/6 Simulator O

WORK HISTORY General Electric Company Consulting Engineering O

o Assigned to CP&L On-Site Nuclear Safety group, Brunswick Plant.

o Reviewed IEC surveillance procedures for Technical

. Specification compliance and technical accuracy.

o Assigned to CP&L Operations group at Brunswick Plant O to revise and provide technical reviews of operating procedures.

o Upgrade various Brunswick EOPs to Revision 4 of the .

BWROG Emergency Procedure Guidelines.

Startup Engineer O o Collected BWR Emergency Operating Procedure Appendix C plant specific date for use in Hope Creek EOPs.

o Developed EOP Operator Action Flowcharts based on EOPs for Monticello, Cooper and Deane Arnold.

o Prepared EOP training material for Operator Training Course at Cooper.

O o Assisted in preparation, verification and validation of BWR EOPs at Monticello, Cooper and Duane Arnold.

O O

O I

O Stephen L. Mischke Page 2 of 2 o Westinghouse Hanford Company, Fast Flux Test Facility Senior Quality Assurance Engineer o Reviewed test instructions and test results during the startup phase of the sodium-cooled fast breeder test reactor.

o o Prepared inspection plans for test instructions, system / equipment modifications, corrective and preventive maintenance procedures, and refueling activities.

o Managed the company's internal event reporting (Unusual Occurrence Reports) system. Managed the o company's system for review and distribution of event reports from external sources (i.e. INPO SERs and SOERs; NRC Notices, Bulletins and Circulars, etc.)

Lead QA Auditor o Coordinated and conducted audits of operations,

'o maintenance and engineering activities.

o Prepared detailed audit reports outlining the area (s) audited, deficiencies discovered, and suggested corrective action.

U.S. Navy Damage Control Assistant o Responsible for the operation and maintenance of a nuclear submarine's auxiliary equipraent (i.e'.

hydraulic systems, air systems, atmosphere control equipment, etc.). Supervised and trained 14 personnel.

o Managed the ship's Quality Assurance Program..

lO-l l Main Propulsion Assistant

o Responsible for the operation and maintenance of a nuclear submarine's main propulsion equipment (i.e.

Primary coolant systems, steam systems, main propulsion O turbines, co'ndensate and feedwater systems, etc.).

Supervised and trained 14 personnel.

Chemistry and Radiological Controls Officer o Responsible for maintaining primary and secondary chemistry within limits.

O Managed the ship's Radilogical Controls Program which included personnel dosimetry, periodic radiation /

contamination surveys, and monitoring radioactive material discharges Qualified as Engineering Officer of the Watch (EOOW) and iO Engineering Duty Officer (EDO) '

O

O Brian P. Newell

.O EDUCATION l

B.S. Electrical Engineering, University of Minnesota, l 1 1977 '

BWR Simulator Training Class - SRO Certification Navy Nuclear Engineer Officer School - Qualified Engineer lO Officer Navy Nuclear Prototype Training - Qualified EOOW l Navy Nuclear Power School-Kepner-Tregoe Rational Management i WORE BISTORY O

1983 to Present General Electric Company, Engineer, Operations o Prepare tests and procedures O o Review plant modifications o Conduct incident investigations o Coordinate maintenance and modification efforts during outages o Prepare special test procedures o Provide guidance and technical direction in the

O performance of component and system testing o Lead engineer, Operations Special Projects o Detailed Control Room Design Review, NUREG-0737,. -

Supplement 1 o Certified Senior Reactor Operator on Black Fox Simulator for BWR 6 O o Recertified Senior Reactor Operator on Brunswick BWR 4 United States Navy o Supervised the . maintenance and operation of a submarine

!O nuclear propulsion plant.

o Communications Division Officer o Electrical Division Manager -

o Damaged Control Assistant o Top Secret DOD Clearance o Major Evolutions

O P

o i

'O l

David L. Phipps, Jr., P.E.

EDUCATION M.S. Industrial Engineering, North Carolina State University, 1978.

B.S. Industrial Engineering, North Carolina State O University, 1975.

PROFESSIONAL ORGANIEATIONS Registered Professional Engineer, North Carolina g Professional Engineer of North Carolina Institute of Industrial Engineers WORK HISTORY O 11/79 to Present Carolina Power and Light Company o Review team leader - BSEP CRDR o Manpower planning and staffing analysis for a cross 8e ti n fC mpany department O o Supervision.of industrial engineering projects o Control Room up-grade at BSEP o Facilities planning for H .' B . Robinson, Brunswick, Shearon Harris, Roxboro, and Asheville plants o Work load determination for Transmission Maintenance o Establishment of IE unit at Robinson plant o Data collection and project! overview for 158'O review at H. B. Robinson o Control Board Layout on SHNPP for redesign of control panels o Engineering staffing for customer and operating services 1975 to 1979 Management Engineer, Hospital Engineer at various locations.

!O

'O

0

O Eimberly Ray O Education North Carolina State University, B.A. Psychology, 1985.

Affiliations Human Factors Society Student Affiliate, 1984-85 Associate Member, 1985-86 0 work Experience

, October 85 to Present RMS Associates Inc.,

g Human Factors Division, Research Assistant Assisted in Carolina Power and Light Company's Human Factor control Room Design Review at Brunsw.ick Steam Electric Plant, Unit I & II; B.B. Robinson, Unit 2 Nuclear Power Plant and Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant. Assisted in

• ""' l * " 1"'*"" "Y d ""*""*"i "' * ""' 1 * " *"Y"'

O data analysis and Human Engineering Discrepancies (NEDs) report generation.

i August 84 to August 85

O Anders Art and Drafting, Sales Assistant Assisted with various sales and inventory duties.

1984 - 1985 O

North Carolina State University , Research Assistant Responsible for the pre-screen Interviews and scheduling of subjects participating in an Aging and Perceptual Processes project at the NCSU psychology department.

O O

O l

3 Robert M. Shepard Jr.

Education University of Florida - 1973; B. S., Nuclear Engineering Sciences 3 University of Pittsburgh M. S., Course Work, Engineering Management various Management Courses - Westinghouse Work History D Present RMS Associates - Program Manager Cary,. North Carolina .

Currently the program manager for the CRDR effort at Carolina Power and Light (Robinson, Harris and Brunswick) .

3 Providing Equipment Qualification Services to Mississippi Power and Light and CP&L. Providing SPDS Design and Review services to Harris, Brunswick and Robinson. Providing work space' design on Brunswick and Harris. Providing drafting support to Brunswick and Robinson (Control Board Drawings) .

3 Managed. the CP&L EOP effort for H. B. Robinson and Shearon Harris. Assisted the CP&L corporate personnel in Oper-ations, Engineering and Licensing in the NUREG-0737 Supplement I response. Managed the preparation of system descriptions, lesson plans and training aids for two utilities at three separate plant sites.

1981 to 1982 Quadrex Corporation, Tulsa, Oklahoma Field assignment at the corporate office of Mississippi 3 Power and Light, assisting the Supervisor of Nuclear Safety in the area of PRA Program Development, Systems Review and Interaction, Em'ergency Planning, Commitment Tracking, and Hydrogen Control, specifically in the containment Design and Analysis, Program Management, Equipment Survivability, ACRS Presentation (a) , and Documentation.

1980 to 1981 -

Stafco, Inc., Washington, D.C.

Project Manager responsible for contract work in the areas g of licensing, SAR review and rewrite, ACRS and NRC inter-face, and SRP compliance. Also responsible for general review and development, training and implementation of utility emergency plans.

O

O Robert M. Shepard Page 2 of 2

O 1973 to 1980 Westinghouse Electric Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pa.

O Progressed from licensing and evaluation engineer to Manager, Nuclear Installation and Service Department.

Manager, Nuclear Installation and Service Department.

Established Westinghouse service function in Sweden, including five-year strategic plan and organizational

O structure.

, Manager, Manufacturing, Planning and Control. Managed inventory control and manufacturing schedules. Forecasted long-range production plans, manpower requirements, pro-duction levels and raw material requirements.

O Program Manager of Nuclear Steam Generator Design Programs.

Managed program planning, funding scheduling and RED. R&D programs consisted of correcting present S.G. problems and updating to new designs / concepts (i.e. heat treatment of tubing) 10

~

Lead Project Licensing Engineer for South Texas Project and responsible for al.1 licensing aspects of RESAR-414 and 41.

Coordinator for FSAR and operating plant seminar. Lead Engineer for all licensing aspects on 15 PWRs, with five

• personnel under technical supervision.

lO Licensing and Evaluation Engineer. Responsible for aspects -

of loss-of-coolant accident providing SAR write-up and ana-lytical model defense, including containment design calcu-lations. Co-author of WCAP-8264 " Mass and Energy Releases for Containment Design".

1962 to 1970 U. S. Navy Leading Petty Officer (MMl(SS) ) for the SIC Prototype. ELT g on a Nuclear Submarine (USS Casimir Pulaski) as well as supervisor of balance of plant maintenance. Qualified elec-I trical/ diesel operator on a conventional submarine (USS Barracuda) (EM3 (SS) ) .

.O O

l L _. .- -- - _ _ - _ - -

O Arnold, W. Schaich lO BDUCATION Michigan Technological University, B. S., Applied Physics, 1980 O PROFESSIONAL ORGANIIATIONS American Nuclear Society NORE BISTORY

'O 1985 to Present Carolina Power and Light Company i Senior Licensing Engineer responsible for the coordination

O of submittals to the NRC for the nuclear plants. In addition provides technical and regulatory assistance for j the nuclear projects.

l

1982 to 1985

'O NUS Corporation

' Provided onsite engineering and licensing support services to the Pacific Gas and Electric Company Safety Review Group.

Support services included. the review of Diablo Canyon Power o Plant and Humboldt Bay Power Plant design changes, Licensee Event Reports, INPO Significant Event Reports, and miscellaneous licensing submittals to the NRC per 10CFR50.59 requirements.

{g For Louisiana Power and Light was an issue leader in the NUS Waterford 3 Prelicensing Issues Task Force Support Group.

Tasks included the coordination and management of eight I engineers to provide for an independent review and resolution for 4 of 23 NRC concerns regarding construction and staffing activities at the Waterford 3 Nuclear Power

O Plant. Submittal of concern reviews documenting the resolution of each concern was required by the NRC prior to its issuance of an operatinij license.

F iO

!O i

o Arnold W. Schmich Page 2 of 2

.O Provided onsite engineering the licensing support services to Carolina Power and Light Company (CP&L). Duties included integrating responses to over five hundred interrogatories for updating the final safety analysis report (FSAR) for the Shearon Harris Plant, integrating SER responses into the O FSAR, incorporating plant specific information into the l technical specifications, and providing assistance during l Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards (ACRS) hearings. 1 Also reviewed plant modifications and client correspondence for and performed the yearly FSAR updates for the Brunswick and Robinson plants. Other support services provided O included equipment qualifications; revisions of technical specifications; responding to IEE Bulletins, Circulars, Information Notices, and requests for additional information from the NRC. Updated CP&L's FSAR-related indexes and revised H. B. Robinson plant's licensing department's

commitment tracking system. Assisted in responding to

.O questions and requests to the NRC, intervenors, plant personnel, and vendors for the H. B. Robinson-2 steam generator replacement program.

For the Detroit Edison Company, wrote procedures for the Nuclear Engineering Department and updated information for

O portions of the FSAR.

i l 1980 t'o 1982 Bechtel Power Corporation O Was an onsite technical engineer responsible for the preparation and assessment of Deviation and

• Licensee Event l

Reports and NRC and clie,nt audits. Provided technical and licensing support services for licensee event report evaluations, equipment qualification, and IEE Bulletin and O Report responses.

, Was a licensing engineer responsible for reviewing and updating the Midland Nuclear Plant Environmental Report and for tracking and expediting the resolution of licensing issues concerning the Midland Nuclear Plants.

O 1979 - 1980 -

l Michigan Technological University (Ky'weenaw Research Center)

o Performed a study of infrared trancmission methods through various atmospheric conditions and the means for reducing such emissions from military equipment.

lO

O Boyd S. Strickland, Jr.

l l

O EDUCATION Senior Reactor Operator Training, Carolina Power & Light Company, 1981 Reactor Operator Training, Carolina Power & Light Company, 1980 0 Electronic Technician "A" School Nuclear Power School Nuclear Power Training Unit Associate Degree in Science, University of New York, 1976 Fayetteville Senior High School - Fayetteville, NC - 1968 O

PMDFESSIONAL ORGANIEATIONS American Nuclear Society Licensed Senior Reactor Operator, North Carolina g Licensed Reactor Operator, North Carolina MORK HISTORY 3/86 to Present O Brunswick Plant o Acting Principal Engineer of Operations responsible for Supervising Shift Technical Advisors (STAS), Special Projects, Plant Modification'and Real Time Training.

O 8/85 Brunswick Plant o Assi.gned duties as Project Specialist for Operations Specialist for Gperations Special Projects: involving O Detailed Control Room Design Review, Emergency Operating Procedures, hnd Procedure Revisions.

4/85 to 8/85 Brunswick Plant Shift Foreman, Units 1 a'nd 2 O

O

i

O Boyd S. Strickland, Jr.

Page 2 of 2 O

10/84 to 4/85 Shoreham Nuclear Power Plant o Provided Hot License experience on shift O

6/80 to 2/82 Brunswick Plant o Control Operator - 6/80 C) o Senior Control Operator - 7/81 o Shift Foreman - Nuclear - 2/82 2/77 to 2/82 Nuclear Generator Section, Brunswick Plant O

o ' Auxiliary Operator A - 2/77 1/71 to 1/76 U. S. Navy 0 .

o Electronic Technician (E-5) 6/68 to 9/68 ,

Electronics and Communications Division, Fort Bragg O

o Clerk .

O O

O

O Eleanor M. Tlalley O amucation Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey B.A., Experimental Psychology O MAMdan Human Factors Society, Menber International Society for Information Displays

'O Mark Bistory Present -

RMS Associates, Inc.

O Human Factors Specialist, Level I, for Carolina Power & Light Conpany's Control Design Review update for the Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant, the Brunswick Steam Electric Plant Unit I & II, and the H. B. Robinson Steam Electric Plant using NUREG-0700 Guidelines.

Responsible for the on-site interview of licensed reactor operators, the analysis of all interview data, and the generation of Human O Engineering Discrepancies Reports (HEDs). Responsible for the data collection, data analysis, and HED report generation for all environmental, work space, control, displays, annunci& tor system, conventions, and anthropometrics surveys and assistance in implementation of control room modifications.

O 1981 - 1984 ESSEX CORPORATION Staff Scientist for Virginia Power & Light, North Anna Nuclear Power l Plant and Surrey Nuclear Power Plant Control Room Design Review.

O Re8ponsible for conducting on-site interviews of licensed reactor operators, the analysis of all interview data, and the generation of Human Engineering Discrepancy Reports (HEDs).

Staff Scientist for American Electric Power Coupany, D.C. Cook Power Station, Control Design Review. Responsible for the on-site interviews

'O of licenses reactors, operators, the analysis of all interview data, and the generation of Human Engineering Discreparmy Reports (HEDs).

1 Staff Scientist for Carolina Power & Light Coupany continued Control Room Design Review and the RAD Waste Control Rom Design Review at O Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant, thit I. Responsible for the data collection, data analysis, and HED report generation for all environmental, work space, controls, displays, annunciator system,

- conventions, and anthropametrics surveys. Assisted in the operability analysis of the control room back panels, Renote Hot Shutdown Facility, and the RAD Waste Control Rom.

O

lO

~

Eleanor M. Talley Page 2 of 3 O Research scientist - Assistant project manager / chief editor for the development and production of approximately 300 nuclear power plant surveillance / test procedures for South Carolina Electric and Gas Company. Work involved technical review and editing to ensure that technical content and human factors criteria are correct and

,O appropriately incorporated in all developed procedures. Directly responsible to the Project Manager for the technical work of 6 to 8

. tectnical writers, one editor, one coordinator and 8 word processors.

This required the technical direction of all project staff and the coordination of all project activities on a daily basis.

Research Scientist - As a member of the writing staff for the

.O rewriting / formatting of nuclear power plant emergency, general and standard operating procedures at South Carolina Electric and Gas Company's Virgil C. Summer Niaclear Station. Procedure formats were reviewed using criteria concerned with readability, legibility, and consistency.

O Research Associate - Performed data collection and reduction activities '

in the Human Engineering evaluation of Texas Utilities Generating Company's Comanche Peak Nuclear Power Plant ocntrol room. Responsible for the generation of Human Engineering Discrepancy (BED) reports on identified discrepancies. Familiarity with Industry and IGC guidelines for design and evaluation of NPP control rooms was required.

, 1981 1

KINIQi, INC.

Research Associate - As a menber of the writing staff, wrote chapters 10 one and four of a five-chapter training and reference guide (the Indian Housing Desk Reference Banhook - HUD) . This guide is a set of procedural steps used daily by Him Indian Housing Office managers in performance of their nationwide. liaison activities with the Indian Housing Authorities. Was also responsible for the development of all self-test questions and answers for these chapters,plus all financial

'O questions and answers for the complete guide. Duties included the conduct of literature searches of existing governnent documents, and attendance at HLD-scheduled review meetings to determitie the accuracy, reliability, and timeliness of all included material.

1980 - 1981 10 l ESSEX CORPORATION l BeagAD;.lLAREGGitta - Performed data collection and reduction activities

! and assisted in report preparation during the Human Factors Engineering j evaluation of Carolina Power and Light Company's Shearon. Harris, lO H. B. Robinson, and Brunswick NPP control roces. Familiarity with l current Industry and NRC evaluation and design guidelines was required.

O i

.O Eleanor M. Talley Page 3 of 3 0 1979 - 1980 MANUS 3IPT TYPING SERVICES Manuscript Typist - Furnished manuscript typing services to students attending Rutgers University (New Brunswick, New Jersey) and New Mexico O State university 91 wrdo, New Mexico).

1977 - 1978 BIO / DYNAMICS INC.

O r W ratory T- w r=1 (carcin~=nic h= arch) - Supervised technician's

~

dissection accuracy 'in the Department of Necropsy. Weighed and recorded tissue samples using manual and computerized equipnent.

Introduced new technicians to department policies and use of equipnent.

1971 ~ 197C O -

ADMINISTRATIVE AIO EXECUTIVE SECRETARY Secretarv - Performed general office administrative work and executive secretarial duties for various enployers while coupleting undergraduate All " I Y""" "** #"11 ""*I1" #"'"I' * "

O request 1970 AEROMED RESEARW IABORNIORY iO Laboratory Assistant (Department of Neuroosvcholoav -

Psychophysioloaical Research) - Assisted in conducting learning and behavioral studies using hy v1-leisioned apinals. Shaped naive animmin using handgrated and couputerized equipment.

to i

O

'O i

l O

l

O a lter T. Talley i

SkEi&MER O

1977 - M.S. Applied Psychology, Stevens Institute of Technology 1974 - B.A. General Experimental Psychology, New Mexico State University O 1972 - A.A. Arts and Sciences, New Mexico State University Military Trainina in Electrordes 1962 - Refresher Course in Electronica Furwimmantals

O 1960 - Radar Fire Control and Banbing Computer Systens,

Republic Aviation Corporation

1955 - Radar Fire Control and Banbing Systens .

O gggiuggas Member of Psi Chi, Psychology National Bonor Society Menber of the Human Factors Society IO umm mistory

narmnhar 1978 - Present

• ESSEX CMTION Alexandria, Virginia

.O.

September 1981 - Present Mar-r, Svsta== Arm 1vais Branc.h, Prtw'ess Control Svs&a== Dece r+==n t- .

Provide management and technical direction for conduct of all systems analysis projects for the PCS Department. Have primary technical.

O responsibility for the adaption and development of applied methodology.

Serve as technical resource for the development of . human factors.

criteria for specific assessment ' applications. Responsible for the technical review of client deliverables.

.O Provide management review in concert with other branch managers of project plans, technical scope, and resource estimates for the PG

, Department projects.

4

' As branch manager, supervise luanan factors specialists assigned to the Systems Analysis Branch. Assign appropriate personnel to client

. projects, as needed. Develop solicited and unsolicited proposals for jO new and existing clients.

l l

iO

---,.-,_-,...,,.__,.-,-,_,.g -

, _ , _ . , ,_-.,,,.,_y,-,--- _ . . . , _ _ _ _ . , _ _ - - - _ . ,_ .._.-____.....,____....._.._.-,m. _

l D

t j m 1ter T. Talley l Page 2 of 7 1

Project Director for major procedures development and production project for South Carolina Electric and Gas (SCE&G) Company's V.C.

3 Sanner helear Station (ImL). Initial project involved rewriting and l reformatting all emergency, ahormal, general, and standard operating t procedures. As a result of the project team's performance, an additional project was awarded for the developnent and production of approxinately 300 surveillance / test procedures. Developed the project plan and technical work scope for the coordinated rewrite, reformat, a technical review, editing, and production of these procedures. Work involved the development of an integrated project team and its functions. Team members included Essex and SCE&G operators specialists, procedures writers, editors, and word processors.

Project Director for SCE&G's V.C. Sunener Nuclear Station control room 3 backfit project. Work involved technical and managerial support to the assigned project staff for a year-long effort to incorporate hinnan factors requirements into the control room such as component relocation, display scale redesigns, labeling content and locations, demarcation and mimic requirements, and environmental concerns.

3 Project Director for Baltimore Gas and Electric (BGEE) Coupany's Calvert Cliffs Nuclear Power Plant control room human factors evaluation. Provided tecMical support and managerial direction to the Project Manager and project staff.

At Raleigh, North Carolina, Project Manager for a human factors O engineering evaluation contract with Qtrolina Power and Light Company.

Directed the work of one Research Scientist, three Reseamch Associates, ,

one Research Assistant and one contract consultant in the human factors engineering evaluation of four nuclear power plant control rocans (three existing and one under construction). Duties consisted of the planning and coordination of all contract activities which included scheduling O between two assex offices and three customer field locations; the developnent of evaluation plans which incorporated sodified existing procedures and newly developed procedures tailored to this particular customer's requirements; and general customer interface activities such as conduct. of sonthly project review meetings, submittal of nonthly progress reports, and the development and planning of special studies.

O Also responsible for the developnent of all final reports for the evaluation and the development and delivery to the customer of comprehensive evaluation files which serve as a detailed record of the total contract performance.

3 O

I O

. Walter T. Talley O Page 3 of 7 At White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, responsible for the conduct of the Air human Defense factors engineering evaluation of the U.S. Army Patriot System.

O Directed the work of one Research Associate in the development of a detailed test plan, various interim reports and new field evaluation techniques and procedures applied to the Patriot System testing. Performed the first non-supplier safety study on the Patriot System and produced the Interim Safety Release Study Report which was essential for the continued evaluation of the system.

O At Fort Hauchaca, Arizona, as a sunber of the Essex quick-response team, assisted in the initial contract phases of U.S. Army Connunications System Test and Evaluation projects. Duties consisted of the performance of human factors engineering evaluations of current and prototype comunications equipment and satellite tel+x mkations ,

O systess. Collected and evaluated human performance, environmental, and hardware data. Wrote final reports concerning the compliance of various equignant to existing military human factors specifications and requirements.

As a manber of the Essex human factors staff, analysed work performance

O data and developed a siannary report for the AT&T Company's Human i Performance Laboratory concerning corrective maintenance task times for i

telephone company central office switchworkers. Assisted in writing the technical weapons systems.areas of contract proposals for the evaluation of Army July 1978 - November 1978 I

ALIEN (%)RPONTION OF AfERICS Alexandria, Virginia Ofhite Sands, New Mexico)

Senior n"- n Factors Enaineer - As the project manager of the O Corporation's White Sands Office, directed the work of two Senior and one Junior Ranan Factors Engineers,. and one Secretary / Clerk. Work consisted of Human Factors evaluation of current and prototype U.S.

Army Weapons systems. Test plans were developed which established the methodology and scheduling of couplete human factors evaluations of operation, saintenance and transportability for tactical and strategic weapons.

g I

f O

O

O

'O uniter T. Talley Page 4 of 7 septesber 1974 - June 1978

O BELL ELEPH0tE IABOMIORIES Piscataway, New Jersey M*=her of Technical Staff - As a member of computer software development groups, developed specifications for the human interface requirements of large couputer-based data management systems used

.O throughout the Bell Telephone System. Designed and implemented the specific human interface functions from the aforementioned requirements. Developed the performance standards and operational (human performance) definitions of the functional allocations for both the hunan and the machine in these softare systems. ,

O May 1971 - August 1974 -

, DDELECTRON CORPORATION l Land-Air Division, White Sands Test Facility - IRSA Las Cruces, New Mexico lO alectro/ Mechanical Desionar - Developed various new designs and modifications to existing designs for facilities structures, and equipnent used for destructive and nondestructive materials and testing. Produced structural, mechanical, and electrical designs on the modifications to cyrogenic storage and pumping systems. Also produced drafted drawings and tectnical illustrations to IRSA standards lO for use in documenting the facility's configuration and for use in test reports. -

February 1970 - April 1971 DDELECTRON CORPORATI0t. .

O Land-air Division, Holle Air Force Base, New Mexico Medical Illustrator - Produced illustrations for publications and technical reports. Illustrations were in the following categories:

Line Graphs, Charts, Cumulative Records, Equipment Layouts and Anatcay Drawings. Using autopsy procedures, produced preliminary drawings of O thoracic musculature of the hah ~m. Developed comparative Sacrolumbar, and lower trunk couparative anatr=bM drawings of the hinnan, baboon, and chinpanzee.

O O

3 l

g h iter T. Talley Page 5 of 7 September 1968 - January 1970 O A. G. SCHOCIN EER (DIPANY, INC.

Sausalito, California Pro %ct Enaineer - Developed all phases of detallad design requirements

for diesel and gas turbine powered generator sets. Set capabilities i were usually in the range of 5000 volt, 2000 kilowatt outputs. Also

'O coordinated total design packages including all mechanical aspects of the units and developed electrical requirements and cost analysis for contract bids. Electrical design details involved the evaluation of a

customer contract requirements, translation of them into specific components, ordering the couponents and materials and, designing the circuits, bus connections, enclosures, front panels and controls. Some

'O technical writing was required in the area of maintenance and operating ,

instructions.

i september 1967 - August 1968

ELBCDONICS (ENSULTING FINIS iO San Francisco, California almetronien T=e hician. --- rch and D=1- r it - Performed a broad range of techniciarVdesigner duties as a jdre6p esplayee. Most work was involved in the build-up, modification and checkout of production j test equipnent for testing missile guidance systems. Additional work

O performed in the construction and testing of U.S. Army field teleommunications equipment.

! August 1962 - August 1967 DOUEAS AIRCRAFT (DIPANY, INC.

10 Santa Monica and auntington Beach, California j

. 21=etronien Technician, naamarch and Devalew===rtt - Worked in vehicle checkout areas at Santa Monica and Rantington Beach on the initial installation of the Ground Support Equipment for the Saturn SIV and

. SIV-B Space vehicles. 1%rformed scheduled periodic maintenance and iO assisted engineering in troubleshooting, modification, calibration and 4

functional checkout of this equipnent. SIV Ground Sapport Equipment was manually operated, SIV-B equipment was WRer controlled.

O l

10

O Malter T. Talley O Page 6 of 7 May 1955 - June 1962

.O suoervisor of Fire Control sectinn, utn - At the Fighter Wegans Squadron, Nellis AFB, Las Vegas, Nevada, had charge of five technicians in the Research and Development section. Work involved the design and packaging of R&D projects relating to the testing, modification and g extension of Radar Fire Control and Bombing Computer Systems' 1 capabilities on the then current fighter aircraft; the F-10@ and F-4 105D fighter / bombers. Rocket and udssile systems which were nodified and tested consisted of conventional 2.5, 2.75 and 3.25 air-to-air rockets, sidewinder (infrared guided) rockets and the GhM-83 air-to- ,

l ground BULLPUP missile. (1961-1962). -

' Fire Control Dehnician, R&D - Worked in the Research and Developent section of the Fighter Weapons Squadron, Nellis Air Force Base, Las l Vegas, Nevada. Technical work responsibilities were the same as those

. listed above. (1959-1961).

Fire control TacMician - Maintained Radar Fire Control Systems in

{O fighter aircraft at Turner Air Force Base, Albany, Georgia. (1958-

! 1959).

Test;_ F,auioment Technician - At the USAF Standards Laboratory in Chateauroux, France, worked on all phases of repair and calibration of 1

'0 general and special purpose electronics test equipment. Desiped and built test and calibration benches for new types of equipment as needed. Maintained bench stock iiupply of all necessary spare parts.

i (1955-1958).

i 9

'O J

lO 1

lO 4

O

'O g Malter T. Talley Page 7 of 7 Bacledaal annorts O Talley, W.T., Haber, J., Farbry, J., Amerson, T.A., Beith, D. and Justice, T. E m Factors n==4m Evaluation F-r-3rt for the shearon Harris thit 1 Control Room. Essex Corporation, September 1981.

Talley, W.T., Haher, J., Amerson, T. A., Beith, D. and Justice, T. REDRE

-lO Factors Evaluatinn nanart for the H.B. Robinson thit 2 Control M.

Essex Corporation, September 1981.

Talley, W.T.' A Final nanart on the m - i Factors Enaineerina Analvsis of the EMMpP thit 1 Centrol Par = Pati ==nt Arrar-- L. Essex Corporation,

!O February 1981.

Talley, W.T. On - Factors Review of the PF r- - " Harris 1 CR Radiatinn <

Monitorina Eauitznant. Essex Corporation, November 1980.

!O Talley, W.T.and Wenger, W. Interim n=Fatv n.1  : Mi_id_v. Patriot pi==41=

i EXEggs, Tecom Project DAAD07-79-C-4063, Essex Corporation, October 1979.

O Talley, W.T. and Eile, D.R. m- . Fgtors Evaliintinn of the c. miemkinn matallite Ground omtrol treinal (ANA9!E-85) , Final Tacimical Report under Contract DhEl>79-C-0029, Essex Corporation, Narch 1979.

i Talley, W.T. and Alkans, R. C. m - i unain==rino - r-:rt. E_. 1 -- 7t M II O (POT /G) for the Enharas.d cAra A. it Presrant (Interim) . Tecom Project DhAD07-78-C-127, Allen Corporation, November 1978.

Talley, W.T. and Aikens, R. C. 2 - - Enair.: rina -r-3rt. Dr.elcr-nt Mt II (POP /G) for the Liahttericht rmmcher ffM-) . Tecom Project DhAD07-78-C-0 127, Allen Corporation, October 1978.

Talley, W.T. and Aikens, R. C. m=an Enaineerina Beoort. Driela==nt Test II (POT /G) for the XM1 Tank System. Tecom Project DAAD07-79-C-127, Allen Corporation, October 1978.

O O

O Michael S. Williams EDUCATION Pre-Engineering, University of North Carolina at Wilming. ton

- 1974 Computer Programming, Computer Learning Center, Falls Church, VA - 1972 n Mobile Electric Power Generation - U. S. Army v Power Pack Specialist - U. S. Army

, Special Electrical-Electronic Device Repairman / Instructor-U. S. Army New Hanover High School - Wilmington, NC - 1969 Li en8ed Rea t I perator, North Carolina O

MORK HISTORY 1/79 to Present ,

-O Carolina Power and Light, Brunswick Nuclear Project o Auxiliary Operator B - 7/79 o Auxiliary Operator A - 7/80 o Control Operator - 2/82

- Assigned to Emergency Procedures Upgrade Project O - CP&L representative to BWORG Emergency Procedure Committee and Graphic Display Development Committee

- Participant in EOP development

- Participant in SPDS I/O display development

- Participant in CRDR as the Site Project Coordinator lO .

5/74 to 12/78 .

Hercofina - Wilmington, NC o Utilities Operator - 5'/74

'12/73 to 5/74 Avery-Williams Builders, Carpenter - Wilmington, NC -12/73

O 1970 to 1973 U. S. Army

. o Special Electronic Device Repairman (E-5), Pt. Belvior,

.O VA o Instructor in Electrical Fundamentals, U. S. Army Engineer Schocl, Ft. Belvoir, VA O

- _ . . - - . . - _ _ _ . -__ - ____ - - - ___. - _ _ -___ __ _ .